The work that I have the pleasure
of writing the preface for represents the
consolidation of the efforts of the group
of Professors and Researchers of the
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and
Development (PGAD) of the São Paulo
State University in the Tupã Campus.
The reader should not be mistaken if
they think that this is a hermetic work
aimed at an audience restricted to the
academic environment. Upon reading
the material, I understood its usefulness
for defining public policies aimed at
agriculture, agroindustry and regional
development, as well as for formulating
private strategies, whether for rural
producers and agroindustries or for
collective entities such as cooperatives
and associations of producers. In addition,
I believe that the chapters that make up
the work can attract the attention of the
general public interested in contemporary
issues involving the environment, social
organization and the governance of
complex organizations.
ANA ELISA BRESSAN SMITH LOURENZANIANA ELISA BRESSAN SMITH LOURENZANI
ANGÉLICA GOIS MORALESANGÉLICA GOIS MORALES
EDUARDO GUILHERME SATOLOEDUARDO GUILHERME SATOLO
GESSUIR PIGATTOGESSUIR PIGATTO
FABIO MOSSO MOREIRAFABIO MOSSO MOREIRA
LUANA FERNANDES MELOLUANA FERNANDES MELO
(ORGANIZERS)(ORGANIZERS)
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda
interdisciplinary contributions
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani; Angélica Gois Morales;
Eduardo Guilherme Satolo; Gessuir Pigatto;
Fabio Mosso Moreira e Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
AGRIBUSINESS,
DEVELOPMENT AND
THE 2030 AGENDA
Process CAPES: nº 88887.691405/2022-00
INTERDISCIPLINARY CONTRIBUTIONS
A,
2030 :
Marília/Oficina Universitária
São Paulo/Cultura Acadêmica
2025
A E B S L
A G M
E G S
G P
F M M
L F M
(O)
A,
2030 :
Affiliate publisher:
Academic Culture is the publishing imprint of UNESP Publishing
University Office is the publishing imprint of UNESP - Marília campus
Copyright © 2025, College of Philosophy and Sciences
Catalographic sheet
A278 Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinar contributions / Ana Elisa Bressan
Smith Lourenzani ... [et al.] (organizers). – Marília : Oficina Universitária ; São Paulo : Cultura
Acadêmica, 2025.
360 p. : il.
Support: CAPES
Includes bibliography
ISBN 978-65-5954-619-0 (Impresso)
ISBN 978-65-5954-620-6 (Digital)
DOI: https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6
1. Agribusiness. 2. Agricultural laborers. 3. Agricultural innovations. 4. Sustainable development.
5. Food security. 6. Environmental education. I. Lourenzani, Ana Elisa Bressan Smith. CDD 338.1
Telma Jaqueline Dias Silveira – Librarian – CRB 8/7867
Imagem capa: https://stock.adobe.com/br - Arquivo "AdobeStock_321197166". Acesso em 19/09/2024
is work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0
International License.
SÃO PAULO STATE UNIVERSITY
"JÚLIO DE MESQUITA FILHO"
Marília campus
Director
Prof. Dra. Ana Clara Bortoleto Nery
Vice-Director
Prof. Dra. Cristiane Rodrigues Pedroni
Editorial Board
Mariângela Spotti Lopes Fujita (President)
Célia Maria Giacheti
Cláudia Regina Mosca Giroto
Edvaldo Soares
Franciele Marques Redigolo
Marcelo Fernandes de Oliveira
Marcos Antonio Alves
Neusa Maria Dal Ri
Renato Geraldi (Technical Advisor)
Rosane Michelli de Castro
Reviewers:
Profa. Dra. Selene de Souza Siqueira Soares
Professor at the Department of Textile Engineering at the
Federal University of Santa Catarina (UFSC), Blumenau
Campus.
Translation of the book: "Agronegócio, desenvolvimento e a
agenda 2030: contribuições interdisciplinares"
External resources: CAPES Notice - Postgraduate Development Program - Strategic Postdoctorate, accessed by PGAD under
process number 88887.691405/2022-00, and entitled “PPG in Agribusiness and Development: Strategies in Action”
Brazilian Association of
University Presses
5
Acknowledgments
To the faculty, students, and alumni of the Agribusiness Graduate
Program (PGAD) of the College of Sciences and Engineering (FCE) at
Unesp, Tupã Campus, for their dedication in sharing the results of their
work expressed in the chapters of this book. To the research participants,
public agents, and civil servants who collaborated to develop the
results. To the Coordination for the Improvement of Higher Education
Personnel (CAPES), the National Council for Scientific and Technological
Development (CNPq), and the São Paulo Research Foundation (FAPESP)
for funding research projects, postdoctoral internships, master’s and
doctoral scholarships, support for holding events, among others, enabling
the construction of knowledge that contributes to scientific development
and to researchers, students, and others involved in Agribusiness and
Development themes.
6
7
L
Figure 1 – Stress Cycle .................................................................... 39
Figure 2 – Symptoms of Stress ........................................................ 40
Figure 3 – Levels of stress and symptomatology of the sample ........ 43
Figure 4 – Dispersion of responses relative to the average ................ 45
Figure 5 – Average monthly income: comparison between Family
Farmers (A.F) with stress and without stress .................................... 47
Figure 6 – Factors influencing stress: comparison between Family
Farmers (A.F) with and without stress ............................................. 49
Figure 7 – Factors influencing stress ................................................ 51
Figure 8 – Degree of Job Satisfaction: comparison between A.F with
stress and without stress ................................................................... 52
Figure 1 – Information network between producers and support
agents .............................................................................................. 67
Figure 2 – Information network on people management ................ 68
8
Figure 3 – Social Netchain of the fish supply chain in Mundo Novo 70
Figure 1 – Activities that generate losses and waste along the supply
chain ............................................................................................... 139
Figure 2 – e concentration and distribution of food security by
severity differ greatly among the regions of the world ...................... 140
Figure 1 – Forms of income diversification in rural areas and main
benefits ............................................................................................ 165
Figure 2 – Evolution of agricultural concentration in Brazil, by
Mesoregion ..................................................................................... 166
Figure 1 – Conventional food supply chain versus SFSC ................ 181
Figure 2 – Functions of producers and consumers in some SFSC ... 185
Figure 3 – Location of the studied cases .......................................... 186
Figure 4 – Marketing models used by farmers ................................. 190
Figure 5 – Ways to add value to the products and services offered ... 191
Figure 6 – Colonial café served on rural properties, according to local
structure, allowing different experiences .......................................... 194
Figure 7 – Picnic basket like what the surveyed farmers offer .......... 196
Figure 1 – Machines and equipment used by rural producers versus
productivity (sc/ha) ......................................................................... 210
Figure 2 – Inputs used by rural producers versus productivity
(sc/ha) ............................................................................................. 213
Figure 3 – Type of storage used by rural producers versus productivity
(sc/ha) ............................................................................................. 214
Figure 4 – Management tools employed by rural producers versus
productivity (sc/ha) ......................................................................... 216
Figure 1 – Performance of PNAE in relation to the pandemic ........ 254
Figure 1 – Proportion of food in 2019 according to the Food Guide,
in terms of expenditure (R$) .......................................................... 273
Figure 2 – PNAE Transfer Percentage ............................................. 274
Figure 1 – Cyclical Learning Process through University Extension 304
9
Figura 2 – Timeline of the Kamby Extension Program "Good Practices
in Dairy Farming" ........................................................................... 308
Figure 3 – Municipalities of Dairy Producers Served by the Kamby
Program .......................................................................................... 310
Figure 4 – Agents Participating in the Kamby Program................... 311
Figure 5 – Number of Undergraduate and Postgraduate Students
Guided in the Kamby Group .......................................................... 312
Figure 6 – Relationship of Extension Activities Conducted by the
Kamby Group, Type, and Participating Agents ................................ 316
Figure 7 – Relationship Between Extension Activities of the Kamby
Group with Research Lines, Research Level, and Teaching .............. 319
Figure 8 – Extension Activities of the Kamby Group and Types of
Impact ............................................................................................. 321
Figure 9 – Extension Activities of the Kamby Group and eir
Relationship with the SDGs ............................................................ 323
Figure 1 – Profile of PGAD Students and Graduates Guided by
PGEA Teachers and Leaders ............................................................ 339
Figure 2 – Word Cloud of Analyzed Dissertations .......................... 339
Figure 3 – Established Dialogues between Dissertations and SDGs 343
10
L
Box 1 – Descriptive Statistics of Financial Stressors ......................... 44
Box 2 – Income versus stress using the Tukey method and 95%
confidence ....................................................................................... 46
Box 1 – Organizing categories of networks and some indicators of
their presence .................................................................................. 71
Box 1 – Main Parameters to be Evaluated in Wastewater ................ 84
Box 1 – Parameters of the Levels of Analysis Regarding Transaction
and Agent Characteristics for the Selected Case ............................... 100
Box 2 – Characterization and governance structure of the orange
case study ........................................................................................ 101
Box 3 – Characterization and governance structure in the cacao case
study ............................................................................................... 106
Box 1 – Interview responses with those responsible for the FLV
sector of different retail establishments in the cities of Tupã and
Ribeirão Preto ................................................................................. 146
11
Box 1 – Multidimensionality of sustainability ................................. 157
Box 2 – Environmental effects of agricultural production activity ... 159
Box 3 – Stresses and shocks ............................................................. 160
Box 4 – Social Effects of Agricultural Production Activity ............... 161
Box 5 – Risks Associated with Conventional Agricultural Practices . 161
Box 1 – Characterization of the properties ...................................... 188
Box 1 – Agricultural exhibitions postponed or canceled between
March and May 2020 and amounts moved in the face-to-face
editions in 2019 .............................................................................. 227
Box 2 – Information on Event A ..................................................... 232
Box 3 – Information on Event B ..................................................... 234
Box 4 – Aspects observed at Events A and B ................................... 239
Box 1 – Types of Extension Activities and eir Definitions
Extension ........................................................................................ 304
Box 2 – Extension Activities Conducted by the Kamby Group, eir
Objectives, and Target Audience ...................................................... 312
Box 3 – Extension Activities and eir Classification by Type and
Participating Agents ........................................................................ 314
Box 4 – Extension Activities and eir Relationships with Research
Lines, Level of Research Developed, and Teaching........................... 318
Box 5 – Extension Activities and the Type of Impact Generated for
Society ............................................................................................ 320
Box 6 – Relationship of Extension Activities to the SDGs of Kamby
Group's Operation .......................................................................... 321
Box 1 – Dissertations and eses Covering the Interfaces of
Management, Environmental Education, and Communication ....... 334
12
L
Table 1 – Fenton Reagent Reactions ............................................... 88
13
L A
A
ABMRA - Brazilian Association of Rural and Agribusiness Marketing
ACS - Community Health Agents
A.F - Family Farmer
AFN - Alternative Food Networks
ANA - National Water Agency
APS - Primary Health Care
ARS - Social Network Analysis
ASA - Systemic Approach to Agribusiness
BCG - Boston Consulting Group
BNCC - National Common Curricular Base
CADE - Administrative Council for Economic Defense
CAF - Family Farming Register
CAPES - Coordination for the Improvement of Higher Education
Personnel
CCI - International Scientific Congress
CE - Ceará
14
CEPP - Research Ethics Committee
CETESB - State Company for Environmental Sanitation Technology
and Defense
CIMI - Indigenous Missionary Council
CNPq - National Council for Scientific and Technological Development
CONAMA - National Environment Council
CONSEA - National Food Security Council
DAP - DAP
DBO - Biochemical Oxygen Demand
DCNTs - Non-Communicable Chronic Diseases
DF - Federal District
DQO - Chemical Oxygen Demand
EAN - Food and Nutrition Education
ECP - Purchasing Processing Company
EMATER - Technical Assistance and Rural Extension Company
EMBRAPA - Brazilian Agricultural Research Corporation
ENAPEGS - National Meeting of Researchers in Social Management
FAAC - Faculty of Architecture Arts Communication and Design
FAO - United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization
FCE - Faculty of Sciences and Engineering
FETAG - Federation of Agricultural Workers in Rio Grande do Sul
FIDA - International Fund for Agricultural Development
FLV - Fruits, Vegetables, and Greens
FNDE - National Fund for Educational Development
FUNAI - National Indian Foundation
GDWQ - Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality
GEDGS - Study Group on Democracy and Social Management GO - Goiás
GP - People Management
GPS - Global Positioning System (GPS)
GPKamby - Kamby Research Group
IA - Artificial Intelligence
IBGE - Brazilian Institute of Geography and Statistics
IoT - Internet of ings
IPA - Food Loss Index
IPEA - Institute of Applied Economic Research
15
ISSL - Lipp's Adult Stress Symptom Inventory
LP - Research Line
MEC - Ministry of Education
MID - Integrated Disease Management
MIP - Integrated Pest Management
MS - Mato Grosso do Sul
MT - Mato Grosso
NRDC - Natural Resources Defense Council
OC - Collective Organization
OD - Dissolved Oxygen
ODS - Sustainable Development Goals
OMS - World Health Organization
ONGs - Non-Governmental Organizations
ONU - United Nations
OPAS - Pan American Health Organization
PA - Pará
PAA - Food Acquisition Program
PANC - Non-Conventional Food Plants
PDA - Food Loss and Waste
PGAD - Agribusiness and Development Graduate Program
PGEA - Research in Management and Environmental Education
pH - Hydrogen Potential
PIB - Gross Domestic Product
PIBIC - Institutional Program of Scientific Initiation Scholarships
PMVA - Green Blue Municipality Program
PNAE - National School Feeding Program
PNEA - National Environmental Education Policy
POAs - Advanced Oxidation Processes
PRONAF - National Program for Strengthening Family Agriculture
PRoNEA - National Environmental Education Program
RA - Augmented Reality
REAP - High Paulista Environmental Education Network
RedeCT - International Network of Researchers on Indigenous Peoples
and Traditional Communities
RS - Rio Grande do Sul
16
SAN - Food and Nutritional Security
SFSC - Short Food Supply Chains
SGA - Environmental Management System
SISAN - National System of Food and Nutritional Security
SP - São Paulo
SUS - Unified Health System
TBA - Take-Back Agreement
TD - Digital Transformation
TDIC - Digital Information and Communication Technologies
THE - Times Higher Education
TO - Tocantins
UFNT - Federal University of Northern Tocantins
UFRR - Federal University of Roraima
UFT - Federal University of Tocantins
UNAMA - University of the Amazon
UNEMAT - State University of Mato Grosso
UNESCO - United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization
UNESP - São Paulo State University
UNFPA - United Nations Population Fund
UNICEF - United Nations Children's Fund
UNIR - Federal University of Rondônia
UNU - United Nations University
WHO - World Health Organization
WFP - World Food Programme
17
Contents
Preface
Decio ZYLBERSZTAJN ....................................................................................... 21
Presentation
Ana Elisa LOURENZANI, Sandra Cristina de OLIVEIRA,
Wagner Luiz LOURENZANI, and Fábio Mosso MOREIRA ................................... 27
Part I
Chapter 1 – Financial stress and job satisfaction: an analysis among
family farmers in the municipality of Araçatuba (SP)
Fernanda Cristina PEREIRA, Luís Roberto Almeida GABRIEL FILHO, and
Renato Dias BAPTISTA ....................................................................................... 35
Chapter 2 – e Interfaces between People Management, Culture,
and Networks in Agricultural Systems
Fernanda YAMAUCHI, Timóteo Ramos QUEIROZ, and Renato Dias BAPTISTA 63
18
Chapter 3 – Agro-industrial Wastewater: One of the Challenges of
Sustainable Development Goal 6
Maiara Aparecida Pessoa FRIGULIO, Felipe André dos SANTOS, and
Juliane Cristina FORTI ........................................................................................ 77
Chapter 4 - Governance and Sustainability in Cocoa and Orange
Agro-Food Systems
Giuliana Aparecida Santini PIGATTO, Ana Elisa Bressan Smith LOURENZANI,
and Leandro Guedes de AGUIAR .......................................................................... 95
Part II
Chapter 5 – Food and Nutrition Education: An Analysis of
Consequences, Prevention Strategies, and School Development
Giseli Boiam Dall’ANTONIA, and Angela Vacaro de SOUZA ................................ 115
Chapter 6 – Food Losses and Wastage: Case Studies in Food Retail
Andréa Rossi SCALCO, Pamela Nayara MODESTO, Suzana Márcia MARANGONI,
and Giuliana Aparecida Santini PIGATTO .......................................................... 137
Chapter 7 – Agricultural Diversification and Productive Resilience
Bruce Wellington Amorin da SILVA, Wagner Luiz LOURENZANI,
Gessuir PIGATTO, and Vinicius PALÁCIO .......................................................... 155
Chapter 8 – Marketing strategies of family farmers operating in short
food supply chains: cases in regions of Rio Grande do Sul
Amanda dos Santos Negreti CAMPOS , and Gessuir PIGATTO ............................. 173
Chapter 9 – Relationship between technological innovation
infrastructure and productivity in peanut cultivation
Sandra Cristina DE OLIVEIRA, Fabiano Pinto NEVES,
Leandro Paloma MANTOVANI, Adriana dos Santos DIAS, Mário MOLLO NETO,
and Juliano Endrigo SORDAN ............................................................................. 203
19
Chapter 10 – e digital transformation of agricultural fairs in Brazil: an
analysis from the perspective of their organizers
Jéssica Dayane Nunes PESSÔA, Evellyng Munique Zago dos SANTOS,
João Guilherme de Camargo Ferraz MACHADO, and
Cristiane Hengler Corrêa BERNARDO ................................................................. 223
Part III
Chapter 11 – Beyond the Effort of the National School Feeding
Program (PNAE) in Public Schools of the Municipality of Tupã (SP)
during the Covid-19 Pandemic: Impacts on Achieving the Sustainable
Development Goals
Stephen KUNIHIRO, Miguel Ângelo de MARCHI,
Simone Lima Veronez BAUER, Mariana Vendrami Parra SANCHES,
Camila Pires CREMASCO, and Luís Roberto Almeida GABRIEL FILHO ............. 249
Chapter 12 – Contributions and Challenges of the National School
Feeding Program (PNAE) in Promoting a Healthy and Adequate
School Food Environment
Andréa Rossi SCALCO, Ana Elisa Smith Bressan LOURENZANI,
Karen Cristina de Andrade MAZIERO, and Patrícia Cristina Melero Pereira LEITE 263
Chapter 13 – e theme of traditional peoples within the Graduate
Program in Agribusiness and Development: possible convergences and
important products
Nelson Russo de MORAES, Angélica Góis MORALES, Alexandre de Castro CAMPOS,
Isaltina Santos da Costa OLIVEIRA, and Fernando da Cruz SOUZA .................... 279
Chapter 14 – Extension Practices Associated with Research and
Teaching: Experience Report of the Kamby Group
Eduardo Guilherme SATOLO, Priscilla Ayleen Bustos MAC-LEAN,
Isabela Garcia Mendes de Araujo SANTOS, and Liliane Úbeda Morandi ROTOLI 301
20
Chapter 15 – Contributions of the Research Group in Management and
Environmental Education to Interdisciplinary Dialogue and
Socio-environmental Training in the Postgraduate Program in
Agribusiness and Development
Angélica Góis MORALES, Cristiane Hengler Corrêa BERNARDO,
Jéssica Dayane Nunes PESSÔA, Karina Abreu FINATI,
Monique Matsuda dos SANTOS, and Valquiria Cristina MARTINS ...................... 327
Book Organizers ............................................................................................. 357
21
Preface
To whom The book is direcTed:
e book I have the pleasure of prefacing represents the consolidation
of the efforts of the group of Professors and Researchers from the Graduate
Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD) of the São Paulo State
University at the Tupã Campus. e reader should not be mistaken in
thinking this is an occult work aimed only at the academic audience. As I read
the material, I understood its usefulness for defining public policies focused
on agriculture, agribusiness, and regional development and formulating
private strategies, whether for rural producers and agribusinesses or collective
entities like cooperatives and producer associations. Additionally, I believe
that the chapters that make up the book can attract the public’s interest
in contemporary issues involving the environment, social organization, and
governance of complex organizations.
For professionals dedicated to academia like myself, the work
demonstrates the vigor of a group of researchers who succeeded in
establishing a postgraduate program focused on Agribusiness and
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p21-25
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
22
Development, embracing the challenge of interdisciplinarity. It follows
that this work is also a celebration of the qualification of researchers
from UNESP in Tupã, who dedicated themselves for a decade to training
masters and doctors with a defined focus of skills. e results obtained
reflect the broad relationship maintained with research groups in Brazil
and abroad and the dedication to themes applied to agribusiness and
development. For those who know the challenges of research in Brazil and
the work of research groups and universities abroad, the message remains
of the competence of Brazilian scientific achievement, which on the one
hand has challenges to overcome, on the other demonstrates that there are
possibilities to be explored by researchers dedicated to academic work.
AspecTs To highlighT in The work:
I believe five elements deserve to be highlighted in the work, directly
or indirectly.
e first element is the use of the concept of agribusiness according
to its original, scientific conception, untainted by ideological values. When
Professor Ray Goldberg, together with John H. Davis, published the book
“A Concept of Agribusiness” in 1957 at Harvard University, they embraced
a systemic view they called Agro-Industrial Systems, coining the term
“agribusiness,” then a neologism. e term was and still is used to study
phenomena occurring in Agro-Industrial Systems regardless of the type
of rural producer, whether large, small, family organization, or investor
corporation. Reflecting on the book, it is clear the authors, and the graduate
program itself, are concerned with the fragility of agriculture as part of a
value-generating system. is concern magnifies the importance of the
UNESP program, and the results composing the work reflect an integrated
concern between society, the environment, and governance, focusing on
small-scale production, which is an integral part of agribusiness, a fact
often overlooked by many.
I highlight the courage of the UNESP research group, which was
not intimidated by the undue erosion of the concept of agribusiness,
incorrectly associated only with large-scale, corporate, and capital-
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
23
intensive activity without concern for social and environmental aspects.
Such a stereotype does not align with the original scientific concept of the
term. is characteristic alone would value the work, but it goes beyond it.
e second element I highlight is the research program’s concern
with humanistic and social aspects, emphasizing medium and small-scale
agriculture. e themes addressed in the first section, chapters 1 to 4,
illuminate the social theme through topics such as: people management,
satisfaction of rural workers dedicated to production, organizational
culture and climate, governance, and sustainability on rural properties.
e concern with the governance-society-environment triad is emphasized
in the second part of the work, in chapters 5 to 11, which present the
results of studies conducted by the program’s researchers. I emphasize that
in this second part, besides conceptual aspects, the studies are concerned
with incorporating the impacts of digital technologies and technological
infrastructure. It should be recognized that an element present in the
studies is nourished from the core, that is, the central element of the
concept of “agribusiness”: the shared responsibility for achieving strategies
such as environmental goals, involving all links in the production chains,
including the responsible consumer. Agriculture, therefore, is not an
isolated sector but organically connected to other sectors that make up the
Agro-Industrial Systems.
e third element I highlight is the alignment of the PGAD proposal
reflected in the book’s content with the primary characteristic of UNESP,
which was born with the sense of organizing research-teaching and
extension considering the territory of the State of São Paulo. e applied
studies, components of the work, are based on global trends and apply to
regional problems where the research was conducted. e concern with
local problems amplifies the importance of the obtained results, as the
problems and themes are repeated in other agricultural production areas,
and the results can be used in other areas. A good example is the concern
with water management.
e fourth element I highlight contrasts with the previous one; it
deals with the concern with global problems and challenges, in this case
related to the 2030 agenda. e interesting counterpoint of the local
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
24
focus with a global vision reflected in the sustainable development goals
to which Brazil is committed appears clearly in the themes addressed by
the studies. I highlight some elements reflecting the concern with the
millennium goals: Clean Water and Sanitation, Decent Work, Sustainable
Economic Growth, Industry, Innovation, and Infrastructure, Responsible
Consumption and Production. e graduate program in Agribusiness and
Development, by considering the concerns defined in the 2030 agenda,
demonstrates that regionality can and should be aligned with the broad
global movements characterizing the 21st century.
To conclude, I elaborate on the fifth element of highlight
characterizing the work in question: interdisciplinarity. I preferred to leave
this dimension as the concluding element of this preface because I consider
it the most relevant and difficult to implement. When most graduate
programs in different disciplines excel in unidisciplinary advancement,
UNESP’s Agribusiness and Development Program refocuses, challenges
the academic environment, and proposes a project that seeks to explore
interfaces and build connections between the hermetic bodies of scientific
knowledge. Such an attitude is courageous and aligns with the thinking
of important academic figures who advocate for an interdisciplinary
approach. I affirm it is courageous because the evaluation structures of
graduate programs have long privileged and induced hyper-specialization.
Scientific journals, for the most part, do not accept submissions of articles
not aligned with the specialized elements of a particular field of knowledge.
By reading the work and understanding the graduate program proposal, it
is worth praising the institutions that supported its implementation over a
decade, considering that the program explicitly states its intention for an
interdisciplinary approach.
e interdisciplinary proposal has the endorsement of thinkers
like Edgar Morin, who defines it as the only means to tackle the complex
problems faced by contemporary society. e same author argues that
excessive specialization can lead to a fragmented view of reality and
elaborates on how different fields of knowledge can be connected to allow
problem comprehension. According to Morin1, multidisciplinarity allows
Edgar Morin. O Método: conhecimento do conhecimento. Editora Sulina, 2008, 286 p.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
25
overcoming the limitations imposed by knowledge segmentation, crucial
for facing contemporary complex challenges.
In conclusion, I consider that the present text represents not
only the celebration of a decade of a graduate program, which certainly
required a critical look from the authors at the work carried out since its
implementation but also a sincere exposure of the researchers involved
to society, which will have access to content generally circumscribed to
restricted groups of readers connected to academic journals. I am certain
that the next decade will still be a period of harvesting results, and I wish
the researchers involved to maintain their focus on tackling the highly
complex problems on the horizon.
I congratulate the Faculty and Students of PGAD and wish the
readers to make use of the rich material made available here.
Decio ZYLBERSZTAJN
26
27
Presentation
e Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD) was
created in Brazil in 2014 and belongs to the “Agrarian and Environmental
Sciences” ematic Chamber of the Interdisciplinary Area of the Coordination
for the Improvement of Higher Education Personnel (CAPES). PGAD is
based at the Faculty of Science and Engineering at Unesp, Campus of Tupã,
and offers both Master’s and Doctoral academic courses.
Currently, PGAD comprises 21 permanent faculty members,
one collaborating faculty member, and two international collaborating
faculty members, one from Italy and the other from the United States.
e multidisciplinary nature of the faculty’s education and activities
(exact sciences, humanities, and biological sciences) and the diversity of
the students’ and graduates’ backgrounds support the interdisciplinary
dialogue in teaching, research, and extension of the Program.
Interdisciplinarity implies a “process of interrelation of processes,
knowledge, and practices that overflow and transcend the field of research
and teaching concerning strictly scientific disciplines and their possible
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p27-31
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
28
articulations” (LEFF, 2011, p. 311), being necessary for the analyses of
agribusiness, seeking a broad vision for investigating responses to complex
themes and solving multidimensional problems.
In this sense, the mission of PGAD is to promote the qualification of
people guided by ethical and humanistic principles through interdisciplinary
research in agribusiness, contributing to sustainable development.
e structure of PGAD presents a concentration area in “Agribusiness
and Development” and comprises two lines of research: Competitiveness
of Agro-industrial Systems (CSA), which aims to develop analyses that
promote agro-industrial systems from the perspective of productivity and
economic, managerial, social, and environmental efficiency, contributing
to the improvement of competitiveness and sustainable economic
development of productive systems, organizations, and institutions; and
Development and Environment (DMB), which aims to contribute to
economic, social, environmental, and institutional development from the
perspective of the sustainability paradigm, innovating methodologically in
the production of interdisciplinary knowledge to support decision-making
by public and private managers.
rough different theoretical and methodological approaches, the
research developed at PGAD permeates the complexity of agribusiness
and development within an interdisciplinary approach. e dynamics of
the courses promote the problematization, renewal, and transformation
of knowledge through different areas of knowledge. ese experiences
transcend disciplinary boundaries and are developed by researchers (faculty
and students) through discussions in research groups, the development
of research projects, participation in scientific events, and collectively
constructed intellectual productions.
us, the vision of PGAD is to be a reference in the formation of
people and interdisciplinary research in agribusiness and its contribution
to sustainable development. e principles of the Program are based on
excellence, ethical conduct, commitment to society, and the scientific
nature of knowledge.
In 2024, PGAD celebrates 10 years of operation, during which more
than 150 graduates, including masters and doctors, have been trained. e
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
29
objectives and mission of the Program, as well as the defended dissertations
and theses and the projects developed by PGAD researchers in national
and international scientific and technological cooperation, are strongly
aligned with the Institutional Development Plan (PDI) of Unesp, the
priority technological areas of the Ministry of Science, Technology, and
Innovations (MCTI), and the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of
the United Nations 2030 Agenda.
e results of a recent survey conducted with the Program’s
faculty show that, in general, SDGs 12 – Responsible Consumption and
Production, 2 – Zero Hunger and Sustainable Agriculture, and 8 – Decent
Work and Economic Growth were the most associated with the themes
of the defended dissertations and theses at PGAD. Following these were
SDGs 9 – Industry, Innovation, and Infrastructure; SDGs 4 – Quality
Education; and SDGs 6 – Clean Water and Sanitation.
In this decade-long trajectory, the academic maturity of the faculty
is marked by great dynamism in seeking to train people committed to
societal problems and generating interdisciplinary research capable of
impacting sustainable development in agribusiness.
Finally, it is important to highlight the regional impact of PGAD,
as it is the only public postgraduate program in Agribusiness and
Development in the state of São Paulo and plays a relevant role in training
people, especially for the Alta Paulista region, contributing to regional and
national development from a sustainable perspective.
It is in the context of the consolidation and strengthening of PGAD
that this work was elaborated to bring together research results developed
by the program’s faculty and students, giving visibility to the works and
initiatives carried out in recent years. e guiding thread of this work
was delineated into three major parts, each containing a set of chapters
addressing themes that converge on common issues.
e first thematic block is composed of the initial four chapters and
seeks to represent the three most important pillars in the current economic
development debate: social, environmental, and governance actions. In
the context of this work, the first pillar – social – is represented by chapters
addressing aspects of work and people management in agribusiness, dealing
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
30
with issues such as job satisfaction, organizational culture, and climate in
rural properties and enterprises. e aspects related to the second pillar are
directly linked to the social, as it is in the environment that people carry out
their professional and daily activities. Seeking environmental sustainability
tied to social development is fundamental for balancing people’s needs
with environmental assets, and in this sense, chapters addressing water
issues and environmental preservation are presented, generating significant
debates, especially in the context of agricultural production. ere is
also a third pillar in this dynamic, represented by governance actions in
organizations. Decisions and strategies increasingly demand transparency,
professionalization, and compliance, and in this sense, the first part of
this work concludes with a chapter on governance actions aligned with
sustainable practices in agribusiness.
e second part of this collection comprises a block of six chapters
(Chapters 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11) presenting theoretical and practical results
from studies on problems derived from the intersection of factors associated with
the three pillars represented in the first part of this work: social, environmental,
and governance. is block emphasizes the relationship between technological
infrastructure and digital transformation with new forms of diversification in
agricultural production and means of marketing and consumption. Its effects
reach all links in the production chain, from increased productivity to the
emergence of innovative forms of marketing and responsible consumption,
all fundamental for achieving sustainability. It is in this part of the work that
the roles of the main actors directly involved in the dynamics of agri-food
production chains are highlighted, including producers, agribusinesses, input
suppliers, service providers, and final consumers.
e pursuit of sustainability extends through all links in the
production chains in agri-food systems and depends on the development
of new technological resources and the proposition of innovative practices,
usually associated with market agents, as presented in the second part. us,
the third and final part of this work brings together a block containing
the last five chapters, addressing the role of other actors adjacent to the
chains but essential for this dynamic: the Government and Academia.
e responsibility for proposing new technologies and innovations that
provide sustainability to agri-food systems should not rest solely on the
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
31
market. In the national scenario, the public sector and universities are
extremely relevant in ensuring this dynamic, whether through institutions
like Embrapa, rural extension bodies, research institutes, or laboratories
located in the country’s main universities.
Regarding the public sector, the third part contains two chapters that
discuss government programs for rural development, such as marketing
assistance and school feeding. e academic responsibility is represented
here by three other chapters showcasing initiatives from the Graduate
Program in Agribusiness and Development at the College of Science and
Engineering, UNESP/Tupã. us, the last part of this work consolidates
the guiding thread that establishes relationships with the other axes – the
fundamental pillars and economic agents, not neglecting the role of the
Government and the University, which must act synergistically for rural
development tied to the SDGs, either by providing scientific evidence for
public policy formulation or through the relevance of public funding for
the research developed.
With this collaborative portfolio of theoretical and practical research,
this work takes shape and will continue the journey of promoting the
dissemination of accessible and high-quality scientific knowledge, valuing
the joint efforts of all those involved in PGAD, whether faculty or students.
With much gratitude, we welcome the important reflections presented
here, resulting from studies converging from different scientific domains
to contribute interdisciplinarily to the evolution of Brazilian agribusiness.
Enjoy the reading.
Ana Elisa LOURENZANI
Sandra Cristina de OLIVEIRA
Wagner Luiz LOURENZANI
and Fábio Mosso MOREIRA
32
Construindo ciência em cooperação internacional acadêmico-científica
pArT i
35
chApTer 1
Financial stress and job
satisfaction: an analysis among
family farmers in the municipality
of Araçatuba (SP)
Fernanda Cristina PEREIRA 1
Luís Roberto Almeida GABRIEL FILHO 2
and Renato Dias BAPTISTA 3
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering,
São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail:
fernanda.c.pereira@unesp.br.
Department of Management, Development and Technology, Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: gabriel.filho@
unesp.br.
3 Department of Management, Development and Technology, Faculty of Sciences and Engineering,
São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail:
rd.baptista@unesp.br.
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p35-62
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
36
inTroducTion
Financial issues exert a high influence on people’s lives, with money
considered a source of stress for 66% of people (APA, 2022). In Brazil,
in 2021, 52% of people were stressed about expenses and financial
commitments (FSB, 2021). Certain activities, due to their peculiarities,
present greater financial instability, such as family farming.
Brazilian family farming faces several challenges, such as heterogeneity
within the category itself, income inequality, capitalization, production
systems, and the variation in property sizes (Batalha; Souza Filho, 2013;
Aquino et al., 2018; Preiss et al., 2020; Pereira, 2021). ese factors, coupled
with climatic fluctuations, low qualifications of farmers, an uncertain
political and economic scenario, and variations in production costs, make
the sector unstable.
According to Heo, Lee, and Park (2020), family farming has peculiar
market characteristics that can generate financial insecurity. is instability
places farmers in a unique and often precarious financial situation (Sprung,
2021). It is important to note that these long-term financial difficulties can
cause financial stress. is stress characteristic represents a bodily response
involving physical, psychological, and biological aspects to the perception
of imbalance, uncertainties, and risks in managing personal and family
financial resources, as well as debts (Heo; Cho; Lee, 2020).
Life satisfaction, especially work satisfaction among family
farmers, can be affected by financial stress (Heo; Lee; Park, 2020). For
Besser and Mann (2015), financial issues, property size, type, and form
of production influence satisfaction with agricultural work. Additionally,
financial stress is one of the main reasons for abandoning work in the
field (Waldman et al., 2021).
Although family farming in Brazil is significant and financial stress
causes various problems, there are no national studies on the influence of
financial stressors on the stress level of family farmers and whether these
affect their level of satisfaction. e study by Roy and Tremblay (2015)
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
37
conducted in Canada highlights that workload has been considered a
source of stress, especially when farm demands confront the roles of parent
and spouse. According to the authors, there is a high-stress factor when the
farmer faces the need for provision and the conception of being financially
responsible for the family.
Given these aspects, this chapter aims to analyze a list of financial
stressors and their influence on the stress level and job satisfaction
of family farmers in the municipality of Araçatuba, in the state of São
Paulo. Specifically, it aims to compare financial behaviors and perceptions
between family farmers with and without stress.
e results presented in this chapter contribute scientifically,
economically, and socially by focusing on the financial stress of family
farmers. Firstly, financial stress is an interdisciplinary theme that encompasses
various fields of knowledge (psychology, physiology, sociology, neuroscience,
among others). Understanding the impacts of financial stressors on the
stress level and satisfaction of family farmers contributes scientifically to the
development of health protocols for stress management and educational
programs that foster a financial culture. It contributes socially by analyzing
a high-impact phenomenon that is little studied in a relevant economic
population but presents vulnerabilities in various aspects. Knowledge and
management of financial stress can provide a better quality of life, reflecting
in the productivity of family farmers, contributing to their socioeconomic
development and their permanence in the field.
Such premises align with the Sustainable Development Goals
(SDGs) of the United Nations (UN, 2015). Specifically, SDG 2 – Zero
Hunger and Sustainable Agriculture; SDG 3 – Health and Well-being;
and SDG 8 – Decent Work and Economic Growth.
FAmily FArming
In Brazil, family farming is the agricultural activity developed on small
rural properties, demarcated by up to four fiscal modules, predominantly
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
38
with family labor, and the activity carried out on the property must be the
family’s main source of income (Brasil, 2021).
Family farming, in some regions, is the sector with the greatest
potential for social and economic vulnerability (Preiss et al., 2020), as its
members are mostly older people, with low educational levels, difficulties
in accessing health services, as well as technical assistance and bank loans;
factors that place family farming at a relative disadvantage compared to
large producers.
Family farming includes 3,897,408 agricultural establishments, with
an average area of 21 hectares. However, 26.6% of the establishments have
an area of one to five hectares (IBGE, 2019). e predominant economic
activity in family farming establishments is livestock and other animal
breeding (48.82%), followed by temporary crops (32.60%), and permanent
crops (11.09%), among others of lesser expressiveness (IBGE, 2019).
Family farmers have socioeconomic characteristics that distinguish
them from other categories. Regarding the educational level, 18.06% declared
not knowing how to read and write, 66.85% have primary education,
12.39% have secondary education, and only 2.70% have higher education
(IBGE, 2019). e educational level impacts the productivity of the property,
as Lindoso et al. (2010) state that schooling provides independence to the
farmer in seeking information available in various media, which can equip
them for decision-making. Clune and Downey (2022) add that the lack of
entrepreneurial skills of family farmers results from broader cultural factors,
affecting their ability to make assertive decisions.
sTress in FArmers And FinAnciAl sTressors
In several countries, agriculture has been considered one of the
activities triggering high levels of stress, depression, and suicide (enning-
Smith et al., 2020; Keeney; Hernandez; Meng, 2020; Kolstrup et al., 2013;
Yazd; Wheeler; Zuo, 2019).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
39
Agriculture is affected by several external factors beyond the farmers’
control, such as climatic changes, economy, crop pests, livestock diseases,
high production costs, and fluctuations in product sale prices, among
others, generating uncertainties for the farmer and increasing the risk of
stress and mental illnesses (Heo; Lee; Park, 2020; Yazd; Wheeler; Zuo,
2019). Additionally, in many cases, there are debts, long working hours,
loneliness, and stress. e farmer must deal with many factors that are
beyond their control (Finnigan, 2019).
Stress is an interdisciplinary concept understood as an evaluative
process that triggers psychophysiological responses aimed at adapting a
person to situations perceived as stressful. When stressors are evaluated as
exceeding the individual’s capacity to deal with them, or when exposure
is repeated or long (Figure 1), it can harm physical and psychological
health (APA, 2014; Lazarus; Folkman, 1987; Lipp; Lipp, 2020; McEwen;
Wingfield, 2003; Pereira, 2023).
Figure 1 – Stress Cycle
Source: Prepared by the authors, based on Lipp (2005).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
40
Stressors are environmental situations or chronic stimulus conditions
that are evaluated as threatening to physical or psychological well-being
(Calvo; Gutiérrez-Garcia, 2016). Stressors can be evaluated as irrelevant
when they do not threaten the individual; positive, when they generate
motivation in the person; or stressful, when they cause harm to the
individual (Alhurani et al., 2018).
Financial stress arises when, repeatedly, the individual or family
cannot meet financial obligations, which can result in physical, mental,
and behavioral symptoms (Friedline; Chen; Morrow, 2021). Figure 2
summarizes the main symptoms of stress. e financial stressor involves
the decrease or loss of income, assets, unemployment (Park; Kim, 2018),
housing insecurity, and debts (Kelley et al., 2023), among other factors.
Studies conducted in countries such as the United States, Australia,
France, Finland, Denmark, and India, among others, highlight financial
factors as one of the main stressors in family farming activities (Furey et al.,
2016; Besseler; Stallones, 2020; Olowogbon et al., 2018; Rudolphi; Berg;
Parsaik, 2020; Sprung, 2021; Hagen et al., 2021; Keeney; Hernandez;
Meng, 2020; Waldman et al., 2021).
Figure 2 – Symptoms of Stress
Source: Prepared by the authors, based on: APA (2014); Bryant, Garnham (2014), and Lipp (2005).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
41
Issues related to farmers’ finances, including debts, difficulties in
obtaining credit, increased production costs, and fluctuations in product
sale prices, have been cited in research as having a high potential to trigger
stress in farmers. Small farmers cannot exert full control over financial
decisions and property management (Heo; Lee; Park, 2020), as the activity
is subject to various climatic and macroeconomic contingencies, such as
droughts and water scarcity (Fennel et al., 2016), which in turn cause
increased production costs and decreased harvest quantities (Henning-
Smith et al., 2020).
Job satisfaction4 is the affective perception (positive or negative) that a
person has regarding aspects of their work. It is a multifaceted phenomenon
resulting from the interaction between the individual expectations of the
worker and the working conditions (Hansen; Straete, 2020; Maidabadi et
al., 2022). e financial situation is a relevant condition that influences
job satisfaction, as the level of satisfaction is an equation between what is
desired and valued and what is obtained from work (Locke, 1976). Hansen
and Straete (2020) state that if economic compensation aligns with desired
goals, workers will be satisfied. Although job satisfaction involves various
aspects, this research focuses solely on the financial factor of job satisfaction
among family farmers.
The impAcTs oF FinAnciAl sTressors
e data used in this chapter were collected in the municipality of
Araçatuba, located in the northwest region of the state of São Paulo (SP).
is is an excerpt from a dissertation that aimed to analyze the levels of stress
and stressors among family farmers. e municipality was chosen because it
is the largest in the geographical region and due to the economic importance,
that agriculture holds in the municipality. Araçatuba is a municipality with
approximately two hundred thousand inhabitants (IBGE, 2022) and has
It is important to distinguish between job satisfaction and life satisfaction. e former relates to satisfaction
with the content, tasks, income, and benefits provided by the job. e latter refers to other aspects of life,
with work being only one of them (Besser; Mann, 2015; Herrera; Gerster-Bentaya; Knierim, 2018).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
42
776 establishments that qualify as family farming (IBGE, 2019). Of this
total, 286 establishments are owned by the farmers themselves.
To measure the level of stress, the Lipp Adult Stress Symptom
Inventory (ISSL) was used. is inventory was developed in Portuguese by
Lipp and validated by Lipp and Guevara (1994). e inventory consists
of three sections corresponding to the phases of stress and allows for
determining which phase of stress the person is in alert, resistance, near
exhaustion, and exhaustion. It also allows for identifying the prevalence
of symptoms, whether physical or psychological. e evaluation is done
using standardized tables for this instrument, which convert raw data into
percentages. According to the inventory manual, the ISSL has a Cronbach’s
alpha of 0.91 for the overall scale.
To identify and measure financial stressors, a questionnaire was
developed based on a literature review of peer-reviewed articles in the
Scopus, Web of Science, and PubMed databases. e questionnaire was
validated by professionals associated with family farming (agronomists
from the municipal agriculture department and presidents of rural
associations) and psychologists.
e questionnaire contained the main financial stressors identified
in the literature review, such as irregular and/or uncertain monthly income;
difficulties in obtaining financing; debts with agricultural and other loans;
increased production costs; and fluctuations in product sale prices. e
questionnaire was developed using a five-point Likert scale, where farmers
were asked to indicate: (0) does not cause stress; (1) very little stress; (2)
little stress; (3) moderate stress; and (4) a lot of stress.
e sample consisted of 46 participants (n=46), contacted through the
presidents of rural associations in the municipality. Of these, 57% were male
and 43% were female. Among the participants, 30% were aged 61 to 70 years,
26% were 41 to 50 years, and 20% were 31 to 40 years. e average age was
53.23 years with a standard deviation (SD) of 12.60. Regarding marital status,
76% were married, 9% single, 9% widowed, and 7% selected the “other”
option. Most of the samples, 59%, identified as white, 22% as brown, 11%
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
43
as black, and 9% as yellow. Regarding educational level, 57% had primary
education, 26% had secondary education, and 17% had higher education.
Regarding property size, 54% of respondents owned properties of
10 to 20 hectares, with predominant activities being cattle breeding and
the cultivation of vegetables, fruits, and soybeans. e family income from
agricultural activity was up to one minimum wage for 9% of respondents,
one to two minimum wages for 35%, two to three minimum wages for
15%, three to five minimum wages for 22%, and above five minimum
wages for 19%.
e sample analyzed in the municipality of Araçatuba-SP showed
considerable levels of stress (Figure 3), with 34.8% in the alert/alarm
phase (first phase of stress) and 28.3% in the resistance phase (second
phase). Although most of the sample showed stress in the two initial
phases, both are accompanied by physical and psychological symptoms
that can compromise the quality of life of family farmers. Almost 20% are
in the higher phases of stress, which denotes greater attention. According
to Lipp (2005), up to the near-exhaustion phase, the person can manage
the symptoms, but in the exhaustion phase, the help of doctors and
psychologists is necessary. Physical symptoms (47.8%) predominated in
the analyzed sample.
Figure 3 – Levels of stress and symptomatology of the sample
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
e stress levels of family farmers in the municipality of Araçatuba-
SP are like those found in the United States by Rudolphi, Berg, and Parsaik
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
44
(2020), which obtained the following stress levels: no stress (29.4%), mild
(35.9%), moderate (18.2%), and high (16.5%). Other studies conducted
in countries such as Ireland (Furey et al., 2016), Finland (Kallioniemi et
al., 2016), the United States (Kearney et al., 2014; Keeney; Hernandez;
Meng, 2020; Sprung, 2021; Waldman et al., 2021), Australia (Wheeler;
Zuo; Loch, 2018), and France (Truchot; Andela, 2018), found moderate
stress in most of the analyzed samples. High-stress levels were found in
studies conducted in Australia (Gunn et al., 2022), Canada (Jones-Bitton
et al., 2019; Hagen et al., 2021), and Vietnam (Hoang et al., 2020).
e identification and measurement questionnaire for stressors
revealed the financial stressors that most caused stress among family
farmers, as shown in Box 1.
Box 1 – Descriptive Statistics of Financial Stressors
Code Financial Stressor Average
F1 Irregular and/or uncertain monthly income 3.6
F2 Difficulties in obtaining agricultural and other financing 2.4
F3 Debts with agricultural and other financing 1.3
F4 Increased production costs or fluctuation in product sale prices 3.8
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
Two stressors demonstrated greater concerns among the analyzed
farmers, with higher averages. Figure 4 shows the dispersion of responses
relative to the average. is analysis allows for a comprehensive visualization
of the overall behavior of the interview conducted. In Figure 4, a certain
response pattern for F1 and F4 can be observed, which resulted in a high
average for both stressors.
Of the four financial stressors evaluated by family farmers, the one
with the greatest impact was the fluctuation in production costs and product
sale prices (3.8), with a maximum score of 4. ese factors impact the farm’s
financial results (Jahangiri et al., 2020; Kearney; Hernandez; Meng, 2020;
Wheeler, Zuo; Loch, 2018). To produce, whether, in crops or livestock, the
farmer must make investments at a high cost, but without the guarantee of
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
45
how much the product will be worth at the time of sale, as prices are regulated
by the market (demand and supply). e result found in Araçatuba is like
the research conducted by Liang et al. (2021) in the United States, which
pointed out the decline in sale prices as a stress-generating factor.
Figure 4 – Dispersion of responses relative to the average
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
is reflects the second financial stressor, irregular or uncertain
monthly income (3.6). Income irregularity is caused by production
seasonality, livestock diseases, pests, and market-regulated prices, among
others. e unpredictability of monthly income compromises the property’s
budget and consequently the family’s budget. is causes 26% to delay bill
payments and 10.8% to seek work off the property to supplement their
income. According to Logstein (2016), the decrease in agricultural income
directly impacts the increase in mental complaints. Furthermore, the
higher the proportion of agricultural income in the total family income,
the greater the stress caused by the income drop.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
46
Difficulties in obtaining agricultural financing (2.4) were the third
financial stressor. Among the respondents, 48% reported having some type
of agricultural financing, and 78% reported finding it difficult to obtain it.
Financing, mainly through the National Program for the Strengthening of
Family Agriculture (Pronaf), is a way to generate cash flow for investments.
However, farmers face a lot of bureaucracy, extensive documentation, and
the requirement of collateral to obtain financing. Farmers with smaller
properties, low income, and no assets face more difficulties in obtaining
agricultural credit. is difficulty in obtaining financing causes a lot of
distress among farmers (Pankey; Bandyopadhyay, 2019).
Debts with financing (1.3) proved to be a low-impact stressor for the
analyzed farmers. Among the respondents, 50% declared having some type
of debt. Farmers with debts have higher stress levels and lower job satisfaction
(Heo; Zuo; Park, 2022; Waldman et al., 2021), in addition to triggering
disagreements between spouses (Friedline; Chen; Morrow, 2021).
All the financial stressors mentioned above directly impact the final
income of family farmers. Among the various factors that predispose to
stress, income is considered a factor that generates considerable levels of
stress (Orpana; Lemyre; Gravel, 2009).
Anova considering income/stress and subsequent Tukey test revealed
a significant difference (Box 2) between the class of stressed and non-
stressed farmers.
Box 2 – Income versus stress using the Tukey method and 95% confidence
Has Stress? N Average Grouping
No 8 3.875* A
Yes 38 2.158* B
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024). *Indicates a significant difference between the observed values.
ose who do not show stress earn almost twice as much compared
to those who show some level of stress, as shown in Figure 5. In addition to
low-income individuals being more exposed to various stressors, this factor
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
47
limits their ability to seek stress-coping strategies (Demenech et al., 2022;
Hobkirk; Krebs; Muscat, 2021), such as social support and psychological
and medical treatment. Income proved to be an impactful factor in the
stress of the analyzed farmers.
e income of the farmer is affected by various factors, such as
educational level, property size, type of activity, and uncontrollable factors
like economic and climatic issues (Kohlbech et al., 2023). Like the general
population, income affects the stress levels of family farmers (Feng; Ji; Xu,
2015; Guan et al., 2022). Having another source of income (36% of the
sample) can serve as a moderator of financial stress, especially when this
income source is from retirement or leases, which do not fluctuate.
Qualitative data collected during interviews with farmers allowed
for understanding and comparing the behavioral profiles of family farmers
who showed stress with those who did not. Factors influencing the onset
of stress related to finances, others that may be consequences of stress, and
factors that can be understood as stress moderators were observed.
Figure 5 – Average monthly income: comparison between Family
Farmers (A.F) with stress and without stress
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
48
Among the factors that can influence the stress levels of family
farmers are: not having another source of income, variation in monthly
income throughout the year, difficulties in obtaining financing, and having
debts. Figure 6 compares the responses between those who showed some
level of stress and those who did not.
Relying solely on income from the property can be a stress-
generating factor, as income is not constant throughout the year, and
individual farmers cannot exert full control over the property’s earnings
due to external factors (Heo; Lee; Park, 2020). e percentage of farmers
with stress who do not have another source of income is higher (65.79%)
compared to those without stress (34.2%). e research results show
that annual income stability occurs for all interviewed farmers without
stress, with 100% reporting no income fluctuation throughout the year.
Conversely, nearly all farmers with stress experience income variation
during the year (97.3%). Not having sufficient income to meet present or
future financial obligations creates insecurity in families (Friedline; Chen;
Morrow, 2021).
e annual income fluctuation can lead to the accumulation of bills
and debts. Debts lead to financial stress (Brit, 2016; Feng; Ji; Xu, 2015;
Heo; Cho; Lee, 2020). e research revealed that the number of stressed
individuals with debts (55.26%) is much higher than those without
stress (25%). Furthermore, the number of farmers with stress who have
difficulties in obtaining agricultural financing is proportionally higher
(84.21%) compared to 50% of those without stress. Agricultural financing
allows the farmer to invest in machinery, purchase fertilizers, irrigation,
among others, which can increase property productivity.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
49
Figure 6 – Factors influencing stress: comparison between Family
Farmers (A.F) with and without stress
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
Some data collected for the chapter can be considered stress
moderators. Stress moderators are environmental factors or behavioral
characteristics of people that can reduce the negative effects of stress
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
50
(Hirschle; Gondim, 2020). In the results, the moderators, as shown in Figure
7, are: actions to minimize the impact of income fluctuation and control
property costs. ese are factors that, when well employed, contribute to
better property management, improve income, and consequently reduce
financial stress.
e fluctuation of monthly income is a reality for 97% of farmers
with stress, and to minimize this, 28.95% make financial reserves, 18.42%
cut expenses, and 10.52% earn extra income, which are considered coping
strategies. However, there is a discrepancy in the attitude of delaying bill
payments, as 28.95% of those stressed practice this behavior compared to
12.5% of those without stress (Figure 4), demonstrating more assertive
behavior in those without stress.
Another behavior that could minimize financial concerns is the
control of property costs. Cost control generates better financial forecasting;
however, only 55.26% of farmers with stress do this, compared to 87.5%
of those without stress. Clune and Downey (2022) reinforce that the lack
of entrepreneurial skills among family farmers is a consequence of their
low education levels and impacts property results.
e financial limitation of families5 makes them more vulnerable to
stress (Dinterman; Katchova, 2018; Hagen et al., 2021), which affects job
satisfaction (Guan et al., 2022). Figure 8 shows a divergence in perception
between family farmers with stress and those without stress regarding job
satisfaction, profitability view of the activity, and thoughts of leaving the field.
Job satisfaction includes the positive view that a person has about
their job, and for farmers, income and consequently stress from financial
factors highly impact the level of satisfaction (Heo, Lee; Park, 2020; Herrera;
Gerster-Bentaya; Knierim, 2018; Majdabadi et al., 2022). Regarding the
degree of satisfaction, most farmers with stress consider themselves satisfied
with their work, but attention should be drawn to the low percentage
(13.16%) of those who consider themselves very satisfied compared to
50% of those without stress. e level of dissatisfaction showed a small
Stress in family farming affects the person responsible for the property and consequently the entire family
context involved in production, causing suffering in the family environment and difficulties in marital and
family relationships (Friedline; Chen; Morrow, 2021; Sprung, 2021).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
51
variation between farmers with stress (29.95%) and farmers without stress
(25%). Farmers with stress are more pessimistic about the profitability of
their property, as 55.26% believe it is not profitable compared to 25% of
those without stress. Farmers with stress show a greater propensity to leave
the field.
Figure 7 – Factors influencing stress
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
Although income is a relevant factor in job satisfaction, it should be
noted that there are non-pecuniary benefits that also influence satisfaction.
Social benefits, lifestyle, autonomy, among others, are factors that promote
a balance in the job satisfaction of family farmers.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
52
Figure 8 – Degree of Job Satisfaction: comparison between A.F with
stress and without stress
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
FinAl considerATions
e sustainable socioeconomic development of an agro-industrial
production system goes through family farming. Family farming is a social
and economic activity of great relevance for several countries, including
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
53
Brazil. It is responsible for food production and generating income for
many families. As an economic and labor activity, it has its own peculiarities
that distinguish it from other activities and requires specific studies to
understand its dynamics and develop strategies that help its development.
Like any labor activity, family farming generates stress in its workers,
and even though the prevalence is in mild and moderate levels, these levels
already require some attention as they affect the quality of life and over
time can evolve into more aggressive phases and compromise physical and
mental health.
As an economic activity, family farming presents unpredictability,
as it depends on climatic, market, and productive factors for its good
performance. is unpredictability directly influences the income earned
in the field, which can compromise the family’s ability to sustain itself.
Various financial problems surround family farmers; however, irregular
income, fluctuation in production costs, and uncertainty of the production
value at the time of sale have been revealed to be more impactful.
Farmers with stress showed characteristics (education level,
income, and difficulties in obtaining financing) and behaviors (control of
production costs, financial reserves, among others) different from farmers
without stress. Such differences can be both a consequence of stress and,
on the other hand, something that contributes to stress.
Although financial stress interferes with the level of job satisfaction,
many farmers declared themselves satisfied. e way of dealing with
stressors and the perception of job satisfaction is associated with cognitive
evaluation and the coping strategies used by people.
Identifying how financial stressors affect family farmers is the first
step in developing stress treatment protocols and enabling specific financial
education programs for this group.
ese actions contribute to the development and improvement of
the competitiveness of family farmers (one of the objectives of the Graduate
Program in Agribusiness and Development – PGAD). Additionally, it
contributes to the Sustainable Development Goals by promoting health
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
54
and well-being (stress management); decent work and economic growth
(fewer physical and mental health complaints caused by stress and
financial literacy that will help manage the property) and zero hunger and
sustainable agriculture (keeping farmers in the field and food production).
reFerences
ALHURANI, A. S.; DECKER, R.; AHMAD, M.; MILLER, J.; YOUSEF, K. M.;
ABDULQADER, B.; SALAME, I.; LENNIE, T. A. Stress, cognitive appraisal, coping
and event free survival in patients with heart failure. Heart & Lung, Philadelphia, v.
47, p. 205-210, 2018. Disponivel em: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/29627073/.
Acesso em: 01 ago. 2023.
AMERICAN PSYCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION – APA. Manual diagnóstico e estatístico
de transtornos mentais: DSM-V. 5. ed. Porto Alegre: Artmed, 2014.
AMERICAN PSYCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION – APA. Stress in America 2022:
concerned for the future, beset by inflacion. 2022. Disponível em: https://www.apa.org/
news/press/releases/stress/2022/concerned-future-inflation. Acesso em: 08 ago. 2023.
AQUINO, J. R.; GAZOLLA, M.; SCHNEIDER, S. Dualismo no campo e
desigualdades internas na agricultura familiar brasileira. Revista de Economia e Sociologia
Rural, Piracicaba, v. 56, n. 1, p. 123-142, 2018. Disponível em: https://www.scielo.br/j/
resr/a/gRpLPHPWQQ8jrHnMv5DSGYK/?lang=pt. Acesso em: 31 jul. 2023.
BATALHA, M. O.; SOUZA FILHO, H. M. A falsa dicotomia entre agronegócio e
agricultura familiar. Revista de Agronegócio da FGV, Rio de Janeiro, v. 23, n. 8, p. 45-49,
2013. Disponível em: https://bibliotecadigital.fgv.br/ojs/index.php/agroanalysis/article/
view/50802. Acesso em: 10 out. 2023.
BESELER, C.; STALLONES, L. Using a neural network analysis to asses stressors in
the farming community. Safety, Basel, v. 6, n. 21, 2020. Disponível em: https://www.
mdpi.com/2313-576X/6/2/21. Acesso em: 10 ago. 2023.
BESSER, T.; MANN, S. Which farm characteristics influence work satisfaction?
An analysis of two agricultural systems. Agricultural Systems, Amsterdam, v. 141, p.
107-112, 2015. Disponivel em: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/
S0308521X15300342?via%3Dihub. Acesso em: 18 jul. 2023.
BRASIL. Decreto nº 10.688, de 26 de abril de 2021. Dispõe sobre a Unidade Familiar
de Produção Agrária, altera o Decreto 9.064/2006, institui o cadastro nacional da
Agricultura Familiar. 2021. Disponível em: https://www.in.gov.br/en/web/dou/-/
decreto-n-10.688-de-26-de-abril-de-2021-316016356. Acesso em: 29 jul. 2023.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
55
BRASIL. Lei nº 11.326, de 24 de julho de 2006, estabelece as diretrizes para a formulação
da Política Nacional da Agricultura Familiar e Empreendimentos Familiares Rurais. 2006.
Disponível em: http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_ato2004-2006/2006/lei/l11326.
htm. Acesso em: 29 jul. 2023.
BRIT, L. Farm-related concerns and mental health status among norwegian farmers.
Journal of Agromedicine, Philadelphia, v. 21, n. 4, p. 316-326, 2016. Disponível em:
https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27420178/. Acesso em: 31 out. 2023.
BRYANT, L.; GARNHAM, B. Economies, ethics and emotions: farmer distress
within the moral economy of agribusiness. Journal of Rural Studies, Oxford, v. 34, p.
304-3012, 2014. Disponível em: https://d1wqtxts1xzle7.cloudfront.net/46872015/
Economies_ethics_and_emotions_Farmer_dis20160628-12949-rf71bi-libre.
pdf?1467165359=&response-content-disposition=inline%3B+filename%3DEconomi
es_ethics_and_emotions_Farmer_dis.pdf&Expires=1689288467&Signature=. Acesso
em: 03 set. 2023.
CALVO, M. G.; GUTIÉRREZ-GARCIA, A. Cognition and stress. In: FINK, G. Stress:
concepts, cognition, emotion and behavior. Melbourne: Academic Press, 2016. cap. 16.
p. 139-144.
CLUNE, T.; DOWNEY, H. Very good farmers, not particularly good business-pleople:
a rural financial counsellor perspective on rural business failure. Journal of Rural Studies,
Oxford, v. 95, p. 256-267, 2022. Disponível em: https://www.sciencedirect.com/
science/article/abs/pii/S0743016722002236?via%3Dihub. Acesso em: 10 jul. 2023.
DEMENECH, L. M.; ALMEIDA, R. B.; NEIVA-SILVA, L.; DUMITH, S. C. Does
money by happiness? Disentangling the association between income, happiness and stress.
Brazilian Academy of Science, Rio de Janeiro, v. 2, 2022. Disponível em: https://www.
scielo.br/j/aabc/a/hJgtZx5Y5bNdpVw4YfWyyvR/?lang=en. Acesso em: 20 ago. 2023.
DINTERMAN, R.; KATCHOVA, A. Financial stress and farm bankruptcies in
US agriculture. Agricultural Finance Review, Bingley, v. 78, n. 4, p. 441-456, 2018.
Disponível em: https://www.emerald.com/insight/content/doi/10.1108/AFR-05-2017-
0030/full/html. Acesso em: 15 jul. 2023.
FENG, D.; JI, L.; XU, L. Effect of subjetive economic status on psychological distress
among farmers and non-farmers of rural China. e Australian Journal of Rural Health,
Richmond, v. 23, p. 215-220, 2015. Disponível em: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.
gov/25945684/. Acesso em: 30 ago. 2023.
FENNEL, K. M.; JARRET, C. E.; KETTLER, L. J.; DOLLMAN, J.; TURNBULL,
D. A. “Whatching the bank balance build up then blow away and the rain clouds do
the same”: a thematic analysis of South Australian farmers’ sources during drought.
Journal of Rural Studies, Oxford, v. 46, p. 102-110, 2016. Disponível em: https://
www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0743016716300754. Acesso em: 30
out. 2023.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
56
FINNIGAN, P. Santé mentale: une priorité pour nos agriculteurs. Rapport du Comité
Permanente de l´agriculture et de l´agroalimetaire, 2019. Disponível em: https://www.
ourcommons.ca/Content/Committee/421/AGRI/Reports/RP10508975/agrirp16/
agrirp16-f.pdf. Acesso em: 12 set. 2023.
FRIEDLINE, T.; CHEN, Z.; MORROW, S. P. Families’ financial stress and well-
being: the importance f the economy and economic environments. Journal of Family
and Economic Issues, New York, v. 42, n. 1, p. 34-51, 2021. Disponível em: https://link.
springer.com/article/10.1007/s10834-020-09694-9. Acesso em: 16 jul. 2023.
FSB HOLDING INSTITUTE. Saúde integral da população brasileira em 2021. 2021.
Disponível em: https://www.fsbpesquisa.com.br/estudos-publicados/. Acesso em: 20
jul. 2023.
FUREY, E. M. O´HORA, D.; MCNAMARA, J.; KINSELLA, S.; NOONE, C. e
roles of financial threat, social support, work stress and mental distress in dairy farmer´s
expextations of injury. Frontiers in public health, Lausanne, v. 26, n. 6, 2016. Disponível
em: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27446893/l. Acesso em: 15 ago. 2023.
GUAN, N.; GUARIGLIA, A.; MOORE, P.; XU, F.; AL-JANABI, H. Financial stress
and depression in adults: a systematic review. PLos ONE, San Francisco, v. 17, n. 2,
2022. Disponível em: https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.
pone.0264041. Acesso em: 16 jul. 2023.
GUNN, L. D.; SAGHAPOUR, T.; GILES-CORTI, B.; TURREL, G. Exploring
inequities in housing affordability through an analysis of walkability and house prices by
neighbourhood socioeconomic disadvantage. Cities & Health, Philadelphia, n. 6, v.3, p.
616-634, 2022.
HAGEN, B. N. M.; SAWATZKY, A.; HARPER, S. L.; O´SULLIVAN, T. L.; JONES-
BITTON, A. What impacts perceived stress among canadian farmers? A mixed-
methods analysis. Int. Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, Basel, v. 18,
n. 7366, 2021. Disponível em: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34299818/. Acesso
em: 02 ago. 2023.
HANSEN, B. G.; STRAETE, E. P. Dairy farmers’ job satisfaction and the influence of
automatic milking systems. NJAS Wageningen Journal of Life Sciences, Abingdon, v.92,
n.1, p. 1-13, 2020. Disponível em: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1016/j.
njas.2020.100328. Acesso em: 30 ago. 2023.
HOANG, H. T.; DO, K. N.; PHAN, H. Q.; NGUYEN, C. T.; HA, G. H.; VU,
T. G.; TRAN, B. X. HO, C. S. Psychological distress among mountainous farmers
in Vietnam: a cross-sectional study of prevalence and associated factors. BMJ Open,
London, v. 10, 2020. Disponível em: https://bmjopen.bmj.com/content/10/8/e038490.
Acesso em: 12 out. 2023.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
57
HENNING-SMITH, C. et al. Farmer mental health in the US Midwest: key informant
perspectives. Journal of Rural Studies, Oxford, v. 80, p. 185-194, 2020. Disponível em:
https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33645448/. Acesso em: 05 ago. 2023.
HEO, W.; CHO, S. H.; LEE, P. APR financial stress scale: development and
validation of a multidimensional measurement. Journal of Financial erapy,
Manhattan, v. 11, n. 1, 2020. Disponível em: https://newprairiepress.org/jft/vol11/
iss1/2/. Acesso em: 12 jul. 2023.
HEO, W.; LEE, M.; PARK, N. Financial-related psychologial factors affect life
satisfaction of farmers. Journal of Rural Studies, Oxford, v. 80, p. 185-194, 2020.
Disponível em: https://pubag.nal.usda.gov/catalog/7094630. Acesso em: 01 ago. 2023.
HERRERA, B.; GERSTER-BENTAYA, M.; KNIERIM, A. Farm-level factors
influencing farmers’ satisfaction with their work. AgEcon Search, Vancouver, v. 2,
2018. Disponível em: https://ageconsearch.umn.edu/record/277024/. Acesso em: 10
jan. 2023.
HIRSCHLE, A. L.; GONDIM, S. M. G. Estresse e bem-estar no trabalho: uma revisão
de literatura. Ciência e Saúde Coletiva, Rio de Janeiro, v. 25, n. 7, 2020. Disponível em:
https://www.scielo.br/j/csc/a/7rhP4hgWgcspPms5BxRVjfs/. Acesso em: 30 ago. 2023.
HOBKIRK, A.; KREBS, N. M.; MUSCAT, J. Income as a moderator of psychological
stress and nicotine dependence among adult smokers. Journal of behavioral medicine,
New York, v. 44, n. 6, p. 853-859, 2021. Disponível em: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.
gov/34160724/. Acesso em: 22 ago. 2023.
INSTITUTO BRASILSEIRO DE GEOGRAFIA E ESTATÍSTICA – IBGE. Censo
agro 2017: resultados definitivos. Rio de Janeiro, RJ, 2019. Disponível em: https://
censoagro2017.ibge.gov.br/templates/censo_agro/resultadosagro/informativos.html.
Acesso em: 10 out. 2023.
INSTITUTO BRASILEIRO DE GEOGRAFIA E ESTATÍSTICA – IBGE. Censo
2022: população e domicílios – primeiros resultados. Rio de Janeiro – RJ. 2022.
Disponível em: https://www.ibge.gov.br/novo-portal-destaques/37016-ibge-divulgara-
em-28-de-junho-os-primeiros-resultados-de-populacao-e-domicilios-do-censo-
demografico. Acesso em: 15 jun. 2023.
JAHANGIRI, M.; MOLAEIFAR, H.; RAJABI, F. Occupational
stressors among farmers in Iran using fuzzy multiple criteria decision-
making methods. Journal of Agromedicine, Philadelphia, v. 25, n. 1,
p. 28-37, 2020. Disponível em: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/
full/10.1080/1059924X.2019.1592048?scroll=top&needAccess=true. Acesso em: 30
nov. 2022.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
58
JONES-BITTON, A.; BEST, C.; MACTAVISH, J.; FLEMING, S.; HOY, S. Stress,
anxiety, depression and resilience in Canadian farmers. Social psychiatry and psychiatric
epidemiology, Berlin, v. 55, n. 2, p. 229-236, 2019. Disponível em: https://pubmed.
ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/31197397/. Acesso em 10 out. 2023.
KALLIONIEMI, M.; SIMOLA, A.; KASEVA, J.; KYMALAINE, H. R. Stress and
burnout among finnish dairy farmers. Journal of Agromedicine, Philadelphia, v. 21, n.
3, p. 259-268, 2016. Disponível em: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27081893/.
Acesso em: 30 jul. 2023.
KEARNEY, G. D.; RAFFERTY, A. P.; HENDRICKS, L. R.; ALLEN, D. L.; TUTOR,
R. A cross-sectional study of stressors among farmers in Eastern North Carolina. North
Carolina medical journal, Winston-Salem, v. 75, n. 6, p. 384-392, 2014. Disponível em:
https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/25402689/. Acesso em: 15 dez. 2023.
KEENEY, A. J.; HERNANDEZ, J.; MENG, Y. Assessing farm stress and community
supports in U.S – Mexico Border County. Journal of Agriculture Safety and Health,
St. Joseph, v. 27, n. 1, p. 1-12, 2020. Disponível em: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.
gov/34931114/. Acesso em: 15 dez. 2023.
KELLEY, H. H.; LEE, Y.; LEBARON-BLACK, A.; DOLLAHITE, D.; JAMES,
S.; MARKS, L.; HALL, T. Change in financial stress relational wellbeing during
COVID-19: exacerbating and alleviating influences. Journal of Family and Economic
Issues, New York, v. 44, p. 34-52, 2023. Disponível em: https://link.springer.com/
article/10.1007/s10834-022-09822-7. Acesso em: 10 jan. 2024.
KOHLBECK, S. A.; QUINN, K.; CASSINI, T.; HAGARTEN, S.; NELSON, D.;
CASSIDY, L. “I´ve given up”: biopsychosocial factors preceding farmer suicide in
Wisconsin. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, Washington, v. 93, n. 2, p. 131-143,
2023. Disponível em: https://psycnet.apa.org/fulltext/2023-30797-001.html. Acesso
em: 12 jul. 2023.
KOLSTRUP, C.; KALLIONIEMI, M.; LUNDQVIST, P.; STALLONES, L.
International perspectives on psychosocial workin conditions, mental health and stress.
Journal of Agromedicine, Philadelphia, v. 18, n. 3, 2013. Disponível em: https://pubmed.
ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/23844791/. Acesso em: 01 ago. 2023.
LAZARUS, R. S.; FOLKMAN, S. Transacional theory and research on emotion and
coping. European Journal of Personality, London, v. 1, p. 141-169, 1987.
LIPP, M. E. N. Manual do inventário de sintomas de Stress para adultos de Lipp (ISSL). 3.
ed. São Paulo: Casa do Psicólogo, 2005.
LIPP, M. E. N.; LIPP, L. M. N. Stress e transtornos mentais durante a pandemia da
COVID-19 no Brasil. Bol. Acad. Paul. Psicologia, São Paulo, v. 40, n. 99, p. 180-191,
2020. Disponível em: http://pepsic.bvsalud.org/scielo.php?script=sci_arttext&pid=S1415-
711X2020000200003&lng=pt&nrm=iso. Acesso em: 15 jan. 2023.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
59
LIPP, M. E. N.; GUEVARA, A.J de H. Validação empírica do Inventário de Sintomas
de Stress (ISS). Estudos de psicologia, Campinas, v. 11, n. 3, p. 43-49, 1994.
LIANG, Y.; WANG, K.; JANSEN, B.; CASTEEL, C.; NONNENMANN, M.;
ROHLMAN, D. Examination of symptoms of depression among cooperative dairy
farmers. International journal of environmental research and public health, Basel, v. 18, n.
7, 2021.
LINDOSO, D.; DEBORTOLI, N.; PARENTE, I.; EIRÓ, F.; ROCHA, J. D.; FILHO,
S. R.; BURSZTYN, M. Vulnerabilidade socioeconômica da agricultura familiar
brasileira às mudanças climáticas: o desafio da avaliação de realidades complexas.
Boletim Regional, Urbano e Ambiental, IPEA, Brasília, 2010.
LOCKE, E. A. e nature and causes of job satisfaction. In: DUNNETE, M. D.
Handbook of Industrial and Organization Psychology. Chicago: Rand McNally, 1976. p.
1297-1343.
LOGSTEIN, B. Farm-related concerns and mental health status among norwegian
farmers. Journal of Agromedicine, Philadelphia, v. 21, n. 4, p. 316-326, 2016. DOI:
https://doi.org/10.1080/1059924X.2016.1211055.
MAJDABADI, H. A.; KHADRI, B.; PIRPOSHTEH, E. A.; NOURI, M.;
DOLATABADI, Z. A.; KASSIRI, N.; AMANAT, N.; VATANI, A. K. Relationship
between the status of occupacional health management and job satisfaction among
farmers: a health promotion approach. Journal of Education and Health Promotion,
Mumbai, v. 11, n. 390, 2023. Disponível em: https://www.jehp.net/article.
asp?issn=2277-9531;year=2022;volume=11;issue=1;spage=390;epage=390;aulast=Majda
badi. Acesso em: 10 jan. 2024.
MCEWEN, B.; WINGFIELD, J. C. e concept of allostasis in biology and
biomedicine. Horm Behav., v. 43, n. 1, p. 2-15, 2003. Disponível em: https://www.
nature.com/articles/220911a0. Acesso em: 03 jan. 2023.
OLOWOGBON, T. S.; YODER, A. M.; FAKAYODE, S. B.; FALOLA, A. O.
Agricultural stressor: identification, causes and perceived effects among nigerian crop
farmers. Journal of Agromedicine, Philadelphia, v. 24, n. 1, p. 46-55, 2018. Disponível
em: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/30345895. Acesso em: 28 jul. 2023.
ORPANA, H.; LEMYRE, L.; GRAVEL, R. Income and psychological distress: the
role of the social enviroment. Health reports, Ottawa, v. 21, n. 8, 2009. Disponível em:
https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/19388365/. Acesso em: 23 ago. 2023.
PANKEY, B.; BANDYOPADHYAY, P. Impact of different sources of credit in creating
extreme farmer distress in India. Benchmarkin: An International Journal, Bingley, v. 26,
n. 6, p. 1676-1691, 2019. Disponível em: https://www.emerald.com/insight/content/
doi/10.1108/BIJ-10-2018-0321/full/html. Acesso em: 30 ago. 2023.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
60
PAREKH, T.; CHERRINGTON, A. L.; BHATIA, S.; TURAN, B.; PATEL, S. B.;
KIM, Y.; TURAN, J. M.; DRANSFIELD, M. e association of low income and high
stress with acute care use in COPD patients. Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Diseases,
Miami, v. 7, n. 2, p. 107-117, 2020. Disponível em: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.
gov/32324982/. Acesso em: 22 ago. 2023.
PARK, W.; KIM, J. How are money worries affecting middle-aged, young-old and old-
old people’s couple relationship? Journal of Family and Economic Issues, New York, v. 39,
p. 34-48, 2018. Disponível em: https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10834-017-
9547-2. Acesso em: 16 jul. 2023.
PEREIRA, F. C. Cadeias curtas de abastecimento alimentar: contribuições dos canais
de comercialização para a agricultura familiar em tempos de COVID-19. Encontro
Internacional de Gestão, Desenvolvimento e Inovação (EIGEDIN), Naviraí, MS, v. 5,
n. 1, 2021. Disponível em: https://periodicos.ufms.br/index.php/EIGEDIN/article/
view/13874. Acesso em: 27 jul. 2023.
PEREIRA, F. C. Estresse e estressores ocupacionais de agricultores familiares: um estudo no
município de Araçatuba-SP. 2023. 110 f. Dissertação (mestrado) - Programa de Pós-
Graduação em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento, Universidade Estadual Paulista “Júlio
de Mesquita Filho – UNESP, Tupã, 2023.
PREISS, P. V.; DEPONTI, C.; PINTO, G.; SCHNEIDER, S.; WEBER, J.;
VASCONCELOS, F. C. F.; DEGERONE, Z.; SOARES, R.; VOGT, H. M.; FACCIN,
C.; MELLO, L. L.; ALMEIDA, N.; PEDROSO, M. A. O impacto da COVID-19 na
comercialização direta da agricultura familiar no RS: Região Metropolitana. Observa
– DR, Santa Cruz do Sul – RS, 2020. Disponível em: http://observadr.org.br/portal/o-
impacto-da-covid-19-na-comercializacao-direta-da-agricultura-familiar-no-rs/. Acesso
em: 13 out. 2023.
ROY, P.; TREMBLAY, R. G. L´expérience du stress chez les agriculteurs. Une analyse
du genre masculin. Nouvelles pratiques sociales, Quebec, v. 27, n. 2, 2015. Disponível
em: https://www.erudit.org/fr/revues/nps/2015-v27-n2-nps02687/1037690ar/. Acesso
em: 20 jul. 2023.
RUDOLPHI, J. M. R.; BERG, R.; PARSAIK, A. Depression, anxiety and stress among
ypng farmers and ranchers: a pilot study. Community Mental Health Journal, New
York, v. 56, n. 1, p. 126-134, 2020. Disponível em: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.
gov/31583619/. Acesso em: 20 ago. 2023.
SPRUNG, J. Economic stress, family distress and work-family conflict among farm
couples. Journal of Agromedicine, Philadelphia, v. 27, n. 2, p. 154-168, 2021. Disponível
em: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34134603/. Acesso em: 17 ago. 2023.
TRUCHOT, D.; ANDELA, M. Burnout and hopelessness among farmers: the farmers
stressors inventory. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, Berlin, v. 53, p. 859-
867, 2018. Disponível em: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/29725701/. Acesso em:
13 ago. 2023.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
61
WALDMAN, K. B.; GIROUX, S. A.; FARMER, J. R.; HEABERLIN, B. M.;
BLEKKING, J. P.; TODD, P. M. Socioeconomic threats are more salient to farmers
than environmental threats? Journal of Rural Studies, Oxford, v. 86, 2021. Disponível
em: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0743016721002138. Acesso
em: 10 ago. 2023.
WHEELER, S. S.; ZUO, A.; LOCH, A. Water torture: unravelling the psychological
distress of irrigators in Australia. Journal of Rural Studies, Oxford, v. 62, p. 183-
194, 2018. Disponível em: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/
S0743016717302000. Acesso em: 02 fev. 2023.
YAZD, S. D.; WHEELER, S.; ZUO, A. Key risk factors affecting farmers’ mental
health: a systematic review. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public
Health, Basel, v. 16, n. 4849, 2019. Disponível em: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.
gov/31810320/. Acesso em: 10 set. 2023.
62
63
chApTer 2
e Interfaces between People
Management, Culture, and
Networks in Agricultural Systems
Fernanda YAMAUCHI 1
Timóteo Ramos QUEIROZ 2
and Renato Dias BAPTISTA 3
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: fer.yamauchi@
gmail.com.
Department of Management, Development and Technology, Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: timoteo.
queiroz@unesp.br.
Department of Management, Development and Technology, Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: rd.baptista@
unesp.br.
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p63-75
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
64
inTroducTion
e agribusiness sector plays a fundamental role in the Brazilian
economy, contributing to job creation and exports, accounting for a
quarter of the national Gross Domestic Product (GDP). However, the
interface between agribusiness and People Management (PM) practices
presents significant challen ges that need to be overcome to achieve
sustainable development. e shortage of qualified labor, working
conditions in the field, and the seasonality of activities are some of the
issues that require attention.
In the dynamic scenario of Brazilian agribusiness, the analysis of PM
practices reveals a crucial intersection with the Sustainable Development
Goals (SDGs) established by the United Nations. PM in agricultural
companies is not limited to operational issues but encompasses a broader
spectrum that includes social, economic, and environmental responsibility.
Regarding the promotion of safe and healthy working conditions
for rural workers, investment in training to increase efficiency and the
adoption of inclusive practices contribute directly to SDG 8, which
addresses “Decent Work and Economic Growth.”
e analysis of PM practices cannot overlook the study of
networks, as organizations are influenced by their environment. is
degree of influence is an essential element in understanding the dynamics
of organizations in various sectors. Management styles are deeply
influenced by cultural factors, whether organizational or local. Culture
also influences the behavior of work teams and the decisions made by
these organizations. It is necessary to understand how values, beliefs,
and norms reflect PM practices and how they can promote a healthy and
productive work environment.
e theory of social networks, as developed by Granovetter (2007),
suggests that the ties established in networks can play a crucial role in
disseminating information and forming professional connections. In the
agribusiness sector, where collaboration and knowledge exchange are vital,
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
65
it is essential to understand how social networks can facilitate or hinder PM
practices. ese networks can create informal communication channels,
accelerate the diffusion of best practices, and even impact innovation in
the sector.
erefore, this chapter aims to analyze PM practices in the context
of Brazilian agribusiness, considering the challenges and opportunities
considering the Sustainable Development Goals, specifically SDG 8, as
it relates to generating decent employment, innovation in an interrelation
with culture, and the dynamics of social networks, providing insights for
agribusiness organizations.
inTerFAces beTween culTure, neTworks, And people mAnAgemenT
According to Bohlander and Snell (2015), it is possible to observe
that PM has assumed a strategic role, surpassing the traditional support
function and constituting an essential organizational competence since
people are the main protagonists in achieving results, given their potential
in producing knowledge and innovation.
It is important to highlight that, according to Pedraza-Rodriguez et
al. (2023), different cultural elements have a positive effect on the outcome
of innovation. is result suggests active efforts by managers to develop a
culture of innovation based on best practices rather than traditional ones.
Obviously, companies need new technological capabilities to achieve
competitive advantages, but they also require the adoption of belief
systems, norms, and rules to consider innovation as a key asset.
In summary, PM should not only have a traditional role but also
expand and constitute the essential competencies to achieve organizational
and individual objectives; people are valuable and constitute a source of
competitive advantage. PM policies and practices need to contribute to
greater well-being, allowing greater personal and professional fulfillment.
ese actions reduce turnover and generate higher job satisfaction rates,
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
66
highlighting how to stimulate shared values and retain employees (Fiusa,
2008; Pham, 2023).
e relevance and recognition of informal interactions within
organizations have gained increasing importance. As a result, studies
have emerged that address the intersections between social networks and
organizations (Lazzarini, 2008). According to Granovetter (2007), social
activities are fundamental in configuring economic actions.
e theory of social networks emerges with the objective of
establishing an intermediate approach in characterizing the structures
of social interactions in economic activity. According to social network
theory, individuals do not act or make decisions in isolation, like
independent atoms; instead, their actions are deeply embedded in complex
and continuous systems of social relations (Granovetter, 2007).
Marteleto (2001) highlights social networks as composed of sets of
autonomous participants who share ideas and resources based on the same
values, becoming systems of nodes and links from a structure without
geographical boundaries.
e information presented here is some of the results of research
conducted with the Postgraduate Program in Agribusiness and
Development (2017). is research highlighted the importance of forms
of relationship and information exchange between peanut farmers and
agrarian agents to map information networks on production and PM
practices (Yamauchi, 2017).
e data obtained for configuring the social network of information
exchanges (Figure 1) on production demonstrated the presence of a network
composed of sub-networks, where the connection of these sub-networks is
made by key agents, the main ones being input suppliers and the producers
themselves (P1, P2, P4, P6, and P13). us, it is possible to identify in
the information networks the elements that can drive the adoption of new
PM practices as being input suppliers due to the centrality occupied in the
network and the main producers (P1, P2, P4, P6, and P13).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
67
e second network identified (Figure 2) presents relationships
in information exchanges regarding PM practices, revealing that these
relationships are scarce and demonstrate fragility in the exchange of
information on this topic, especially when compared to the network of
information exchange on production. ese analyses demonstrated that
production and productivity circumstances occupy a more important
role for producers than issues related to PM practices, even for those who
export, P4, for example, does not even appear as an actor in this network.
e analysis of the PM network revealed the insufficiency previously
shown when asked the producers what structures and models were used.
Figure 1 – Information network between producers and support agents
Source: Yamauchi (2017).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
68
Figure 2 – Information network on people management
Source: Yamauchi (2017).
is observation leads to the conclusion that producers who
have more central roles in the network are the same ones who exchange
information about HR practices. In this sense, although there are laws
regarding rural workers that directly or indirectly influence their practices,
the exchange of production information is still higher than those focused
on HR.
From this perspective, production and productivity are at a higher
level of attention, even among producers who interact with the external
market. Here, special attention is given to the obtained data, as no HR
strategies directed toward future demands that could be incorporated into
certifications for participation in the international market were identified.
For example, in environmental aspects, there is pressure for companies
to develop sufficient initiatives to reduce obstacles and increase exports
(Onjewu et al., 2023).
According to Kremer and Talamini (2018), based on the
characterization of the production chain and the responses obtained from
the questionnaires (Figure 3), it was possible to identify the networks of
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
69
personal relationships present in transactions between the different links
of this chain. It was found that social relationships among individuals of
a certain link, such as producers, proved to be more solid, driven by the
organization in cooperatives that promote the exchange of experiences
and information among members. is highlights the importance
of cooperation in this context, where the formation of social ties can
contribute to the sharing of knowledge and competitive advantages.
However, it is noted that the same pattern of central actors is
observed in the presentation of the previous case with peanut producers,
where some occupy this central role as well as the support of cooperatives
as important actors for disseminating and increasing information.
In links associated with supply and commercialization, social
relationships seem to be less prominent. However, it is relevant to note that
friendship and kinship relations also play a role in creating these networks
of social relations, especially among producers, where there are family ties
that directly influence social connections (Kremer; Talamini, 2018).
According to Kremer and Talamini (2018), the results of this study
can be widely applied in the management of the fish production chain.
In the agribusiness context, where the exchange of experiences among
producers plays a crucial role, social relationship networks become fertile
ground for obtaining competitive advantages and sharing knowledge.
Identifying the central individuals in the network, who have access to
information and act as intermediaries among agents, can facilitate the
process of knowledge dissemination and the use of these individuals as
facilitators in information transmission.
It is important to note that identifying central agents within
a social network can support the implementation of public policies
and development programs in the analyzed chain. For instance, as
shown in studies on the peanut and fish markets, these agents have the
potential to positively influence others by serving as references, thereby
facilitating the acceptance and engagement of all network participants.
Effective information management, therefore, contributes to sustainable
development (Kremer; Talamini, 2018; Yamauchi, 2017).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
70
Figure 3 – Social Netchain of the fish supply chain in Mundo Novo
Source: Kremer and Talamini (2018).
Given that central agents exert greater influence compared to
other actors, it is crucial to emphasize their impact on promoting and
disseminating information related to the PM theme, as well as the
importance of trust and commitment as essential elements in forming a
solid structure and effective governance. Relationships based on trust and
commitment help establish a more balanced network capable of addressing
asymmetries and potential conflicts synergistically, with clearly defined
roles and rules that the group establishes and accepts (Bertóli; Giglio;
Rimoli, 2015).
Certain categories highlight key factors (Box 1) when considering the
organization of social networks as a strategy to promote and disseminate
information and PM practices in agribusiness.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
71
Box 1 – Organizing categories of networks and some indicators of their
presence
Categories Dominant
Concept
Content to be
Observed Some Indicators
Commitment Making oneself
available for
collective actions.
Attitudes and
actions to
achieve collective
objectives, or help
another actor,
even without
personal gain.
1. Regularly participating in
meetings and decisions.
2. Helping others, even without
personal benefit.
3. Taking responsibility for joint
actions.
4. Fulfilling agreements and
ensuring others do as well.
5. Existence of promises for
continued relations among
partners.
Trust Placing oneself in
dependency on
another.
Attitudes and
actions where
the individual
exposes themselves
to the collective
or depends on
another without
resorting to
formal control
mechanisms.
1. Sharing a problem or weakness
of their business with others.
2. Taking on a responsibility
whose execution depends on
another.
3. Making their resources, of any
kind, available for others to use,
without needing safeguards.
4. Signs that an actor believes
in and follows the established
informal rules and goals of the
network.
5. Signs that an actor trusts
the integrity of people in the
network.
Structure
Configuration
More defined
roles and positions
of actors in the
network.
e repetition,
frequency, and
content of
relationships
between actors,
in both directions
(receiving and
sending), indicate
the positions
of actors in the
network and
the network’s
relational
structure. e
convergence of
responses about
roles indicates
clarity of actions
and each one’s
position.
1. Knowledge about how many
actors participate in the network.
2. Position of some actors
based on the number of cited
relationships.
3. Signs of dominance of the
content of ties (more commercial,
more social, more political, more
institutional).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
72
Governance
Set (or system)
of rules for
incentives,
resource
protection, and
behavior control.
Any explicit or
implicit rule that
imposes behavior
restrictions,
protects resources
(collective or
individual)
and encourages
collective actions.
1. Rules about admission and
exclusion of actors from the core
group.
2. Rules about penalties.
3. Control by authority or
reputation (e.g., a more powerful
actor) or knowledge dominance.
4. Social controls (e.g., the
existence of blogs, community
sites, and others with information
about participants).
Source: Bertóli, Giglio and Rimoli (2015).
e analysis of social networks shows a significant interconnection
between the categories of commitment, trust, structure configuration, and
governance in the agribusiness context. Commitment, highlighted as the
willingness to engage in collective actions, is essentially linked to trust,
where actors depend on each other. Commitment is manifested in actions
such as regularly participating in meetings, taking on joint responsibilities,
and fulfilling agreements, while trust is evident when actors expose
themselves to the collective and trust the integrity of other participants
(Bertóli; Giglio; Rimoli, 2015).
Based on these assumptions, social network analysis becomes a
valuable tool for understanding the intrinsic dynamics of agribusiness
and how HR practices can be disseminated. rough this analysis, it
is possible to identify central actors who play influential roles in the
network, understand how commitment and trust affect collaboration,
analyze the structure of relationships, and the rules that govern them.
With this information, HR can be more effectively directed, promoting
cooperation, knowledge transmission, and sustainable development in
the agribusiness sector.
Similarly, organizational culture, as initially discussed, is also
interconnected with social network analysis, as the culture of an
organization profoundly influences how HR policies are perceived and
adopted by employees and organizations in agribusiness. Understanding
this interaction is crucial for implementing and enhancing HR practices.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
73
Likewise, the SDGs, notably SDG 8, mentioned earlier, are also related
to these issues, as the dissemination of aligned HR practices is fundamental
to promoting a more sustainable approach in agribusiness. erefore,
social networks play a vital role in raising awareness and collaboration
around these goals, connecting professionals and organizations that seek
to contribute to more sustainable development.
Based on these principles, the proposed research in this chapter
aimed to present how these elements connect and how they can be
optimized to achieve more effective HR practices in Brazilian agribusiness.
Social network analysis and organizational culture are key pieces of this
puzzle, contributing to promoting a more sustainable, collaborative, and
efficient sector.
FinAl considerATions
is chapter explored the complex interaction between HR
management, organizational culture, social networks, and Sustainable
Development Goal (SDG 8) in the context of Brazilian agribusiness,
specifically considering different agrarian systems.
Agribusiness plays a crucial role in Brazil’s economy, however, it
faces significant challenges related to HR management, such as the scarcity
of qualified labor and working conditions in the field. In this dynamic
scenario, HR practices are not limited to operational issues but encompass
social, economic, and environmental responsibility.
e network analysis revealed that social relationships play a vital role in
shaping economic actions and can be a fertile ground for sharing knowledge
and competitive advantages. Identifying central actors in the network who
are committed and trustworthy can facilitate information dissemination and
use these individuals as facilitators in knowledge transmission.
Organizational culture plays an essential role in how HR practices
are perceived and adopted by organizations and employees. Understanding
this interaction is necessary for programming more effective HR policies.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
74
Finally, aligning HR practices with the SDGs, specifically SDG 8
– Decent Work and Economic Growth – can contribute to promoting
sustainable development in agribusiness, and social networks are vital in
raising awareness of these goals, connecting professionals and organizations
with more collaborative and sustainable HR practices.
reFerences
BERTÓLI, N. C.; GIGLIO, E. M.; RIMOLI, C. A. Interfaces teóricas na estruturação
de uma rede: proposta e aplicabilidade no agronegócio paranaense. Organizações Rurais
& Agroindustriais, Lavras, v. 16, n. 4, 2015. Disponível em: http://www.revista.dae.ufla.
br/index.php/ora/article/view/891. Acesso em: 20 set. 2023.
BOHLANDER, G. W.; SNELL, S. A. Administração de Recursos Humanos. 16. ed. São
Paulo: Cengage, 2015.
FIUZA, G. D. Desenvolvimento e validação da Escala de Percepção de Políticas
de Gestão de Pessoas. Revista de Administração Mackenzie, São Paulo, v. 9, n.
6, p. 77-101, set./out. 2008. Disponível em: https://www.scielo.br/j/ram/a/
c8LRLCHvBwpB34TDrTr4wvq/?format=pdf&lang=pt. Acesso em: 18 set. 2023.
GRANOVETTER, M. Ação econômica e estrutura social: o problema da imersão. RAE
Eletrônica, São Paulo, v.6, n.1, Art.9, jan./jun. 2007.
KREMER, A. M.; TALAMINI, E. Análise da Social Netchain em cadeias do
agronegócio: aplicação em uma cadeia brasileira de pescado. Interações, Campo Grande,
v. 19, n. 3, p. 457–470, jul. 2018. Disponível em: https://www.scielo.br/j/inter/a/
JkW8JRvPv36y8SS6DTqTxsq/?lang=pt#. Acesso em: 18 set. 2023.
LAZZARINI, S. G. Empresas em redes. São Paulo: Cengage Learning, 2008. (Coleção
debates em Administração).
MARTELETO, R. M. Análise de Redes Sociais: aplicação nos estudos de transferência
da informação. Ciência da Informação, Brasília, v. 30, n. 1, p. 71-81, jan./abr. 2001.
ONJEWU, A.-K. E.; JAFARI-SADEGHI, V.; KOCK, N.; HADDOUD, M. Y.;
SAKKA, G. e catalyzing role of customer pressure on environmental initiatives and
export intensity: a study of family firms. Journal of Business Research, New York, v. 166,
2023, 114134. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2023.114134.
PEDRAZA-RODRÍGUEZ, J. A.; RUIZ-VÉLEZ, A.; RODRÍGUEZ, M. I. S.;
ESQUINAS, M. F. Management skills and organizational culture as sources of
innovation for firms in peripheral regions. Technological Forecasting and Social
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
75
Change, New York, v. 191, 122518, 2023. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
techfore.2023.122518.
PHAM, N. T.; TUAN, T. H.; LE, T. D.; NGUYEN, P. N. D.; USMAN, M.;
FERREIRA, G. T. C. Socially responsible human resources management and
employee retention: e roles of shared value, relationship satisfaction, and servant
leadership. Journal of Cleaner Production, Amsterdam, v. 414, 2023. DOI: https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2023.137704.
YAMAUCHI, Fernanda. A gestão de pessoas no setor do agronegócio: um estudo
sobre produtores de amendoim da região da alta paulista. 2017. 124 f. Dissertação
(Mestrado em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia,
Universidade Estadual Paulista “Júlio de Mesquita Filho”, Tupã, 2017. Disponível em:
http://hdl.handle.net/11449/151079. Acesso em: 18 set. 2023.
76
77
chApTer 3
Agro-industrial Wastewater: One
of the Challenges of Sustainable
Development Goal 6
Maiara Aparecida Pessoa FRIGULIO 1
Felipe André dos SANTOS 2
and Juliane Cristina FORTI 3
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: ma.frigulio@
unesp.br.
Department of Biosystems Engineering/Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São Paulo State University
“Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: felipe.andre@unesp.br.
Department of Biosystems Engineering/Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São Paulo State University
“Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: juliane.forti@unesp.br.
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p77-94
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
78
e objective of this chapter is to present a brief contextualization
about water uses and the generation of wastewater, relating them to some
indicators and challenges of Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 6:
clean water and sanitation. Additionally, important parameters for water
analysis and the proposal of advanced oxidative treatment are presented4.
wATer uses
Discussing environmental safety and protection is extremely
important, mainly due to water scarcity in some regions and the rapid
population growth. ese facts have significantly reduced ecosystems,
including the aquatic ecosystem, where we have found various new
chemical pollutants in recent years. ese factors have drastically altered
the environment, and we need to understand more deeply and quickly
how humans relate to nature.
According to the National Water Agency (ANA), only 2.5% of the
planet’s water resources are fresh water, and a large part is found in glaciers
and headwaters. Brazil has the largest reserve of fresh water in the world,
with approximately 12% of available fresh water (Brasil, 2021). However,
it is not equally distributed across Brazilian territory, with 9.6% in the
Amazon region and 2.4% in other regions, where 95% of the Brazilian
population is located.
Currently, the country faces structural difficulties in the political
and administrative management of water resources, making it necessary
to adopt national strategies and regulations to provide not only access to
quality drinking water for consumption but also for various productive
economic sectors (Brasil, 2021; Lima, 2018).
In this context, the comprehensive report “Conjuncture of Water
Resources in Brazil 2021” (Brasil, 2021) described that in 2020, 1,947.55
m³/s of water were withdrawn and distributed among the following
is text is based on: FRIGULIO, M. A. P. Application of pre-treatment for the reduction of organic
pollutants in effluents from an agro-industry. Dissertation (Master’s) - São Paulo State University (Unesp),
Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, Tupã, 2023.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
79
sectors: (a) irrigation 50%, (b) urban supply 25%, (c) industry 9%, (d)
animal husbandry 8%, (e) thermoelectric plants 5%, (f) rural supply 2%,
and (g) mining 2%. Over the past decades, there has been an 80% increase
in water use, and it is estimated that by 2040 this percentage will increase
by 42%. is history is mainly related to the country’s urban, agricultural,
and economic expansion. Concerning the expansion of industry, the
sectors highlighted for water use in Brazil in 2020 include the sugar and
ethanol production sector with 40% of industrial demand, followed by
the pulp and paper, meat production, and alcoholic beverage industries.
It is worth noting that the sugar-energy sector stands out for reusing its
effluents in the irrigation and fertigation of sugarcane fields (Brasil, 2021).
However, until the 1990s, water used by the industrial sector
was considered an irrelevant input, both economically and in terms of
availability. Consequently, water resources were used without parsimony
and without adequate control mechanisms, either for meeting demand
or for the final disposal of effluents (Santos, 2009). Currently, however,
various economic sectors, as well as civil society, are effectively concerned
with adopting concrete measures to reduce water consumption and effluent
generation (wastewater).
Producing sustainably, that is, mitigating environmental degradation
and using limited natural resources—among them water—consciously,
are challenges currently faced not only by industries but by all of society.
ese challenges are directly linked to the Sustainable Development Goals
(SDGs) established by the United Nations General Assembly in 2015,
specifically SDG 6: clean water and sanitation, ensuring the availability
and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all (UN, 2016).
SDG 6 outlines eight targets and eleven indicators to be effectively
achieved by 2030 (UN, 2016). In this chapter’s context, Target 6.3 of the
United Nations (UN, 2016) is highlighted:
By 2030, improve water quality by reducing pollution, eliminating
dumping, and minimizing the release of hazardous chemicals and
materials, halving the proportion of untreated wastewater, and
substantially increasing recycling and safe reuse globally (UN, 2016).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
80
In Brazil, the target was adapted to:
By 2030, improve the quality of water in water bodies by reducing
pollution, eliminating dumping, and minimizing the release of
hazardous substances, halving the proportion of untreated effluent
discharge, and substantially increasing local recycling and safe
reuse (Brasil, 2019).
e term “water bodies,” according to the Institute for Applied
Economic Research (IPEA) (Brasil, 2019), was added to indicate that
the target does not only address water use but also the management of
water resources. e terms “release of hazardous chemicals and materials,”
“untreated wastewater,” and “globally” were respectively changed to “release
of hazardous substances,” “untreated effluent,” and “locally,” as these terms
better fit the context of Brazilian legislation.
is target has two evaluation indicators: (a) 6.3.1 “Proportion of
wastewater safely treated” and (b) 6.3.2 “Proportion of water bodies with
good ambient water quality” (Brasil, 2019).
However, according to the National Water Agency, the 6.3.1
indicator still lacks systematic data on a national and regional scale for
industrial effluent treatment, as this indicator includes data on industrial,
domestic, and total effluents. In Brazil, the data used to calculate this
indicator comes from national surveys conducted with service providers
in each municipality, covering (a) urban effluents, (b) economic activity
effluents (services and commerce), and (c) a small portion of industries
located within urban perimeters (Brasil, 2022).
ese data, along with data on septic tanks not connected to the
public sewer system, are aggregated and used for calculation (Brasil, 2022).
us, in 2019, for example, only 58.3% of effluents were safely treated
in the country, an improvement of 15.5% since 2019 (Brasil, 2022),
highlighting the need for enhancements in monitoring effluent treatment
in the country.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
81
Regarding the second indicator of Target 6.3 (6.3.2), it closely
relates to the previous indicator (6.3.1), as it monitors water quality.
Improper discharge of untreated effluents will impact receiving water
bodies. According to the National Water Agency (Brasil, 2022), in Brazil,
the 6.3.2 indicator data show that in 2018, 77.45% of water bodies had
good environmental water quality. e monitoring from 2010 to 2018
indicated a 12.11% improvement during that period.
e fourth target of SDG 6, target 6.4, states:
By 2030, substantially increase water-use efficiency across all
sectors and ensure sustainable withdrawals and supply of freshwater
to address water scarcity and substantially reduce the number of
people suffering from water scarcity (UN, 2016).
In Brazil, the text of the target was simplified for clarity without
changing its meaning, removing the repetitive term water scarcity, defining
it as: Target 6.4: “By 2030, substantially increase water-use efficiency across
all sectors, ensuring sustainable withdrawals and supply of freshwater to
substantially reduce the number of people suffering from water scarcity”
(Brasil, 2019).
e indicators responsible for data collection for this target are:
(a) 6.4.1 “Change in water-use efficiency over time” and (b) 6.4.2 “Level
of water stress: proportion of freshwater withdrawal to total renewable
freshwater resources” (Brasil, 2019). Indicator 6.4.1 aims to evaluate water-
use efficiency in the following sectors: services, agriculture, and industry.
Being an economic indicator—a higher efficiency reflects a reduction or
increase in Gross Value Added (GVA)—this evaluation reflects to what
extent a country’s growth depends on water resource use. According to
the National Water Agency, from 2010 to 2018, there was a reduction in
water-use efficiency, with recovery in recent years, ranging from 80.93 R$/
m³ in 2010 to 78.02 R$/m³ in 2018 (Brasil, 2022).
e second indicator of Target 6.4 (6.4.2) estimates the consumption
pressure on the country’s water resources and considers the environmental
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
82
need for water to conserve aquatic ecosystems. Between 2006 and 2019,
the evolution of water stress levels in Brazil ranged from 1.33% to 1.72%,
respectively, according to estimates by the National Water Agency (Brasil,
2022), results considered satisfactory by the United Nations (UN), which
considers a percentage below 10% as satisfactory. Nevertheless, continuous and
effective monitoring is essential, as changes in demand intensity or unfavorable
balances can lead to scarcity and conflicts over use in certain regions.
wAsTewATer: imporTAnT pArAmeTers
To achieve the challenges described so far, the precise and efficient
management of water resources is required, before, during, and after agro-
industrial production, including raw material production to the final
product’s realization. e liquid and solid wastes generated by processing
industries must necessarily be classified and identified according to their
specificities before final disposal, considering the country’s current laws. For
industrial effluents, the Federal Resolution of the National Environmental
Council—CONAMA No. 430, of May 13, 2011—establishes national
conditions and standards for effluent discharge into receiving water bodies.
Additionally, each federation state has its legislation, which is usually
stricter than federal legislation.
In the State of São Paulo, Decree No. 8.468 of September 8, 1976,
updated by Decree No. 54.487 of June 26, 2009, provides parameters
for treated effluent discharge into rivers or sewage networks, specifically
Articles 18 and 19 of Decree No. 8.468/76, which address each case
in detail. e decree also defines that, where a public sewage system is
available, effluents from any polluting source must be discharged into it and
establishes that the State Basic Sanitation Technology and Environmental
Protection Company (CETESB) will supervise and define, and, when
necessary, indicate the appropriate means for the enterprise to discharge its
effluent (São Paulo, 1976).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
83
In addition to legal aspects, it is important to note—concerning
technical aspects—that the various components present in wastewater
that alter its purity are defined and quantified through parameters that
evaluate its quality. ese parameters include: (a) physical characteristics,
(b) chemical characteristics, and (c) biological characteristics. According
to Von Sperling (2005), the main parameters to be analyzed in raw and
treated wastewater are presented in Box 1.
Regarding temperature, it must be below 40°C according to effluent
emission standards (São Paulo, 1976), as increased temperature reduces
viscosity and surface tension, while thermal conductivity and vapor
pressure increase. e reduction in surface tension of the medium can
interfere with aeration rates (O2 replenishment), causing air bubbles to
stay in contact with the aquatic medium for a shorter time. Additionally,
the solubility of a gas in a liquid is inversely proportional to temperature,
so increased temperature reduces gas concentrations in water, including
dissolved oxygen. According to CONAMA Resolution 430/2011, for the
preservation of aquatic life, 5.0 mg/L of dissolved oxygen is necessary,
as species tolerance varies (Metcalf; Eddy, 2016). Temperature variation
also affects aquatic organisms, as they have optimal temperatures for
growth, migration, spawning, and egg incubation (Metcalf; Eddy,
2016). Changes in surface temperature depend on the seasons, time of
day, altitude and latitude, flow rate, and depth, but are also caused by
industrial effluent discharges.
It should also be noted that pH changes influence aquatic ecosystems
due to their effects on the physiology of various species. Although each
aquatic organism has an ideal pH, most require pH values between 6.5 and
8.0 for growth, reproduction, and survival (Parron; Muniz; Pereira, 2011).
e CONAMA Resolution 430/2011 establishes pH values between 6
and 9 for the protection of aquatic life for various classes of natural waters
and values of 5 to 9 for effluent discharge. In addition to directly affecting
the physiology of aquatic organisms, other aspects of lake dynamics are
influenced by pH. Low pH can cause the release of toxic elements and
compounds from sediments into the water, where they can be absorbed by
animals or aquatic plants. Changes in pH also influence the availability of
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
84
nutrients for plants, such as phosphate, ammonia, iron, and toxic metals
in water (Addy; Green; Herron, 2004).
Box 1 – Main Parameters to be Evaluated in Wastewater
CharacteristicsParameters
Wastewater
Raw Treated
Physical Temperature (°C) x
Chemical
Hydrogen Potential (pH) x x**
Alkalinity x
Nitrogen x x
Phosphorus x x
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) x**
Organic Matter (COD and BOD) x x
Biological
Indicator Organisms x x
Algae (various) x**
Decomposer Bacteria (various) x**
Source: Von Sperling, 2005. Adapted by the authors. Notes: **process control, during treatment.
Alkalinity is a measure of the water’s capacity to neutralize acids,
that is, the number of substances in the water that act as a buffer, the
capacity to resist pH changes, with the main constituents being bicarbonate
ions (HCO3
-), carbonate (CO3
2-), and hydroxides (OH-). Alkalinity
comes from rocks and soils, salts, certain plant activities, and industrial
wastewater discharges (detergents and soap-based products are alkaline).
If the geology of an area contains large amounts of calcium carbonate
(CaCO3, limestone), water bodies tend to be more alkaline. e addition
of lime as a soil amendment to reduce acidity in domestic lawns can run
off into surface waters and increase alkalinity. Higher levels of alkalinity in
surface waters mitigate acid rain and other acidic wastes, preventing pH
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
85
changes. Alkalinity is also important considering wastewater and drinking
water treatment because it influences treatment processes such as anaerobic
digestion and coagulation (Metcalf; Eddy, 2016).
In relation to chemical characteristics, parameters such as nitrogen,
phosphorus, and potassium (N, P, and K) are essential nutrients for plant
growth, but when discharged in excess into the aquatic environment, they
can cause eutrophication, i.e., the excess of nutrients causes excessive growth
of aquatic plants (planktonic and adhered) leading to the deterioration of
water body quality by accumulating decomposing organic matter. is
accumulation hinders light penetration and decreases dissolved oxygen,
causing the death of aquatic animals. e sources are sewage, industrial
effluents, and fertilizers washed off by rainwater from agricultural areas
(Fugita, 2018).
As previously mentioned, dissolved oxygen is essential for
maintaining life forms and is crucial for water quality control. In addition to
temperature, the discharge of effluents into a water body directly affects the
oxygen balance in the system. is discharge causes a decrease in dissolved
oxygen as microorganisms use it to degrade organic matter. erefore,
near the discharge point, bacteria proliferate, dissolved oxygen decreases,
resulting in zones of decomposition and septic areas where there are no
fish. With the natural reaeration process (oxygen from the atmosphere
and photosynthesis) and the absence of new effluent discharges, the water
body can recover its initial dissolved oxygen conditions kilometers after
the discharge point, a process called self-purification (Manahan, 2013).
Indirectly, two analyses are performed for quantifying organic
matter: Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) and Chemical Oxygen
Demand (COD). BOD measures the amount of oxygen used by
microorganisms during the biochemical oxidation of organic matter: high
BOD values indicate pollution as a large amount of oxygen is needed for
the biodegradation of organic matter. According to CONAMA Resolution
430/2011, the maximum permitted BOD for effluent discharge is 120
mg/L, with this limit only being exceeded in the case of effluent from
a treatment system with a minimum removal efficiency of 60% BOD
(Brazil, 2011), but in the state of São Paulo, by State Decree 8468/1976, it
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
86
is 60 mg/L O2 or a minimum overall treatment process efficiency of 80%
(São Paulo, 1976). COD is the amount of O2 needed for the oxidation of
organic matter by a chemical agent, and when COD is high, it represents
that a large amount of oxygen is needed for the degradation of organic
matter. ere is no Maximum Permitted Value (VMP) for COD, but it is
very useful when used together with BOD.
wATer polluTion: orgAnic compounds
Water pollution by organic chemical compounds is extensive, with
these compounds being largely responsible for aquatic pollution due to
their constant use and presence in domestic, industrial, and agricultural
effluents. Many of these compounds are toxic, persistent, have high
Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), and are not treated by conventional
methods. Among the organic compounds present in effluents are
biodegradable and recalcitrant or refractory compounds.
Biodegradable compounds are chemicals that, after a certain
period, are decomposed by the action of microorganisms. Examples of
these compounds include proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and soaps.
ere are two types of biodegradation pathways: (1) aerobic pathway:
decomposition by microorganisms using O2 + carbon source (glucose)
and nitrogen source (NH3) + essential nutrients (P, S, Fe) producing
biomass + CO2 and H2O; (2) anaerobic pathway: decomposition by
microorganisms using carbon source (glucose) and nitrogen source
(NH3) + essential nutrients (P, S, Fe) + electron acceptors (NO3
-, SO4
2-,
Fe3+) producing biomass + CH4 and H2O.
Non-biodegradable organic compounds or those with very slow
biodegradation rates are called recalcitrant or refractory. ese compounds
are present in most agro-industrial effluents. Due to their complex chemical
structure, many are stable (persistent), and in cases of prolonged exposure
to very low concentrations (chronic toxicity), some can be carcinogenic,
mutagenic (alterations in genes and chromosomes), or teratogenic
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
87
(problems in newborns), and can also cause kidney and liver dysfunctions,
sterility, and neurological problems. Moreover, they can affect non-target
organisms (cattle, bees, humans), and often their partial degradation
byproducts are also toxic and persistent (Manahan, 2013).
Organic compounds referred to as micropollutants or emerging
contaminants are substances that have been used for a long time and
new substances that are part of our daily routine, such as pesticides, dyes,
pharmaceuticals, personal care products, cosmetics, cleaning products,
chemical additives, and plastics/microplastics. e recent focus on these
contaminants is due to access to new technologies capable of detecting
compounds at very low concentrations, on the order of micrograms
(µg/L) or nanograms (ng/L), thus enabling the quantification of hundreds
of compounds in different environmental areas. e main analytical
techniques that made these quantifications possible are chromatography,
especially liquid chromatography coupled with mass spectrometry.
Many of these micropollutants are not included in environmental
control regulations or legislation and are not part of routine monitoring
programs by environmental and health agencies. erefore, there is a need for
studies aimed at treating refractory organic molecules in water, as traditional
water and sewage treatment methods do not show satisfactory efficiency for
these compounds, which are increasingly present in our waters.
AlTernATive For TreATmenT
Among the different processes available (physical, chemical, or
biological), Advanced Oxidation Processes (AOPs) have been successfully
studied for the degradation of toxic and persistent organic pollutants.
AOPs are considered a highly competitive technology for water treatment
to remove recalcitrant organic pollutants that are not treatable by
conventional methods (Wang; Zhuan, 2020). e development and
research of such AOP applications have been stimulated due to the
pollution of water resources through agricultural and industrial activities
and the requirement for industries to meet effluent discharge standards.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
88
AOPs are based on the generation of hydroxyl radicals (HO•),
a strong (Eo = 2.80 V) and non-selective oxidant that reacts with most
organic compounds very quickly, ensuring the effectiveness of AOPs both
in terms of oxidation capacity and kinetic standpoint (Oturan; Aaron,
2014). ese radicals attack carbon chains, potentially degrading them
completely into CO2, water, and inorganic ions or partially, producing
fewer toxic compounds that are more degradable by conventional
processes. In AOPs, the generation of HO• can be achieved by chemical,
electrochemical, photochemical, and the more recent Sono chemical and
Sono electrochemical methods. ey are divided into homogeneous and
heterogeneous processes (which use solid catalysts, electrodes), which can
occur in the presence or absence of Ultraviolet (UV) light, which can be of
artificial or natural (solar) origin.
e generation of HO• can be achieved through the reaction
between iron ions and hydrogen peroxide, known as the Fenton reaction
or reagent (Fenton, 1894). e classic application of the Fenton reagent is
a homogeneous system, requiring only the mixing of reagents at ambient
temperature and pressure, not requiring sophisticated equipment.
erefore, it is considered safe for handling and has a low environmental
impact (Oturan; Aaron, 2014).
Fenton’s catalytic reactions basically consist of the oxidation of Fe2+
to Fe3+, producing HO•, which will oxidize any organic compound present
in the solution. e reactions of the Fenton Reagent and its interaction
with the organic molecule (R), in a simplified form, are shown in Table 1.
Table 1 – Fenton Reagent Reactions
Reaction
Fe2+ + H2O2 → Fe3+ + OH- + HO•(Start of the reaction chain) (1)
RH + HO• → R• + H2O (2)
R• + Fe3+ → R+ + Fe2+ (3)
Fe2+ + HO• → Fe3+ + OH-(End of the reaction) (4)
Source: Moravia; Lange; Amaral, 2011. Note: Fe2+ and Fe3+ represent hydrated molecules; R represents an
organic molecule
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
89
e efficiency of the degradation of organic pollutants during the
application of the Fenton process will depend on some operational factors,
such as the concentration of reagents, operating pH, temperature, and the
concentration of contaminants in the wastewater (Zhang et al., 2019).
e molar concentration ratio between Fe²⁺/H₂O₂ is extremely
important because the efficiency of the degradation of organic compounds
will depend on this ratio. If the concentrations of Fe²⁺/H₂O₂ are excessive,
there will be low concentrations of HO• to oxidize the organic matter,
as unwanted reactions may occur with excess reagents causing their
elimination (Aarslan-Alaton; Kabdaşli; Teksoy, 2007; Kallel et al., 2009).
Despite numerous studies, there is no consensus on the appropriate
molar ratio for oxidation between Fe²⁺/H₂O₂, as it may vary depending
on the type of effluent/compound to be treated. Aarslan-Alaton; Kabdaşli
and Teksoy (2007) report that for removing color in effluents containing
dyes, the ratio 1:3 was efficient, while Lange et al. (2006) report that the
concentration range of Fe²⁺/H₂O₂ can vary from 1:5 to 1:25. Araújo et al.
(2016) conclude that this ratio varies according to the type of effluent to
be treated.
Regarding the optimal pH range for the application of this
technique, studies report values of 2 to 4, as with the increase in pH, H₂O₂
decomposes rapidly into water and oxygen, and iron precipitation may
also occur, reducing the production of HO• and, consequently, decreasing
the efficiency of the oxidation process (Zhang et al., 2019; Ziembowicz;
Kida, 2022). Bello, Raman, and Asghar (2019) report that pH above
3.5 promotes the precipitation of Fe³⁺ in the form of iron hydroxide,
which decreases its interaction with H₂O₂ and, consequently, reduces the
production of HO•. Additionally, large amounts of chemicals are spent to
adjust organic wastewater to pH 2-4 before decontamination, which is a
disadvantage that needs to be evaluated and improved.
Studies have been conducted on the application of the Fenton process
to various types of effluents, such as tannery effluents (Kalyanaraman et
al., 2012), olive mill effluents (Kallel et al., 2009; Lucas; Peres, 2009),
paper and pulp effluents (Jamil et al., 2011), yeast effluents (Pala; Erden,
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
90
2005), slaughterhouse effluents (Almeida et al., 2015), water with humic
substances (Júlio et al., 2006), coke plant effluents (Jiang et al., 2011),
landfill leachate (Lange et al., 2006; Moravia; Lange; Amaral, 2011), and
pesticide effluents (Forti et al., 2020; Tadayozzi et al., 2021; Da Silva et al.,
2022). In all these varieties, the method applied at the laboratory scale was
efficient, showing a reduction in phytotoxicity and a reduction in COD.
e reduction also ensured improvements in other parameters such as
color and BOD in all the studies.
e combination of the Fenton process with biological treatment
was applied and evaluated by Kalyanaraman et al. (2012). e Fenton
reagent was applied as a pre-treatment for tannery effluents before the
biological process and showed satisfactory results after the treatability
of this combination of methods. e pre-treatment improved the
biodegradability of the tannery effluent, resulting in the formation of
short-chain hydrocarbons and reducing its COD and BOD load.
e application of the Fenton process to various types of industrial
effluents is extensive; therefore, the study and deepening of the AOP by
the Fenton process has become a subject of constant improvement and
investigation, given its easy applicability and high benefit, which can make
industries more competitive and improve the biodegradability of difficult-
to-treat effluents.
One way is to apply the Fenton reagent with irradiation addition,
called photo-Fenton, to increase the production of HO•. Under light
irradiation, [Fe(OH)]²+ is excited, regenerating Fe²+ that catalyzes the
decomposition of de H2O2 and producing HO• that degrades organic
pollutants, according to reaction 5. In addition, direct photolysis of H₂O₂
also produces HO• (reaction 6).
[Fe(OH)]2+ + hν → Fe2+ + HO· (5)
H2O2 + hν → 2 HO· (6)
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
91
e essence of the photo-Fenton process is to accelerate the
reduction of Fe³+ to Fe²+ using the energy provided by light. Since the
use of artificial light makes the process expensive, utilizing sunlight can
remedy this inconvenience. e combination of ultraviolet or visible light
with conventional Fenton can increase the efficiency of organic pollutant
degradation, reducing sludge formation.
reFerences
ADDY, K.; GREEN, L.; HERRON, E. pH and Alkalinity. URI Watershed Watch.
2004. Disponível em: https://web.uri.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/1667/
pHalkalinityFINAL.pdf. Acesso em: 29 out. 2023.
ALMEIDA, F. S. C.; CAVALLI, A.; LENHARD, D. C.; GENENA, A. K.
Determinação das condições operacionais para o tratamento terciário de efluente
frigorífico pelo processo integrado Fenton Coagulação. Revista Ambiente & Água,
Taubaté, v. 10, p. 565-573, 2015. DOI: https://doi.org/10.4136/%20ambi-agua.1627.
ARAÚJO, K. S.; ANTONELLI, R.; GAYDECZKA, B.; GRANATO, A. C.;
MALPASS, G. R. P. Processos oxidativos avançados: uma revisão de fundamentos e
aplicações no tratamento de águas residuais urbanas e efluentes industriais. Revista
Ambiente & Água, Taubaté, v. 11, p. 387-401, 2016. DOI: https://doi.org/10.4136/
ambi-agua.1862.
ARSLAN-ALATON, I.; KABDAŞLI, I.; TEKSOY, S. Effect of Fenton’s treatment
on the biodegradability of chromium-complex azo dyes. Water science and technology,
London, v. 55, n. 12, p. 107-112, 2007. DOI: https://doi.org/10.2166/wst.2007.388.
BELLO, M. M.; RAMAN, A. A. A.; ASGHAR, A. A review on approaches for
addressing the limitations of Fenton oxidation for recalcitrant wastewater treatment.
Process Safety and Environmental Protection, London, v. 126, p. 119-140, 2019. DOI:
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psep.2019.03.028.
BRASIL. AGÊNCIA NACIONAL DE ÁGUAS (ANA). Conjuntura dos recursos hídricos
no Brasil 2021: Relatório pleno. Brasília: ANA, 2021. Disponível em: https://relatorio-
conjuntura-ana-2021.webflow.io/. Acesso em: 25 out. 2023.
BRASIL. AGÊNCIA NACIONAL DE ÁGUAS (ANA). ODS 6 no Brasil: visão
da ANA sobre os indicadores. 2. ed. Brasília: ANA, 2022. Disponível em: https://
metadados.snirh.gov.br/geonetwork/srv/api/records/c93c5670-f4a7-4de6-85cf-
c295c3a15204/attachments/ODS6_Brasil_ANA_2ed_digital_simples.pdf. Acesso em:
22 maio 2023.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
92
BRASIL. INSTITUTO DE PESQUISA ECONÔMICA APLICADA (IPEA). ODS 6:
água potável e saneamento. Brasília: IPEA, 2019. Disponível em: https://www.ipea.gov.
br/ods/ods6.html. Acesso em: 21 maio 2023.
BRASIL. MINISTÉRIO DO MEIO AMBIENTE (MMA). Conselho Nacional do
Meio Ambiente (CONAMA). Resolução n°430, de 13 de maio de 2011, que dispõe sobre
as condições e padrões de lançamento de efluentes, complementa e altera a Resolução
no 357, de 17 de março de 2005, do Conselho Nacional do Meio Ambiente. Disponível
em: https://www.legisweb.com.br/legislacao/?id=114770. Acesso em: 02 de maio 2022.
CATALKAYA, E. C.; KARGI, F. Color, TOC and AOX removals from pulp mill
effluent by advanced oxidation processes: A comparative study. Journal of Hazardous
Materials, Amsterdam, v. 139, n. 2, p. 244-253, mar. 2007. DOI: https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.jhazmat.2006.06.023.
DA SILVA, V. E.; TADAYOZZI, Y. S.; PUTTI, F. F.; SANTOS, F. A.; FORTI, J. C.
Degradation of commercial glyphosate-based herbicide via advanced oxidative processes
in aqueous media and phytotoxicity evaluation using maize seeds. Science of the Total
Environment, Amsterdam, v. 840, 156656, 2022. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
scitotenv.2022.156656.
FENTON, H. J. H. Oxidation of Tartaric Acid in Presence of Iron. Journal of the
Chemical Society Transactions, Cambridge, v. 65, p. 899-910, 1894. Disponível em:
https://pubs.rsc.org/en/content/articlelanding/1894/ct/ct8946500899/unauth. Acesso
em: 29 out. 2023.
FORTI, J. C.; LORETTI, G. H.; TADAYOZZI, Y. S.; ANDRADE, A. R. de. A
phytotoxicity assessment of the efficiency 2, 4-D degradation by different oxidative
processes. Journal of Environmental Management, Amsterdam, v. 266, p. 110588, 2020.
DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2020.110588.
FUGITA, S. R. Fundamentos do controle de poluição das águas. São Paulo: CETESB,
2018. Disponível em: https://cetesb.sp.gov.br/veicular/wp-content/uploads/
sites/33/2018/11/Apostila-Fundamentos-do-Controle-de-Poluicao-das-Aguas-T3.pdf.
Acesso em: 01 nov. 2023.
JAMIL, T. S.; GHALY, M. Y.; EL-SEESY, I.; SOUAYA, E. R.; NASR, R. A. A
comparative study among different photochemical oxidation processes to enhance the
biodegradability of paper mill wastewater. Journal of hazardous materials, Amsterdam, v.
185, n. 1, p. 353-358, 2011. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhazmat.2010.09.041.
JIANG, W.; ZHANG, W.; LI, B. J.; DUAN, J.; LV, Y.; LIU, W. D.; YING, W. C.
Combined Fenton oxidation and biological activated carbon process for recycling of
coking plant effluent. Journal of hazardous materials, Amsterdam, v. 189, n. 1-2, p. 308-
314, 2011. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhazmat.2011.02.037.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
93
JÚLIO, M.; NEVES, E. F. A.; TROFINO, J. C.; BERNARDO, L. D. Emprego do
reagente de Fenton como agente coagulante na remoção de substâncias húmicas de água
por meio da flotação por ar dissolvido e filtração. Engenharia Sanitária e Ambiental,
Rio de Janeiro, v. 11, p. 260-268, 2006. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1590/S1413-
41522006000300009.
KALLEL, M.; BELAID, C.; BOUSSAHED, R.; KSIBI, M.; MONTIEL, A.;
ELLEUCH, B. Olive mill wastewater degradation by Fenton oxidation with zero-valent
iron and hydrogen peroxide. Journal of Hazardous materials, Amsterdam, v. 163, n. 2-3,
p. 550-554, 2009. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhazmat.2008.07.006.
KALYANARAMAN, C.; KANCHINADHAM, S. B. K.; DEVI, L. V.; PORSELVAM,
S.; RAO, J. R. Combined advanced oxidation processes and aerobic biological
treatment for synthetic fatliquor used in tanneries. Industrial & engineering chemistry
research, Washington, v. 51, n. 50, p. 16171-16181, 2012. DOI: https://doi.
org/10.1021/ie301904g.
LANGE, L. C.; ALVES, J. F.; AMARAL, M. C. S.; MELO JÚNIOR, W. R.
de. Tratamento de lixiviado de aterro sanitário por processo oxidativo avançado
empregando reagente de Fenton. Engenharia Sanitária e Ambiental, Rio de Janeiro, v.
11, p. 175-183, 2006. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1590/S1413-41522006000200011.
LIMA, E. P. C. Água e Indústria: experiências e desafios. Brasília: Infinita Imagem, 2018.
Disponível em: https://www.gov.br/produtividade-e-comercio-exterior/pt-br/images/a_
guaa_ea_Inda_striaa_-a_Expera_nciasa_ea_Desafios.pdf. Acesso em: 21 out. 2023.
LUCAS, M. S.; PERES, J. A. Removal of COD from olive mill wastewater by Fenton’s
reagent: Kinetic study. Journal of hazardous materials, Amsterdam, v. 168, n. 2-3, p.
1253-1259, 2009. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhazmat.2009.03.002.
MANAHAN, S. E. Química ambiental. 9. ed. Porto Alegre: Bookman, 2013.
METCALF, L.; EDDY, H. P. Tratamento de Efluentes e Recuperação de Recursos. 5. ed.
Porto Alegre: AMGH, 2016.
MORAVIA, W. G.; LANGE, L. C.; AMARAL, M. C. S. Avaliação da microfiltração
para remoção do lodo gerado no processo oxidativo avançado empregando o reagente de
Fenton no tratamento de lixiviado de aterro sanitário. Engenharia Sanitária e Ambiental,
Rio de Janeiro, v. 16, p. 379-386, 2011. DOI https://doi.org/10.1590/S1413-
41522011000400009.
ONU BR – NAÇÕES UNIDAS BRASIL. Objetivos de Desenvolvimento Sustentável/
Água potável e saneamento. 2016. Disponível em: https://brasil.un.org/pt-br/sdgs/6.
Acesso em: 18 set. 2022.
OTURAN, Mehmet A.; AARON, Jean-Jacques. Advanced oxidation processes in
water/wastewater treatment: principles and applications: a review. Critical Reviews in
Environmental Science and Technology, New York, v. 44, n. 23, p. 2577-2641, 2014.
DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/10643389.2013.829765.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
94
PALA, A.; ERDEN, G. Decolorization of a baker’s yeast industry effluent by Fenton
oxidation. Journal of hazardous materials, Amsterdam, v. 127, n. 1-3, p. 141-148, 2005.
DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhazmat.2005.06.033.
PARRON, L. M.; MUNIZ, H. de F.; PEREIRA, C. M. Manual de procedimentos
de amostragem e análise físico-química de água. Colombo: Embrapa Florestas, 2011.
Disponível em: https://ainfo.cnptia.embrapa.br/digital/bitstream/item/57612/1/
Doc232ultima-versao.pdf. Acesso em: 02 nov. 2023.
SANTOS, D. R. Consumo Zero: um olhar qualitativo sobre oportunidades de
redução de consumo de água em estabelecimentos industriais. Cadernos UniFOA, Volta
Redonda, v. 4, n. 1, p. 11-21, 2009. Disponível em: https://revistas.unifoa.edu.br/
cadernos/article/download/1194/1097. Acesso em: 24 out. 2023.
SÃO PAULO (Estado). Decreto nº 8468, de 8 de setembro de 1976. Aprova o
Regulamento da Lei nº 997, de 31 de maio de 1976, que dispõe sobre a prevenção e o
controle da poluição do meio ambiente. São Paulo, 1976. Disponível em: https://www.
cetesb.sp.gov.br/Institucional/documentos/Dec8468.pdf. Acesso em: 18 maio 2022.
TADAYOZZI, Y. S.; SANTOS, F. A. D.; VICENTE, E. F.; FORTI, J. C. Application
of oxidative process to degrade paraquat present in the commercial herbicide. Journal
of Environmental Science and Health: Part B, New York, v. 56, n. 7, p. 670-674, 2021.
DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/03601234.2021.1936991.
VON SPERLING, M. Introdução à qualidade das águas e ao tratamento de esgotos. 3
ed. Belo Horizonte: Departamento de Engenharia Sanitária e Ambiental. Universidade
Federal de Minas Gerais, 2005. Disponível em: https://www.google.com.br/books/
edition/Introdu%C3%A7%C3%A3o_%C3%A0_qualidade_das_%C3%A1guas_e_a/1
pxhLVxVFHoC?hl=pt-BR&gbpv=1. Acesso em: 29 maio 2022.
WANG, J.; ZHUAN, R. Degradation of antibiotics by advanced oxidation processes:
An overview. Science of the Total Environment, Amsterdam, v. 701, p. 135023, 2020.
DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2019.135023.
ZHANG, M.H.; DONG, H.; ZHAO, L.; WANG, D.X.; MENG, D. A review on
Fenton process for organic wastewater treatment based on optimization perspective.
Science of the Total Environment, Amsterdam, v. 670, p. 110-121, 2019. DOI: https://
doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2019.03.180.
ZIEMBOWICZ, S.; KIDA, M. Limitations and future directions of application of the
Fenton-like process in micropollutants degradation in water and wastewater treatment:
A critical review. Chemosphere, Oxford, v. 296, p. 134041, 2022. DOI: https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.chemosphere.2022.134041.
95
chApTer 4
Governance and Sustainability
in Cocoa and Orange Agro-Food
Systems
Giuliana Aparecida Santini PIGATTO 1
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith LOURENZANI 2
and Leandro Guedes de AGUIAR 3
Department of Management, Development, and Technology, School of Science and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: giuliana.
santini@unesp.br.
Department of Management, Development, and Technology, School of Science and Engineering, São Paulo
State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: ana.lourenzani@
unesp.br.
Postgraduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), School of Science and Engineering,
São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, e-mail: lelaaguiar@
hotmail.com.
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p95-112
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
96
inTroducTion
Agrifood systems have taken on various forms due to the number of
agents involved and their locations, influenced by practices of proximity to
the consumer, technological advancements, logistics, among other factors.
All these systems, whether characterized by high-quality attributes or
commoditization, require governance systems that entail proper transaction
management, impacting economic, social, and environmental levels. is
chapter aims to discuss how governance established in productive systems
has contributed to the sustainability of supply chains. It includes an
analysis of the productive systems of oranges and cocoa.
e conceptual approaches and methodological procedures involved
analyses of Transaction Cost Economics (transaction characteristics, agent
characteristics, and governance) and Sustainability, as well as two case
studies: a) a cooperative of small orange producers in the interior of São
Paulo state, Bebedouro (SP). e research subjects were 29 cooperative
members and a representative of the analyzed cooperative4, in June 2019;
b) a case study involving certified cocoa producers located in the southern
region of Bahia state during 2016 and 2017, and processing companies
that trade for export and the domestic market. is case study included six
producers (organic certification), a Collective Organization (CO), and a
Buying Processing Company (BPC).
e evidence presented in this chapter contributes to achieving the
United Nations (UN) Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) number 12,
aiming to ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns.
In terms of structure, the next sections of this chapter discuss
coordination and governance aspects in high-quality systems, the agrifood
systems of oranges and cocoa, with respective case studies presented and
analyzed, followed by final considerations.
Inferential statistical techniques were used for data collection and general analysis, beginning with a
statistical procedure to determine the sample size for qualitative variables to select the exact number of
participating cooperatives.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
97
coordinATion in high-QuAliTy sysTems
National and international literature has been depicting coordination
aspects of systems and governance forms concerning differentiated and
certified agricultural products. Ménard (2022) contributes to the topic by
stating that cooperation between distinct partners and competitors can
be achieved through low-cost coordination, without losing the advantage
of decentralized decisions, maintaining autonomy and transactional
interdependence. is is made possible by utilizing hybrid governance
forms and aligning them with the types of transactions conducted.
Ménard (2004, 2013) and Aguiar (2020) assert that hybrid
transactions, an intermediate form, have multiplied and are much more
common compared to market or hierarchy transactions. e growing
literature on this mode of governance indicates increased interest in the
surrounding issues. According to Ménard (2004, 2013), the significant
role of these arrangements in shaping and monitoring economic activities
will likely continue to generate a flow of theoretical models and empirical
studies from academia, where hybrid organizations are considered
“institutional production structures” and deserve attention from scholars
in the field.
ere is a common understanding of the “market” concept where
supply and demand mechanisms play a central role, and price is the most
important factor in regulating aspects such as adaptation. Similarly, the
“hierarchy” concept represents the central role of the firm, with vertical
decision-making and necessary internal adjustments. However, the
concept of hybrid governance is not stabilized and can involve different
formats such as clusters, networks, strategic alliances, franchises,
symbiotic arrangements, supply chains, administered channels, joint
ventures, non-standard contracts, among others (Aguiar, 2020; Ménard,
2004; Ménard, 2022).
Regarding empirical contributions on hybrid formats, Marchini et
al. (2020) show how regulation and contractual freedom act as drivers for
food safety investments, such as traceability and certification, in the Italian
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
98
meat sector. Wever et al. (2010) investigated the relationship between
quality management systems among firms and the governance structures
between them, suggesting that misalignment between these spheres can
result in high transaction costs.
Following this, the chapter presents how the established governance
in production systems has contributed to sustainability in the analyzed cases.
The orAnge AgriFood sysTem
Brazil stands out as the world’s leading supplier of orange juice,
responsible for 34% of global orange production and 61% of global juice
production, with 95% of the total destined for exports (Citrusbr, 2019;
Neves; Trombin, 2017). In 2021, the country reached a production of 16
million tons, nearly double that of the second place, India, followed by
China, Mexico, and the United States (FAO, 2023).
Orange production for industrial processing in Brazil is
concentrated in the citrus belt, an area extending through the state of
São Paulo, part of the Triângulo Mineiro, and the southwest of Minas
Gerais (Citrusbr, 2019).
According to Stuchi, Girardi, and Moreira (2021), several aspects
affect the sustainability and competitiveness of citrus production in
Brazil, including phytosanitary issues like Huanglongbing (HLB), which
require proper management for control; climatic adversities and the
need for management techniques and plant selection; growing demand
for differentiated, sustainable, and agroecological products; and the
intensification of technology use, such as precision agriculture.
Both citrus farming and industrial juice processing activity involve
significant investments in specific assets, exposing parties to opportunistic
renegotiation actions in transactions between citrus growers and juice
processors (Aguiar, 2020; Ito, 2014). For example, an analysis process of a
cartel formed by processing companies was concluded in November 2016,
confirmed by the Administrative Council for Economic Defense (CADE).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
99
In 2023, the companies were sued by the Federal Public Ministry, in
conjunction with the Federal Court of São Paulo, with a demand for
R$12.7 billion in fines (Brito, 2023).
orAnge cAse sTudy
For strategic reasons related to market positioning and branding,
since 2017, an agricultural cooperative5 decided to focus its sales solely
on Fairtrade-based commercialization6. O principal – e único – produto
comercializado no ano de 2019 foi a laranja in natura, que respondeu
por 100% das vendas da entidade, sendo comercializada integralmente no
nível regional para uma empresa processadora de grande porte, em suas
sedes nas cidades do interior paulista, por meio da entrega direta do agente
cooperado à processadora e sob intermédio e negociação da cooperativa
(Aguiar, 2020; Aguiar et al. 2021).
e main – and only – product sold in 2019 was fresh oranges,
accounting for 100% of the entity’s sales, entirely marketed regionally to a
large processing company in São Paulo’s interior, through direct delivery by
the cooperative member to the processor and mediated by the cooperative
(Aguiar, 2020; Aguiar et al. 2021).
Box 1 presents the general parameters used regarding the levels of
analysis concerning transaction characteristics and agents in the case in
question. e investment degree in orange production by the cooperative
member to supply the cooperative was classified as high, including land
preparation, use of implements, fertilizers, and specific systems to meet
the fruit’s contractual specifications (Aguiar, 2020; Aguiar et al. 2021).
us, it can be said that the specificity of the asset (orange) transacted
between the cooperative member and the cooperative is classified as high.
is verification is based on the degree to which the orange can be used for
e cooperative was founded in 2012 and includes 90 citrus growers.
Fairtrade is a third-party certification based on a partnership relationship between producers and
consumers, enabling the improvement of living conditions and future planning for producers (Fairtrade
International, 2023).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
100
alternative purposes, such as direct supply to wholesale/retail markets and
fairs, without losing its value, according to Williamson (1991) and Tadelis
and Williamson (2013) apud Aguiar (2020); Aguiar et al. (2021) (Box 2).
e uncertainty involved in the transaction is classified as low,
both from the perspective of the cooperated members selling oranges
to the cooperative and from the cooperative’s perspective in acquiring
oranges from the members. is is due to the high level of knowledge
by the members about the supply, demand, and price of oranges, the
cooperative’s social statute, and the cooperative’s behavior in purchasing
oranges. Similarly, the cooperative has a high level of knowledge about the
supply, demand, and price of the fruit, the social statute, prevailing rules
and laws, and the members’ behavior in selling oranges to the cooperative.
Box 1 – Parameters of the Levels of Analysis Regarding Transaction and
Agent Characteristics for the Selected Case
Parameters Low Medium High
Asset Specificity Use of simple
planting and
harvesting.
Use of land
preparation,
implements, fertilizers,
and general systems.
Use of land
preparation,
implements, fertilizers,
and specific/exclusive
systems.
Uncertainty
High knowledge
about the economic
environment (supply,
demand, and price of
oranges), institutional
environment
(cooperative’s social
statute, current
rules, and laws),
and behavioral
environment.
Medium knowledge
about the economic
environment (supply,
demand, and price of
oranges), institutional
environment
(cooperative’s social
statute, current
rules, and laws),
and behavioral
environment.
Low knowledge
about the economic
environment (supply,
demand, and price of
oranges), institutional
environment
(cooperative’s social
statute, current
rules, and laws),
and behavioral
environment.
Frequency Sporadic and irregular
supplies (e.g., spot,
occasional).
Interval and somewhat
regular supplies (e.g.,
alternate crops).
Regular supplies (e.g.,
every crop).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
101
Opportunism
Low frequency
of self-interest
(market information
distortion and
contract breach) by
the principal.
Medium frequency of
self-interest (market
information distortion
and contract breach)
by the principal.
High frequency of
self-interest (market
information distortion
and contract breach)
by the principal.
Limited Rationality
High frequency
of use of market
information
(price, supply, and
demand of oranges)
and managerial
information (costs,
stock, technology).
Medium frequency
of use of market
information
(price, supply, and
demand of oranges)
and managerial
information (costs,
stock, technology).
Low frequency of use
of market information
(price, supply, and
demand of oranges)
and managerial
information (costs,
stock, technology).
Source: Aguiar (2020) and Aguiar et al. (2021), based on Williamson (1991, 2012), Balestrim and Arbage
(2007), and Tadelis and Williamson (2013).
Box 2 – Characterization and governance structure of the orange case study
Type Producer Scope Cooperative Scope
Characterization
Quantity: 29 producers;
Classification: Small producers;
Number of Properties: 1 per
producer; Time in Activity: More
than 40 years; View on Activity:
Unstable (due to prices, pests and
diseases, and production costs);
Means of Survival: Cooperativism
and Fruit Growing; Main
Production Destination: CL
Year of Foundation: 2012;
Number of Members (citrus
farming): 90 producers; Product:
Fresh oranges; Certification:
Fairtrade; Production
Destination: Processing industry.
Commercialization
and Governance
Main Buyer: CL; Product: Fresh
oranges; Governance Structure:
Contract; Asset Specificity: High
(land preparation and use of
specific implements, fertilizers,
and systems); Transaction
Uncertainty Level: Low (high
level of knowledge of supply,
demand, price, and cooperative
statute); Transaction Frequency:
High (regular supplies throughout
the harvest); Opportunism (ex-
ante and ex-post): Low; Bounded
Rationality: Low-medium.
Main Supplier: Members;
Product: Fresh oranges;
Governance Structure: Contract;
Asset Specificity: High (land
preparation and use of specific
implements, fertilizers, and
systems); Transaction Uncertainty
Level: Low (high level of
knowledge of supply, demand,
price, statute, and behavior of
agents); Transaction Frequency:
High (regular supplies throughout
the harvest); Opportunism (ex-
ante and ex-post): Low; Bounded
Rationality: Low.
Source: Authors’ own elaboration, based on Aguiar (2020) and Aguiar et al. (2021).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
102
e frequency of the orange transactions from the members to the
cooperative is classified as high, with regular supplies occurring throughout
the harvest season (Aguiar, 2020; Aguiar et al., 2021). e frequency of
using market information (such as price, supply, and demand of oranges)
and managerial information (costs, stock, and available technology) by
the members for decision-making in negotiating the sale of oranges to the
cooperative is classified as medium. is demonstrates a medium level of
bounded rationality on the part of the members, indicating the inability of
the agents to fully comprehend and process all necessary information for
decision-making in negotiation situations, according to Arbage (2004) as
cited by Aguiar (2020); Aguiar et al. (2021). e use of these same pieces
of information by the cooperative for decision-making in negotiating the
acquisition of oranges from the members is classified as high, indicating
a low level of bounded rationality by the cooperative. Furthermore,
the proximity between the cooperative and the market facilitates and
accelerates access to information by the institution.
Overall, from the perspective of Aguiar (2020) and Aguiar et al.
(2021), the characteristics of the orange transaction between the members
and the cooperative consist of an asset with high specificity, low uncertainty,
and high supply frequency. e characteristics of the agents (members and
cooperative) are highlighted by a low level of opportunism and a medium-
low level of bounded rationality, based on responses from both parties.
Given the above, the contract was chosen as the regulatory means
of the economic transaction, characterizing the governance in its hybrid
form. e contract includes items such as the required product specificity
to meet export demand through Fairtrade, the purchase price of oranges by
the cooperative, the supply frequency by the producer, and the producer’s
responsibility for transporting the goods to the processing industry.
e low degree of transaction uncertainty reflects the institutional
preparedness by the cooperative and its dissemination to the cooperative
members, as well as prior knowledge of behavioral attributes by the
agents involved in the transaction. is positively correlates with the low
opportunism and low ex-ante and ex-post risks of this economic relationship.
In this sense, hybrid governance appears to effectively coordinate transactions,
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
103
minimizing opportunism in relationships and providing an efficient solution
to the historical issue of commercial integration difficulties among citrus
growers (Aguiar, 2020; Aguiar et al., 2021).
In the relationship between the cooperative and the processing
industry, the uncertainty surrounding this transaction can also be
classified as low, as the vice-president of the entity states that the
cooperative has a high level of knowledge about the institutional rules
involved in the transaction and the behavior of the processing company
in acquiring oranges.
From the cooperative’s perspective, the processing industry does
not exhibit self-interest behaviors such as distorting information about
demand, price, and breaching contracts in purchasing oranges, classifying
the level of opportunism in this relationship as low or nonexistent. e
frequency of using market information (such as price, supply, and demand
of oranges) and managerial information (such as costs, stock, and available
technology) by the cooperative for decision-making in negotiating the sale
of oranges to the processing industry is classified as high, indicating a low
level of bounded rationality by the cooperative (Aguiar, 2020; Aguiar et
al., 2021).
Overall, and as initially highlighted in the member-cooperative
relationship, the characteristics of the orange transaction between the
cooperative and the processing industry involve an asset with a high
investment degree, low uncertainty, and high supply frequency. e
characteristics of the agents are highlighted by low levels of opportunism
and bounded rationality, from the cooperative-buyer’s perspective (Aguiar,
2020; Aguiar et al., 2021).
The cAcAo Agri-Food sysTem
Brazil has been making efforts to expand cacao production since the
end of the 20th century, when the industry faced stagnation due to various
reasons, including decreased productivity caused by phytosanitary problems,
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
104
particularly the fungal disease witches’ broom (Moniliophthora perniciosa),
conservatism within the agricultural production segment, among others.
From 2016 to 2021, the growth rate of cacao cultivation in Brazil was
42%, reaching a production of 302,000 tons of beans in 2021 (FAO,
2023). is production growth has been accompanied by new institutional
arrangements in the supply chains motivated by the increasing value placed
on sustainability and origin aspects. In this context, certifications play a
significant role. Examples of voluntary certifications used for sustainability
in the sector include organic, Fairtrade, UTZ, and Rainforest Alliance. Brazil
accounted for 1% of global organic production in 2020 (Presse, 2020).
Organic certification ensures that products have indeed been produced
within the standards of organic agriculture, primarily due to the absence of
pesticides and chemical fertilizers, for example (Organicsnet, 2023).
cAse sTudy on cAcAo
e analysis focuses on the state of Bahia, specifically the southern
region of Bahia, as it accounted for 83% of national production in 1990,
with this production being 51% in 2020 (Brainer, 2021). is region and
other organizations have been making efforts to implement higher-quality
cacao production through support policies and the establishment of a
geographical indication. ese actions involve projects from processing
companies and other organizations acquiring raw materials, as well as local
governance.
e governance structures established in the producer-buyer
relationship were evaluated, focusing on the economic, environmental, and
social aspects of sustainability, based on contributions from Sachs (1993)
and Elkington (2004, 2006). In the economic realm, analytical categories
indicated by Transaction Cost Economics (TCE) were used, adapted from
the works of Reys, Arbage, and Oliveira (2009, 2010) and Arbage (2004)7.
In the case study on cacao, the economic analysis can be comprehensively carried out from the perspective
of the purchasing processing company towards the collective organization, although there was no
triangulation of the information.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
105
For environmental and social aspects, the concepts of sustainability and
authors like Neumeier (2012) and Moulaert (2009) were considered.
e case of cacao production analyzed highlights the characteristics of
organic certification, which includes quality attributes such as the absence
of chemical inputs, sustainable cultivation methods, and environmental
and social preservation. ese attributes are not easily perceived through
observation, hence the necessity for third-party verification. Certifications
are thus employed to make this information clear to all agents involved
in the production processes along the agribusiness system, including the
consumer (Santini Pigatto et al., 2020).
It can be observed that the demands of purchasing agents extend
to contractual relationships, as they involve aspects related to organic
product certification. e processing purchasing organization focuses
on meeting both national and international markets with high-quality
cacao beans that offer better performance in chocolate production and
flavor. ese quality attributes surpass the product standards established
by the government through IN38/20088 which sets standards for cacao
beans. In the relationship between the producing agents and the collective
organization, no formal contracts were identified. However, the relational
value involved is very high due to factors such as the origin of the producers
(many from the European Union, bringing with them ‘values’ of the land)
and the nature of the production itself. e production is conducted in
a cabruca system9, which motivates and gathers agents who value nature
preservation (Box 3).
Normative instruction no. 38/2008 presents a classification of cocoa beans from type 1 to 3 and out of
type, with tolerance percentages for defects such as mold, smoke, insect damage, slate, germination and
flattening, from lowest to highest tolerance from type 1 to out of type (Brazil, 2008).
e cabruca system consists of a traditional cocoa agroecosystem that involves traditional knowledge,
conservation and preservation of native species, promoting interaction with the ecosystem (Setenta;
Lobão, 2012).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
106
Box 3 – Characterization and governance structure in the cacao case study
Type Producer Scope Purchasing Company (ECP1)
Scope
Characterization Six producers; average age: 58
years
Average experience in cacao
production: 25.5 years.
Educational background:
majority with higher education or
postgraduate degrees.
Agricultural properties for cacao
production: mostly owned,
with most owning two to three
properties
Economic activities: diversified,
including cacao, cupuaçu, açaí,
peach palm, coffee, palm heart,
cacao processing, and rural
tourism services.
Labor used: family labor
(1-2 people); predominantly
permanent labor (average of five
people).
Cacao production system:
Organic cabruca.
Average production (2013-2015):
845 arrobas.
Certifications: Organic Brazil
(since 2002), USDA organic
(since 2003), and equivalent
standards for European regulation
(since 2002).
National family-owned company.
Founded in 2005, with a prior
history in chocolate production
for final consumption.
Economic activity: primary cacao
processing.
Crushing capacity: 20,000 tons
per year.
Product portfolio: Conventional
line (80%) and special line (with
certifications, 20%), for the years
2014-2015.
Certifications: Organic Brazil,
USDA organic, EU organic
regulation, Kosher, Fairtrade,
Rainforest, and Raw.
Market: 50% for export and
50% for the domestic market,
including cosmetic companies,
chocolatiers, and dietary
supplement companies.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
107
Type Producer Scope Purchasing Company (ECP1)
Scope
Commercialization
and Governance Purchasing Agents: Collective
Organization (OC) and local
market.
Vertical Integration: One
producer is also involved in
chocolate manufacturing.
– Transaction with OC:
50-65% of the average
production (2013-2015).
Product sold: cacao beans
– Governance Structure: No
formal contracts (high relational
value).
Payment: Immediate
Premium: 30% above market
price + a percentage of the
net gains of the current year,
proportional to the volume each
producer delivers during the year.
– Transaction OC to
downstream (secondary
information):
Purchasing agents: national and
international chocolate companies
(including ECP1).
Product sold: cacao beans.
Suppliers: Producers and
cooperatives from the states of
Bahia and Pará.
Product Acquired: Organic cacao
beans (20% of total production,
certified) and conventional beans
(80%) for the years 2014-2015.
– ECP1 Transaction with OC:
Acquires approximately 90% from
OC.
– Transaction Characteristics:
Long-term transaction (11 years).
Uncertainty: Low level, due to
high information sharing in three
areas (demand forecast, production
forecast by OC, and production
innovations by producer-OC).
Asset Specificity: High (physical,
locational, dedicated), Medium
(temporal).
– Agent Characteristics:
Opportunism: Low level in both
the ECP1-OC relationship and
ECP1’s view of the OC-ECP1
relationship.
Limited Rationality (RL): Low
RL, with extensive information on
the quality cacao market (price,
demand, supply); from suppliers
regarding production technologies
and quality; processing
technologies; and management
(costs, inventory, and marketing).
– Governance Structure (with
OC): Annual contract, detailing
the volume purchased, payment
terms, and price.
Payment Method: Immediate.
Transportation: Conducted by the
company without discounting.
Premium: 50% to 70% above
market price; price benchmark
based on downstream purchasing
companies.
Source: Santini Pigatto et al. (2020).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
108
e transaction between the collective organization (OC) and
the purchasing agent (ECP) occurs with annual supply contracts. It is
noticeable in this transaction an economic governance that translates not
only into the existence of a contract but mainly into the efficiency and
productive, informational, and economic coordination between ECP
and its client, which leads to a valuation of the purchased product, given
the on-site verification of preservation and work aspects in agricultural
production. is valuation is both economic—higher premiums
attributed to the marketed cacao beans—and related to the appreciation of
the Atlantic Forest, given the production in the cabruca system. Another
factor contributing to effective governance is the transaction and agent
characteristics observed from the ECP perspective, indicating more
effective governance, such as the long-term relationship (specifically 11
years), low uncertainty level, high asset specificity in physical, locational,
and dedicated factors (only lower in the temporal factor due to the storage
capacity of the beans), low opportunism level (in the ECP-OC relationship
and the OC’s view of the ECP), and low limited rationality, i.e., a higher
level of information utilization regarding the market, supplier production
and quality technologies, processing technologies, and managerial aspects
(Santini Pigatto et al., 2020).
us, more effective economic governance was observed at the agro-
industrial system level between the ECP and its downstream purchasing
agent, reflecting a valuation of the purchased product that involves both
economic and non-economic aspects. e coordination and efficiency
achieved—also supported by contractual governance—are evident in the
relationship between the OC and the producers, given the net financial
gains they obtain at the end of each year, proportionate to the volume each
producer delivers throughout the year.
When analyzing whether this economic governance also impacts
social and environmental aspects, it becomes clear that there is no direct
influence or coordination by the purchasing agent in this regard, as the
relationship is purely commercial. However, it is worth noting that the
purchasing companies’ willingness to pay a premium price for cocoa beans
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
109
can incentivize producers to maintain quality and adopt sustainable socio-
environmental practices.
Regarding environmental factors, it is evident from the producers’
perspectives that they aim to maintain or even expand forest preservation
areas, including production (and replanting) using the cabruca system. In
the case analyzed, all farms have protected springs that not only supply
water to the families living on the property but also contribute to the
preservation of regional rivers (Santini Pigatto et al., 2020).
erefore, the established governance structure fosters economic
sustainability and operates based on producer and buyer incentives. e
hybrid forms adopted closely resemble market structures where price acts
as an incentive mechanism, such as paying premium prices for higher-
quality cacao beans. However, there are other non-financial incentives
indirectly affecting environmental and social sustainability, such as
technical assistance, donation of seedlings, and organic inputs to producers
to improve the production process. Another point to highlight is the
certifications that bring a series of social and environmental requirements.
Regarding social aspects, even though there are established programs
by the buyers, no significant changes in social relations or satisfaction levels
of families or communities were noted (Santini Pigatto et al., 2020).
FinAl considerATions
e cases analyzed in this chapter highlight relevant production
systems for the country from economic, social, environmental, historical,
and cultural perspectives, both for orange and cacao. ese systems
have been receiving added value and coordination promotion through
certifications that signal information from agricultural production to
the destination. Hybrid governance forms were observed in both cases
in various transactions between system agents, specifically contracts, as
higher quality attributes are crucial for both systems.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
110
Regarding sustainability aspects, greater economic convergence
was noted through premium prices. However, the cooperative format in
the case of orange production and sale and coordination exercised by a
secondary buyer (in prices) in the cacao case denotes important social
aspects for better information exchange and reputation in the systems.
It is worth noting that the certifications used in both systems
encompass requirements beyond technical aspects, also covering social and
environmental aspects. us, the governance established in the cacao and
orange production systems promotes primarily economic sustainability
but also indirectly contributes to social and environmental sustainability.
In broad terms, the results contribute to the UN’s SDG 12,
specifically to achieving sustainable management and efficient use of
natural resources and encouraging companies to adopt sustainable practices
and integrate sustainability information into their reports (SDGs 12.2 and
12.6, respectively).
As a contribution of this chapter, it is hoped that the analyzed cases
can inspire new analyses of coordination and governance in Brazilian agri-
food systems, both complex ones.
reFerences
AGUIAR, L. G.; SANTINI PIGATTO, G. A.; OLIVEIRA, S. C.; PAULILLO, L. F.
Governance and social network: analysis in cooperatives of small citrus producers in the
São Paulo State, Brazil. International Journal of Social Science Studies, Beaverton, v. 9, n.
1, p. 52-63, 2021.
AGUIAR, L. G. Governança e rede social: análise em cooperativas de pequenos
produtores citrícolas nas regiões de Bebedouro-SP e Rio Claro-SP. 2020. 162 f.
Dissertação (Mestrado em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) – Universidade Estadual
Paulista, Tupã, 2020.
ARBAGE, A. P. Custo de transação e seu impacto na formação e gestão da cadeia
de suprimentos: estudo de caso em estruturas de governança híbridas do sistema
agroalimentar no Rio Grande do Sul. Tese (Doutorado em Administração) –
Universidade Federal do Rio Grande do Sul, Porto Alegre, 2004.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
111
BALESTRIN, A.; ARBAGE, A. P. A perspectiva dos custos de transação na formação de
redes de cooperação. RAE Eletrônica, São Paulo, v. 6, n. 1, jan./jul. 2007.
BRAINER, M. S. C. P. Produção de cacau. Caderno Setorial ETENE, Fortaleza, n. 149,
p. 1-23, jan. 2021.
BRITO, R. Gigantes do suco de laranja viram réus em ação na Justiça que cobra R$12,7
bi por cartel. G1, São Paulo, abr. 2023. Disponível em: https://g1.globo.com/economia/
agronegocios/noticia/2023/04/06/gigantes-do-suco-de-laranja-viram-reus-em-acao-na-
justica-que-cobra-r-127-bi-por-cartel.ghtml. Acesso em:10 set. 2023.
CITRUSBR. A cadeia do suco de laranja brasileiro. São Paulo: CitrusBR, 2019.
ELKINGTON, J. Enter the triple bottom line. In: HENRIQUES, A.;
RICHARDSON, J. (ed.). Does it all add up?. London: Earthscan, 2004. p. 1-16.
ELKINGTON, J. Governance for sustainability. Corporate governance: an international
review, Chichester, v. 14, n. 6, p. 522-529, 2006.
FAIRTRADE INTERNATIONAL. What is fairtrade?. 2023. Disponível em: https://
www.fairtrade.net/. Acesso em: 02 set. 2023.
FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNITED NATIONS
– FAO. Countries by commodity. FAOSTAT, 2023. Disponível em: http://www.fao.org/
faostat/en/#rankings/countries_by_commodity. Acesso em: 02 set. 2023.
ITO, N. C. Poder na formação do arranjo institucional do sistema agroindustrial citrícola
paulista. 2014. 203 f. Tese (Doutorado em Ciências) – FEA/USP, São Paulo, 2014.
MARCHINI, A.; POLENZANI, B.; RIGANELLI, C.; MARTINO, G. Food safety
investments factors in the Italian meat sector: conceptual framework and empirical
evidence. New Medit, Bologna, n. 2, 2020. DOI: https://doi.org/10.30682/nm2002d.
MÉNARD, C. e economics of hybrid organizations. Journal of Institutional and
eoretical Economics, Tuebingen, v. 160, n. 3, p. 345-376, 2004.
MÉNARD, C. Hybrid Modes of Organization: alliances, joint ventures, networks,
and other ‘strange’ animals. In: GIBBONS, R.; ROBERTS, J. e Handbook of
Organizational Economics. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2013. p. 1066-1108.
MÉNARD, C. Hybrids: where are we? Journal of Institutional Economics, Cambridge, v.
18, p. 297-312, 2022. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1017/S1744137421000230.
MOULAERT, F. Social Innovation: Institutionally Embedded, Territorially (Re)
Produced. In:
MACCALLUM, D. et al. (ed.). Social Innovation and Territorial Development. England:
Ashgate, 2009. p. 11–24.
NEUMEIER, S. Why do social innovations in rural development matter and should
they be considered more seriously in rural development research? Sociologia Ruralis,
Chichester, v. 52, n. 1, p. 48-69, 2012.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
112
NEVES, M. F.; TROMBIN, V. G. Anuário da Citricultura 2017. São Paulo:
CitrusBR, 2017.
ORGANICSNET. 2023. Disponível em: https://ciorganicos.com.br/organicos/o-que-
sao-organicos/. Acesso em: 02 set. 2023.
PRESSE, F. Cacau orgânico tira pequenos agricultores da pobreza na Bahia. 2020.
Disponível em: https://g1.globo.com/economia/agronegocios/noticia/2020/01/18/cacau-
organico-tira-pequenos-agricultores-da-pobreza-na-bahia.ghtml. Acesso: 09 set. 2023.
REYS, M. A.; ARBAGE, A. P.; OLIVEIRA, S. V. Identification of sources of transaction
costs – a fuzzy approach for the evaluation of analytical categories. Organizações Rurais
& Agroindustriais, Lavras, v.12, n. 1, p. 11-19, 2010.
REYS, M. A.; ARBAGE, A. P., OLIVEIRA, S. V. Identification of sources of
transaction costs: a fuzzy approach for the evaluation of analytical categories. In:
INTERNATIONAL PENSA CONFERENCE: ECONOMIC CRISIS: FOOD,
FIBER AND BIOENERGY CHAINS, 7., São Paulo: USP/ FEA, 2009.
SACHS, I. Estratégias de transição para o século XXI: desenvolvimento e meio-ambiente.
Prefácio de M. F. Strong. Trad. Magda Lopes. São Paulo: Nobel; Fundap, 1993.
SANTINI PIGATTO, G. A.; LOURENZANI, A. E. B. S.; SCHIAVI, S. M. A.;
ESTIVAL, K. G. S. Governance and Sustainability of certified cocoa production
systems in Brazil. Rev. Bras. G&DR, Taubaté, v. 17, n. 1, p. 136-152, 2020.
SETENTA, W.; LOBÃO, D. É. Conservação Produtiva: cacau por mais 250 anos.
Itabuna. BA. 2012. Disponível em: http://nbcgib.uesc.br/cicacau/arquivos/producao_
tecnico_cientifica/conservacao-produtiva-e-book.pdf. Acesso em: 19 set. 2023.
STUCHI, E. S.; GIRARDI, E. A.; MOREIRA, A. S. Citricultura no futuro: desafios
para o sistema de produção de citros se avolumam no horizonte. Citricultura Atual,
Cordeirópolis, GCONCI, n. 24, v. 30, p.48-49, ago. 2021.
TADELIS, S.; WILLIAMSON, O. E. Transaction Cost Economics. In: GIBBONS,
R.; ROBERTS, J. e Handbook of Organizational Economics. Princeton: Princeton
University Press, 2013. p. 159-189.
WEVER, M.; WOGNUM, N.; TRIENEKENS, J.; OMTA, O. Alignment between
chain quality management and chain governance in EU pork supply chains: a transaction-
cost-economics perspective. Meat Science, Amsterdam, v. 84, p. 228-237, 2010.
WILLIAMSON, O. Comparative economic organization: the analysis of discrete
structural alternatives. Administrative Science Quarterly, Nova Iorque, v. 36, n. 2, p. 269-
296, June 1991.
WILLIAMSON, O. E. As instituições econômicas do capitalismo: firmas, mercados e
relações contratuais. São Paulo: Pezco, 2012.
Construindo ciência em cooperação internacional acadêmico-científica
pArT ii
115
chApTer 5
Food and Nutrition Education:
An Analysis of Consequences,
Prevention Strategies, and School
Development
Giseli Boiam Dall’ANTONIA 1
and Angela Vacaro de SOUZA 2
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering,
São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: giseli.
boiam@unesp.br.
Department of Management, Development, and Technology, Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: angela.
souza@unesp.br.
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p115-135
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
116
inTroducTion
In contemporary society, marked by rapid changes in lifestyle and
dietary patterns, the issue of food and nutrition stands out as a crucial
component for overall health and well-being. Within this complex
scenario, Food and Nutrition Education (FNE) emerges as an indispensable
strategic approach, aiming not only at understanding the negative impacts
of inadequate dietary habits but also at implementing effective preventive
strategies.
is text proposes to conduct a comprehensive analysis of the
consequences associated with unbalanced dietary practices, highlighting
the urgent need for educational interventions. In this context, the role of
FNE as an essential tool in the prevention of health problems related to
diet is examined, contributing to the formation of healthy habits from
childhood. Additionally, the text addresses the impact of this approach
in the school context, investigating how the promotion of conscious
eating can positively influence students’ academic, cognitive, and social
development within the school environment, integrating the theme into
the school curriculum and pedagogical practices.
By exploring the links between food education, the consequences
of inadequate eating habits, and school performance, this work seeks
to provide valuable insights for the formulation of efficient preventive
strategies. A deep understanding of these relationships is essential not only
for the individual development of students but also for building a healthier
and more resilient society.
The globAl syndemic beTween heAlTh And Food
Since the 1970s, the definition of hunger by the Food and
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) has become more
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
117
restrictive, linking it to chronic malnutrition. is condition not only
implies the lack of food but is also associated with vitamin and mineral
deficiencies, contributing to the occurrence of these deficiencies when
chronic malnutrition is present (Ribeiro Junior, 2021).
On the other hand, the problem of malnutrition emerges as
one of the main public health challenges in contemporary times. Both
malnutrition and obesity, along with the ramifications of climate change
and its impacts on human health and vital ecosystems for our survival, are
now widely recognized as components of a global syndrome or syndemic
that significantly affects the population worldwide. Food systems play a
crucial role in this syndrome, encompassing three fundamental elements:
the chain from food production to commercialization, the environment in
which eating occurs, and the eating habits adopted by people (Swinburn,
et al., 2019).
It is important to emphasize that besides literal hunger and
malnutrition, there is a “hunger” related to knowledge, characterized by
misinformation about certain foods. Often, this lack of information results
from family influences and resistance to seeking or trying new food options.
Given the challenges, it becomes essential to integrate FNE into the
teaching and learning process, incorporating it comprehensively into the
school curriculum. is implies addressing topics such as food, nutrition,
and the adoption of healthy lifestyle practices, to promote food and
nutritional security. is approach should be an integral part of the school
routine, with clearly defined roles for various agents, including governments
at different levels, society, family, school, teachers, and students. e goal is
to reshape the concepts established in society regarding food and nutrition.
A concrete example of this approach was observed during an
event in Tupã/São Paulo (SP), a Scientific Dissemination Fair. In this
context, it became evident that food education is necessary from early
childhood, providing students, within formal education, the opportunity
to learn about the complete cycle of plant development, from planting
and cultivation to harvesting and conscious, healthy, and sustainable
consumption. e proposal for a pedagogical garden in the educational
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
118
environment stands out as a practical tool for this education, allowing for
extensive dissemination within the family and community. e aim is to
break down entrenched prejudices in families and promote a change in
local culture.
is theme and an interesting initiative occurred in partnership with
the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
(UNESCO) and the Ministry of Education (MEC) through the guiding
document of the school curriculum called the National Common
Curriculum Base (BNCC). is document, which incorporates skills to
be taught in different subjects as Cross-Cutting emes, addresses the
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) (UNESCO, 2020), including
topics such as environmental and food education, human rights, health,
among others.
Food And nuTriTionAl securiTy: where we come From And whAT
we Aim For
About three million years ago, the basis of human nutrition consisted
mainly of roots, seeds, and fruits rich in sugars. Over time, significant
changes occurred, such as the introduction of a diet rich in proteins,
demonstrating one of the ways to develop the species’ brain. However,
the global scenario has transformed with the advent of a faster-paced life,
driven by increasing globalization, traffic, commuting, and the migration
of families from rural to urban areas in search of employment.
In this context, industrialization played a crucial role, resulting in the
increase of processed food production by industries, driven by technological
advancement. is culminated in the large-scale proliferation of processed
foods and beverages, leading to significantly negative consequences for
human health, as highlighted by the Pan American Health Organization
(PAHO) in 2018.
With the global concern over food security in the contemporary
world, accompanied by rising obesity and malnutrition across all age
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
119
groups and social classes and other food-related diseases, new guidelines
and documents are urgently being analyzed to promote changes in food
systems. e main goal is to make them healthy, sustainable, and equitable,
considering their interconnectedness with health, the environment,
climate, and agriculture. In this context, the 2030 Agenda emerges, aiming
to set goals to be met in agroecological food systems and promote health at
local, regional, national, and global levels (Burigo, 2021).
e terms related to malnutrition: undernutrition and obesity, along
with climate change, constitute a global syndemic that forms a guiding
thread, i.e., the unsustainability of current food systems. In this context,
national policies addressing issues related to food and nutrition emerge
as important intersectoral tools to achieve sufficient, healthy food and,
consequently, food and nutritional security. Besides the aspects previously
mentioned, the Food Guide for the Brazilian Population, which presents
information, analyses, preparation and consumption methods of foods,
is used as a strategic support tool for FNE initiatives. Essentially, health,
agriculture, and environmental policies need to be articulated to achieve
sustainable development.
e World Health Organization (WHO) recognizes and prioritizes
actions that focus on Food and Nutritional Security, nutrition improvement,
and hunger eradication, including agricultural sustainability (Jones; Ejeta,
2016). Improving the global supply of vegetables remains key to reducing
conditions of malnutrition and obesity. Within this theme, in September
2015, the SDGs of the 2030 Agenda were adopted by 193 countries in
pursuit of a healthy future for the world, with aspects focused on food and
health promotion having direct insertion and adherence in about four of
these global goals of the United Nations (UN), 2023, namely:
• Goal 1: End poverty in all its forms everywhere.
• Goal 2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved
nutrition, and promote sustainable agriculture, providing
livelihoods for the current global population and improving the
income of food producers.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
120
• Goal 3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at
all ages. Notably, some efforts are being made by governments at
different levels to meet the proposed goals, such as the National
School Feeding Program (PNAE), a federal government program
that aims to ensure adequate food for schoolchildren.
• Goal 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and
promote lifelong learning opportunities for all, with a sub-goal
(4.7) aiming to ensure that learners acquire the knowledge, and
skills needed to promote sustainable development, including
sustainable lifestyles. With the qualification of teachers,
guarantees of equity of access and permanence, and free
provision in the public network that leads to satisfactory and
relevant learning outcomes, FNE can have a substantial impact
on the teaching-learning process and the promotion of health
and well-being.
• Goal 12: Ensure sustainable consumption and production
patterns, such as better planning of crops, thus reducing waste
and improving the daily use of food (World, 2016).
In 1988, the Unified Health System (SUS) was established to
promote the general health of the population throughout the country. In
addition to actions such as disease prevention, vaccination, and infectious
disease prevention campaigns, SUS has made continuous progress in recent
years in providing universal and comprehensive health care to the Brazilian
population, contributing to reducing inequalities in access to health care.
SUS works in conjunction with other public policies, mainly through
Primary Health Care (APS), to combat global epidemics, contribute to the
control of obesity and malnutrition epidemics, and contribute to climate
change mitigation and adaptation (Ebi et al., 2017).
Regarding food, SUS plays an important role in food and nutrition
care, promoting and protecting health, as well as preventing, diagnosing,
and treating food-related diseases. Its actions are integrated into the current
food system and have the potential to influence various areas of this system,
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
121
such as the agro-food production chain, the food environment, and food
consumption, with impacts on health, the environment, and the economy.
erefore, SUS is considered a crucial tool for sustainable
development, and there is an urgent need for policy convergence, greater
integration, and synergistic action between actions, as well as dialogue
between actors from different sectors. Advances in the field of Earth Health,
which involve the collective study of human behavior in the environment
and its impact on the health and sustainability of the planet, play a
fundamental role in promoting sustainability in public health policies.
Additionally, people with rights and duties related to education,
health, and agency, can act as citizens in demanding the fulfillment of
human rights to adequate food and a healthier food environment for all.
us, SUS should act as a catalyst in the development of a safer, fairer,
healthier, and more sustainable food system (Machado, 2021).
mAlnuTriTion And school developmenT
Over the years, education has emerged as a crucial partner in the
fight against malnutrition, as it enables the establishment of a relationship
between diet and health issues. In this context, it is essential to conduct
popular education combined with nutritional education, enabling the
comprehensive recognition of individuals and promoting good social
relations (Quevedo Bolívar, 2019).
Concerning popular education, it is essential to promote critical
awareness that allows the identification of problems associated with poor
nutrition and alternatives to modify eating habits. It is essential to seek to
overcome oppressive situations to make significant changes in this context
(Lorenzo, 2008).
e reorientation of educational concepts with established models
in the systematic process of cultural engagement suggests that education
integrates two worldviews, recognizing that both do not hinder the
formation of identity traits, but rather the emergence of new codes and
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
122
meanings. In this context, educating the population through schools offers
an intercultural space where different worlds connect and influence each
other (FAO, 2011).
Poor nutrition is one of the factors directly related to the learning
process (Ferreira, 2019). It is known that every nutrient has its particularity,
relevance, and importance for development, especially in childhood,
a phase in which the entire organic and learning system is undergoing
constant transformation, with some nutrients being indispensable for brain
development, notably iron, iodine, zinc, B-complex vitamins, especially
B12, and zinc (Macedo, 2019). A child who has learning difficulties
has poor performance in daily activities, family, and social relationships
(Cerqueira, 2022).
ere must be actions related to FNE in schools, as it is one of
the ways to influence students to adopt better eating habits with better
quality of life, changing their culturally constructed habits (Magalhães;
Cavalcante, 2019), with teachers being the promoters and facilitators of
FNE actions, which should include pedagogical content related to healthy
eating and health in their school planning (Silva et al., 2018).
In this context, the school, as a learning environment, should
promote and prevent diseases, to influence healthy eating habits. FNE
actions should start from early childhood education to prevent future
pathologies (Magalhães; Cavalcante, 2019).
It is important to highlight that the collaboration between the
nutritionist, through the PNAE, together with the school, the community,
and teachers, should promote access to healthy foods through public
policies and effective actions (Vasconcelos, 2020). e educator plays a
crucial role as an influencer and can use engaging learning approaches in
their classes, using characters, cartoons, and a variety of playful materials
related to food as pedagogical resources (Maito, 2018). us, the teacher
should address nutrition and health topics at school in an interdisciplinary
manner, not to prevent or treat diseases, but to teach students in a way
that empowers them to make their own decisions (Silva et al., 2017). Boff
(2011), p. 143, states, “It is not about reflection on practice based solely on
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
123
experiential knowledge disconnected from theory. It is about a professional
who reflects on their knowledge, obtained from practice and understood
in light of a theory.”
As Vigotsky (2008) states, “the child thinks syncretically about
subjects they have no knowledge or experience of but does not resort to
syncretism concerning familiar or easily verifiable practical things” (p. 27).
erefore, it is essential that educational activities are interest-promoting,
articulated, and in line with the school’s Political Pedagogical Project.
School-aged children can play a crucial role as change agents, as
their tastes and preferences are being shaped. When allied with healthy
eating habits, we can form a generation committed to proper nutrition.
erefore, transmitting information to different social groups can help
increase collective awareness of health and nutrition (Quevedo Bolívar,
2019). It is also worth noting that students are important vectors in
bringing school learning into their homes, positively influencing their
families and surrounding communities.
In Brazil, the PNAE, administered by the federal government and
maintained by the National Fund for the Development of Education
(FNDE), ensures that school-aged students receive food during their
school period. is program guarantees safe, diverse, and healthy food for
students in early childhood, elementary, and high school education (Cesar
et al., 2018; Roque, 2017). e main objective of the PNAE is to eradicate
hunger and malnutrition, contributing to increased school performance
and learning by offering nutritious and quality food, aiding in growth,
development, and promoting Food and Nutritional Security (SAN) for
students (Gomes, 2020). e program’s objectives and benefits include
educating students to eat in a way that promotes health through proper,
healthy, and sustainable eating, prioritizing natural foods, respecting
regionalism, and prioritizing foods from family farming.
Education is a right for all, but school success cannot be confined
solely to the family and school sphere; public policies are also necessary.
When education encompasses issues involving health promotion, focus
and effort must be maximized so that, by fulfilling the roles of governments
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
124
at different levels, the school, the community, the teacher, and the family,
the student can benefit in different aspects of their life, making it healthier
and richer in knowledge.
AcTions oF pnAe And Fnde For Food
According to Brasil (2020), the National School Feeding Program
(PNAE) refers to the provision of school meals regulated by resolution
CD/FNDE nº 06, of May 8, 2020, which presents guidelines for healthy
school meals with safe and varied foods that support the comprehensive,
biopsychosocial development and learning of students, using preferably
natural or minimally processed foods, with care for those with dietary
restrictions, allergies. Attention to food should be based on menus planned
according to the current resolution, presented in its article 18:
I – at least 30% of the nutritional needs of energy, macronutrients,
and priority micronutrients, distributed in at least two meals, for
partial period daycare centers.
II – at least 70% of the nutritional needs of energy, macronutrients,
and priority micronutrients, distributed in at least three meals, for
full-period daycare centers, including those located in indigenous
communities or quilombo areas.
IV – at least 20% of the daily nutritional needs of energy and
macronutrients, when offering one meal, for other students
enrolled in basic education, in a partial period.
V - at least 30% of the daily nutritional needs of energy and
macronutrients, when offering two or more meals, for students
enrolled in basic education, except partial period daycare centers.
§ 1º In schools that offer school meals in a partial period, menus
must provide at least 280 g/students/week of fresh fruits, vegetables,
and greens, distributed as follows:
I – fresh fruits, at least two days a week.
II – vegetables, at least three days a week.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
125
§ 2º In schools that offer school meals for a full period, menus must
provide at least 520 g/students/week of fresh fruits, vegetables, and
greens, distributed as follows:
I – fresh fruits, at least four days a week.
II – vegetables, at least five days a week (Brasil, 2020, p. 7-8).
According to the same author, the program reinforces the need to
include the topic of food and nutrition in school activities to encourage
the teaching and learning process.
A significant milestone in the history of the municipality of Tupã is
the partnership with the São Paulo State University “Júlio Mesquita Filho”
(UNESP) in promoting courses inviting participation from municipal
network teachers, directors, coordinators, and general staff. In 2022, the
institution promoted a course called Scientific Literacy, which allowed
public participation and served as a basis for expanding and disseminating
courses, events, and sustainable development partnerships focused on
healthy eating. is event resulted in the municipality’s greater aspiration
to fulfill the SDGs and seek strategies to achieve the green and blue
municipality seal.
Based on the criteria outlined earlier, it is noteworthy that the
municipality of Tupã is focused on meeting the SDG goals and aims to be
one of the leading cities in healthy eating and health. is was confirmed
by the first food and nutritional security conference in a proposal debate
aimed at eradicating hunger and the possible actions of TUPÃ 2030, held
on August 2, 2023. Coordinator Gislaine Rodrigues Treviso reports that the
event follows planning according to the National Food Security Council
(CONSEA). She also states that this was the first stage of several debates,
focusing on the state and federal levels. e event was attended by 110
people from various sectors, secretariats, and citizens and was coordinated
by the Municipal Food and Nutritional Security Council (Comsea), in
partnership with the management committee of the municipal TUPÃ
2030 Program. e event discussed strategies and public policies to
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
126
mitigate malnutrition, starting with the theme “Eradicating hunger and
guaranteeing rights with real food, democracy, and equity” (Tupã, 2023).
e event’s themes followed these axes: 1st axis – structural
determining factors and macro challenges for food and nutritional
sovereignty and security; 2nd axis – Public policies that ensure the right to
adequate food, the national food and nutritional security system; and 3rd
axis – Participation and social democracy.
Coordinator Gislaine highlights that: “Among 21 proposals listed
in a pre-conference, participants elected 9 items from Axis 1, which were
taken to the regional stage. In Axis 2, we had five, and we voted on three.
From the last axis, we also elected three proposals.”
e TUPÃ 2030 Program is in its 3rd Forum. Additionally, Professor
and Municipal Secretary of Education, Sports, and Culture Valdir Pedro
Berti (2023) state that: “e project has an intersectoral perspective
by nature. Today, the Health, Social Development, Environment,
Agriculture, Planning, Education, Culture, and Sports secretariats
presented effective work and concrete projects that will allow Tupã to
become one of the ten municipalities in the state of São Paulo with the
best nutritional index in childhood. An audacious goal, but one that is
being put into practice daily.”
According to the historical note from the São Paulo State
Government related to the Green Blue Municipality program, Tupã/SP
presents the following scores: 2008 (79.96); 2009 (84.84); 2010 (87.29);
2011 (91.98); 2012 (79.65); 2013 (74.00); 2014 (12.28); 2015 (14.03);
2016 (10.22); 2017 (6.23); 2018 (24.72); 2019 (30.88); 2020 (40.23)
(Secretariat of the Environment, 2023). Currently, in conversation with
the Municipal Secretary of Tupã/SP, Marco, from the 2023 administration,
the municipality has been losing the minimum score for maintaining
the seal and is currently at an average of 4. In August this year, the
municipality developed projects to regain the Green Blue Municipality
Program (PMVA) seal. is program was launched by the São Paulo
State Government in 2007, through the Secretariat of the Environment,
to evaluate and support the effectiveness of environmental management,
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
127
promoting decentralization, and valuing the sustainable environmental
agenda in municipalities (Secretariat of the Environment, 2014).
e Secretariat of the Environment, in 2014, through its program,
established the implementation of proposed actions based on evidence,
through guidelines to become a more sustainable municipality. is involves
areas such as environmental education, biodiversity, water management,
local sewage treatment, and other initiatives. e municipality of Tupã/
SP, in collaboration with the Education and Environment secretariats,
will incorporate evidence, and work done for sustainability, culture, and
biodiversity into daily school activities (Tupã Municipality, 2023).
sTrATegies For improving Food QuAliTy And school developmenT in
line wiTh governmenT progrAms
Non-Conventional Food Plants (PANC) to a certain extent offer
the possibility of their use as food, among other qualities they can also be
commercialized, contributing to the income of many family farmers. ey
also help to complement and enrich the diet. eir use can be in various
gastronomic utilities, such as colorings, meat tenderizers, condiments,
obtaining oils, where more than one part of the plants can be used (Kinupp;
Lorenzi, 2014).
Tropical and subtropical countries, like Brazil, hold the greatest
diversity of plant species; however, the number of native fruit and vegetable
species proportionally used is minimal, showing the country’s potential to
explore various plants with food potential. For example, among the 10
most produced fruit species in Brazil, none are native (Kinupp, 2009, p.
1). As previously mentioned, Brazil is a country that stands out in food
production, however, “food and nutritional insecurity is determined by
economic, political, environmental, and educational factors” according to
(Santos, 2022, p.11). us, the construction of society is shaped including
its dietary patterns. However, it is possible to seek an accessible food
alternative at low cost and favoring regionality.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
128
inking about its versatility, the great biodiversity found in the
national territory, its commercial and food potential, the importance of
using these plants is sought to be highlighted to value, promote health,
school development, and make PANC visible notably through the
implementation of these foods in school gardens.
e school garden is a learning strategy about food and nutrition
where children have various experiences and contact with vegetables, in
the case of PANC making the learning more attractive and enjoyable,
contributing to the interest in experimenting with them. us, the
planning, execution, and maintenance of these teaching-learning spaces
aim to promote good eating habits that will act in promoting health.
e school garden requires small areas for the cultivation of plants
such as vegetables, spices, and medicinal herbs, which can be consumed
complementarily to the school meals already offered, in cooking workshops,
and in the development of various pedagogical activities (Santana, 2021).
Certain authors recognize that PANC have greater nutritional factors
than conventional plants, thus being able to replace other vegetables, in
addition to highlighting their versatility in urban spaces such as gardens
and their commercial potential (Silva Liberato; Lima; Silva, 2019). Cultural
patterns can be an aggravating factor in not recognizing the potential of
PANC. us, the possibility of taking advantage of the biodiversity of
plants we have will also depend on the dissemination, availability, and
processing technologies to activate the valorization of this natural resource
(Kinupp; Lorenzi, 2014).
Hunger is part of a social dynamic promoted by social inequalities. It
is necessary to create public policies to solve this problem. Food sovereignty
is also part of this process, and in this sense, an interesting solution would be
to encourage the introduction of PANC in the diet, to mitigate the effects
of food insecurity and improve the quality of life (Kinupp; Lorenzi, 2014).
e creation of school gardens offers various benefits from
sparking students’ curiosity, and a greater understanding of sustainability,
stimulating collective work, encouraging contact with nature and its
resources bringing positive impacts on teaching-learning, from practices
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
129
to stimulating students’ awareness and making them more responsible
about environmental and food issues promoting a balance between nature,
education, and food besides instructing them to develop a critical vision
and transform the environment they are inserted in.
erefore, the design and assembly of gardens in the school
environment should be considered as a living and constantly changing
laboratory and with the stimulus to the planting and consumption of
PANC, it will be possible to consume healthier foods, economically,
contributing to nutritionally enrich the food already offered in the school,
which should have a balanced composition of calories, proteins, fibers,
carbohydrates, and other nutrients to ensure that the student has a strictly
balanced meal and the knowledge of food plants not yet explored by this
group, arousing interest and curiosity and together with the support and
encouragement of governments and the community, the student can
benefit from the production obtained throughout the process, from its
design, implementation, care, and finally consumption.
FinAl considerATions
e text addresses various interconnected facets related to food, health,
education, and sustainability. It highlights the crucial role of industrialization,
which, driven by technological advancement, resulted in increased production
of processed foods. However, this large-scale proliferation of industrialized
foods brought with it negative consequences for human health, as warned by
the Pan American Health Organization in 2018.
e creation of the Unified Health System (SUS) in 1988 represented
a milestone in Brazil, aiming to promote the population’s health through
comprehensive actions, such as disease prevention, vaccination, and
prevention campaigns. e Unified Health System has evolved over the
years, playing an important role in reducing inequalities in access to
health, working together with other public policies, especially in primary
health care.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
130
Education emerges as a crucial partner in the fight against
malnutrition, enabling the establishment of a connection between food
and health problems. e importance of popular education allied to
nutritional education is highlighted, promoting the integral recognition of
the person and the construction of good social relations.
e reorientation of educational concepts, based on systematic
engagement in cultural practice, suggests that education integrates
different worldviews. In the school context, it offers an intercultural space,
connecting and influencing different realities.
e relationship between poor diet and the learning process is
explored, highlighting the importance of nutrients such as iron, iodine,
zinc, and B-complex vitamins in brain development, especially in
childhood. Actions related to Food and Nutritional Education in schools
are emphasized as an effective way to influence students to adopt healthy
eating habits.
e collaboration between nutritionists, schools, and the community,
through the National School Feeding Program, is highlighted as essential to
promote access to healthy foods through effective public policies. e role
of the pedagogue as an influencer, using playful approaches, is highlighted,
and the need for interdisciplinary work on nutrition and health in schools
is emphasized.
e importance of educational activities that promote interest and
are aligned with the school’s Political Pedagogical Project is emphasized,
recognizing the potential of school-aged children as agents of change. e
National School Feeding Program is cited as an initiative that aims to eradicate
hunger, promoting growth, development, and food security for students.
e discussion expands to the sustainability sphere, with mention of
municipal actions based on evidence to make cities more sustainable. e
importance of Non-Conventional Food Plants is highlighted, not only
as food options but also as a source of income for family farmers. e
potential of these plants to enrich the diet and their versatility in urban
spaces is highlighted.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
131
e text concludes by emphasizing the need for public policies to
tackle hunger, highlighting food sovereignty as part of this process. e
introduction of Non-Conventional Food Plants in the diet is proposed as
an interesting solution to mitigate food insecurity and improve the quality
of life. In short, the text highlights the interconnection between different
areas, emphasizing the importance of integrated approaches to promote a
healthy and sustainable life.
e comprehensive analysis of the consequences associated with
unbalanced eating practices highlights the urgency of educational
interventions. e proposal to integrate food education into the school
curriculum, with an emphasis on creating educational gardens, emerges as
a practical and effective strategy to promote healthy habits from childhood.
e research also explores the interconnection between food
education, the implications of inadequate eating habits, and school
performance. Highlighting the global syndemic that combines malnutrition
and obesity, the research suggests that food systems play a crucial role in
this complex scenario.
It is relevant to note the emphasis given to the partnership with
international organizations, such as UNESCO, and the alignment with
the Sustainable Development Goals. is provides a solid basis for the
proposals presented, highlighting the importance of food education in the
broader context of sustainable development.
e inclusion of governmental actions, such as the National School
Feeding Program, demonstrates a practical understanding of initiatives at
the national level. Furthermore, local initiatives, such as the conference in
Tupã/SP, illustrate the real implementation of the proposed strategies and
active community participation.
Suggestions for improvement include a more detailed emphasis on
Non-Conventional Food Plants, specific examples of these plants and their
nutritional benefits. Additionally, a more in-depth approach to the impacts
of food education on academic performance and social development of
students, with specific data or studies, could further strengthen the research.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
132
Overall, the research presents a holistic and practical approach to
addressing contemporary food challenges, highlighting the importance of
food education as a catalyst for a healthier and more sustainable society.
reFerences
BOFF, E. T. O. Processo interativo: uma possibilidade de produção de um currículo
integrado e constituição de um docente pesquisador – autor e ator – de seu fazer
cotidiano escolar. 2011. Tese (Doutorado) - Universidade Federal do Rio Grande do
Sul, Porto Alegre, 2011. Repositório Digital LUME. Disponível em: http://hdl.handle.
net/10183/31787. Acesso em: 20 jun. 2023.
BRASIL. Alimentação e Nutrição. Plataforma Brasil. 2020. Disponível em: https://
www.gov.br/fnde/pt-br/acesso-a-informacao/acoes-e-programas/programas/pnae/pnae-
alimentacao-e-nutricao. Acesso em: 09 set. 2023.
BRASIL. Ministério da Saúde. Secretaria de Atenção à Saúde. Departamento de
Atenção Básica. Guia alimentar para a população brasileira. 2. ed. Brasília: Ministério
da Saúde, 2014. Disponível em: http://bvsms.saude.gov.br/bvs/publicacoes/guia_
alimentar_populacao_brasileira_2ed.pdf. Acesso em: 20 jun. 2023.
BURIGO, A. C.; PORTO, M. F. Agenda 2030, saúde e sistemas alimentares em tempos
de sindemia: da vulnerabilização à transformação necessária. Ciência & Saúde Coletiva,
Rio de Janeiro, v. 26, n. 10, p. 4411-4424, out. 2021.
CERQUEIRA, C. Desnutrição infantil: um problema para a vida toda. Nexo
Jornal, São Paulo, 02. fev. 2022. Disponível em: https://www.nexojornal.com.br/
explicado/2022/02/02/Desnutri%C3%A7%C3%A3o-infantil-um-problema-para-a-
vida-toda. Acesso em: 20 jun. 2023.
CESAR, J. T.; VALENTIM, E. A.; ALMEIDA, C. C. B.; SCHIEFERDECKER, M.
E. M; SCHIMIDT, S. T. Alimentação escolar no Brasil e Estados Unidos: uma revisão
integrativa. Ciência & Saúde Coletiva, Rio de Janeiro, v. 23, n. 3, p. 991-1007, 2018.
EBI, K. L.; HESS, J. J.; WATKISS, P. Health risks and costs of climate variability and
change. In: MOCK, C. N; NUGENT, R.; KOBUSINGYE, O.; SMITH, K. R. (org.).
Injury prevention and environmental health. 3. ed. Washington: e World Bank, 2017.
p. 153-169.
FAO. A importância da educação nutricional. Roma: Grupo de educação nutricional
e de sensibilização do consumidor. Divisão de nutricional e proteção do consumidor
departamento de agricultura e proteção do consumidor, 2019. Disponível em: http://
www.fao.org/ag/humannutrition/3177902a54ce633a9507824a8e1165d4ae1d92.pdf.
Acesso em: 20 jun. 2023.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
133
FUNDO NACIONAL DE DESENVOLVIMENTO DA EDUCAÇÃO - FNDE.
Programa Nacional de Alimentação Escolar (PNAE). Disponível em: https://www.fnde.
gov.br/index.php/programas/pnae/pnae-sobre-o-programa/pnae-sobreo-pna. Acesso em:
21 jun. 2023.
FERREIRA, H. G. R.; ALVES, R. G.; MELELO, S. C. R. P. O Programa Nacional de
Alimentação Escolar (PNAE): alimentação e aprendizagem. Revista da Seção Judiciária
do Rio de Janeiro, Rio de Janeiro, v. 22, n. 44, p. 90-113, 2019.
GOMES, L. S. Impactos do Programa Nacional de Alimentação Escolar (PNAE) sobre
o desempenho educacional no nordeste brasileiro. 2020. 68 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em
Economia) – Universidade Federal do Rio Grande do Norte (UFRN), Natal-RN, 2020.
JONES, A. D.; EJETA, G. A new global agenda for nutrition and health: the importance
of agriculture and food systems. Bull World Health Organ, Geneva, v. 94, n. 3, p.
228–229, 2016. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.2471/BLT.15.164509.
KINUPP, V. F. Plantas alimentícias não-convencionais (PANC): uma riqueza
negligenciada. Reunião anual da SBPC, 61a, v. 4, 2009.
KINUPP, V. F.; LORENZI, H. Plantas alimentícias não convencionais no Brasil. Nova
Odessa: Instituto Plantarum, 2014.
LORENZO, Z. L. Educação popular, cultura e identidade desde a perspectiva de Paulo
Freire. Trabajo Social, Consejo Latino americano de Ciencias Sociales, Buenos Aires, v.
21, n. 1, p. 219-239, jun. 2019.
MACEDO, C. N. A.; FEOTOSA, J. M.; SANTOS, M. R. M.; SOUSA, A. F.; DUARTE.
E. C. P. S. A importância dos micronutrientes no desenvolvimento neurocognitivo da
gestação a infância. Revista Uningá, Maringá, v. 56, n. 4, p. 145-155, 2019.
MACHADO, A. D.; BERTOLINI, A. M.; BRITO, L. S.; AMORIM, M. S.;
GONÇALVES, M. R.; SANTIAGO, R. A. C.; MARCHIONI, D. M.; CARVALHO,
A. M. O papel do Sistema Único de Saúde no combate à sindemia global e no
desenvolvimento de sistemas alimentares sustentáveis. Ciência & Saúde Coletiva, Rio de
Janeiro, v. 26, n. 10, p. 4511- 4518, out. 2021.
MAGALHÃES, Q. V. B.; CAVALCANTE, J. L. P. Educação Alimentar e Nutricional
como intervenção em hábitos alimentares saudáveis no ambiente escolar. SANARE,
Sobral-CE, v. 18, n. 1, p. 59-67, 2019.
MAITO, P. E. E. Educação alimentar e nutricional no ambiente escolar: uma revisão
narrativa sobre as possibilidades de atuação do pedagogo. 2017. Trabalho de
Conclusão de Curso (Graduação em Pedagogia) - Universidade do Rio Grande do
Norte, Natal, 2018.
ORGANIZAÇÃO PAN-AMERICANA DA SAÚDE (OPAS). Alimentos e bebidas
ultraprocessados na América Latina: tendências, efeito na obesidade e implicações para
políticas públicas. Brasília: OPAS; 2018.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
134
PREFEITURA MUNICIPAL DE TUPÃ. Meio Ambiente. 2023. Disponível em:
https://www.tupa.sp.gov.br/meio-ambiente. Acesso em: 30 ago. 2023.
PREFEITURA MUNICIPAL DE TUPÃ. 1a Conferência de Segurança Alimentar e
Nutricional. 2023. Disponível em: https://www.tupa.sp.gov.br/noticia/9851/tupa-
promove-1-conferencia-de-seguranca-alimentar-e-nutricional/. Acesso em: 9 set. 2023.
QUEVEDO BOLÍVAR, P. A. La malnutrición: más allá de las deficiencias
nutricionales. Trabajo Social, Bogotá, v. 21, n. 1, p. 219–239, 1 jan. 2019.
ROQUE, E. M. Alimentação em escolas públicas do Maciço de Baturité: desafios da
Segurança Alimentar e Nutricional. 2017. Trabalho de Conclusão de Curso (Graduação
em Agronomia) - Universidade da Integração Internacional da Lusofonia Afro-
Brasileira, Redenção-BA, 2017.
SANTOS, V. J. S. Plantas alimentícias não convencionais do recôncavo baiano-benefícios
nutricionais e emprego na alimentação humana: uma revisão de literatura. 2022.
Monografia (Graduação em Nutrição) - Centro Universitário Maria Milza, Governador
Mangabeira/Ba, 2022.
SANTOS, V. J. S. Média das notas dos municípios paulistas no PMVA – 2008 a
2020. Secretaria do Meio Ambiente Estadual. Infraestrutura e Meio Ambiente.
2021. Disponível em: https://smastr16.blob.core.windows.net/municipioverdeazul/
sites/244/2021/06/media-notas-2008-2020.pdf. Acesso em: 12 set. 2023.
SILVA, S. U.; MONEGO, E. T.; SOUSA, L. M.; ALMEIDA, G. M. As ações de
educação alimentar e nutricional e o nutricionista no âmbito do Programa Nacional
de Alimentação Escolar. Ciência & Saúde Coletiva, Rio de Janeiro, v. 23, n. 8, p.
2671-2681, 2018.
SILVA LIBERATO, P.; LIMA, D. V. T.; SILVA, G. M. B. PANC – plantas
alimentícias não convencionais e seus benefícios nutricionais. Environmental Smoke,
João Pessoa, v. 2, n. 2, p. 102-111, 2019.
SWINBURN, B.; KRAAK, V. I.; ALLENDER, S.; ATKINS, V. J.; BAKER, P.
I.; BOGARD, J. R.; BRINSDEN, H.; CALVILLO, A.; DE SCHUTTER, O.;
DEVARAJAN, R.; EZZATI, M.; FRIEL, S.; GOENKA. S.; HAMMOND, R. A.;
HASTINGS, G.; HAWKES, C.; HERRERO, M.; HOVMAND, P. S.; HOWDEN,
M.; JAACKS, L. M.; KAPETANAKI, A. B.; KASMAN, M.; KUHNLEIN, H. V.;
KUMANYIKA, S. K.; LARIJANI, B.; LOBSTEIN, T.; LONG, M. W.; MATSUDO,
V. K. R.; MILLS, S. D. H.; MORGAN, G.; MORSHED, A.; NECE, P. M.; PAN,
A.; PATTERSON, D. W.; SACKS, G.; SHEKAR, M.; SIMMONS, G. L.; SMIT, W.;
TOOTEE, A.; VANDEVIJVERE, S.; WATERLANDER, W. E.; WOLFENDEN, L.;
DIETZ, W. H. e Global Syndemic of Obesity, Undernutrition, and Climate Change:
e Lancet Commission report. Lancet, London, v. 393, n. 10173, p. 791-846, 2019.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
135
VASCONCELOS, M. S. C. Merenda escolar: o direito à alimentação em tempos de
pandemia pela COVID-19. In: CONGRESSO NACIONAL DE EDUCAÇÃO, 7.,
2020. Anais [...]. Campina Grande: Realize Eventos Científicos, 2020.
136
137
chApTer 6
Food Losses and Waste: Case Studies
in Food Retail
Andréa Rossi SCALCO 1
Pamela Nayara MODESTO 2
Suzana Márcia MARANGONI 3
and Giuliana Aparecida Santini PIGATTO 4
Department of Management, Development, and Technology, Faculty of Science and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: andrea.
scalco@unesp.br.
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Science and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: pamela.
modesto@unesp.br.
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Science and Engineering,
São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: suzana.
marangoni@unesp.br.
Department of Management, Development, and Technology, Faculty of Science and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: giuliana.
santini@unesp.br.
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p137-153
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
138
Food losses And wAsTe: conTexT And impAcTs
Food losses and waste can occur throughout the supply chain. From
the producer to the final consumer, food is lost and wasted (FAO, 2019;
Horós; Ruppenthal, 2021). In 2011, a study by the Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations (FAO) pointed out that about one-
third of the food produced on the planet is lost or wasted every year.
However, the organization started studying new indices to improve PDA
estimates. e new index, the Food Loss Index (FLI), suggests that 14% of
the food produced is lost even before reaching retail (SOFA, 2019). Even
with the significant reduction, the topic is still relevant, as it represents not
only economic loss but also environmental, nutritional, and moral loss,
given the increasing number of hunger and food insecurity around the
planet (FAO, 2023).
Although the terms “food losses” and “food waste” are used
interchangeably, they are different concepts. Both represent a reduction in
the availability of food for human consumption occurring along the supply
chain; however, losses mainly occur in the production, post-harvest, and
processing phases (Parfitt et al., 2010). Waste, on the other hand, occurs
at the end of the food chain (retail and consumption) due to the behaviors
of retailers (in their commercial establishments) and consumers (in their
homes) (FAO, 2011; Gustavsson et al., 2011; Parfitt et al., 2010). ese
distinctions are useful since strategies to reduce waste and their causes
differ between the initial stages of the production chain and the final
stages. Figure 1 shows the stages of the supply chain where PDA occurs.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
139
Figure 1 – Activities that generate losses and waste along the supply chain
Source: Papargyropoulou et al., 2014, p. 107.
Worldwide, 1.6 billion tons of food are wasted annually. Without
global actions, this figure could reach an equivalent expenditure of $1.5
trillion by 2030, according to the Boston Consulting Group – BCG
(2018). According to the FAO (2017), 54% of losses occur during the
harvest and handling phases, and 46% during storage, transportation,
and consumption phases. At the same time as being one of the largest
food producers on the planet, Brazil discards 37 million tons annually,
according to data from the Brazilian Agricultural Research Corporation -
Embrapa (2018).
is waste represents an estimated economic loss of R$61.3 billion
per year, considering the environmental and social impacts caused by the
problem, and places Brazil as the 10th country that wastes the most food
on the planet (FAO, 2017).
Regarding global data, the latest edition of the report ‘e State of
Food Security and Nutrition in the World’ (Pincer, 2023), a joint effort by
five specialized agencies of the United Nations – the Food and Agriculture
Organization, the International Fund for Agricultural Development
(IFAD), the United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF), the World
Health Organization (WHO), and the World Food Programme (WFP)
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
140
– reports that an average of 735 million people went hungry in 2022,
representing almost 10% of the global population. is number increased
rapidly due to the Covid-19 pandemic, which added about 122 million
people to this condition since 2019. Figure 2 shows the concentration
and distribution of food security by severity around the world and the
differences between world regions.
Figure 2 – e concentration and distribution of food security by
severity differ greatly among the regions of the world
Source: FAO adapted, 2023, p. 22.
Malnutrition is also concerning as it affects millions of children under
the age of five, causing stunted growth (148.1 million), acute malnutrition
(45 million), and obesity (37 million). Additionally, the “Global Burden
of Disease” Study (2019) identified dietary risk as the second highest risk
factor for deaths among women and the third among men (FAO, 2023).
e same situation is observed in developing countries like Brazil. In
this country, about 21.1 million people go hungry daily, and 70.3 million
live in a state of food insecurity. Additionally, 10 million Brazilians are
malnourished (FAO, 2023).
Ten percent of losses/waste of Brazilian products occur still in
the field, 30% in activities related to storage and distribution, 50% in
transportation, and 10% in households (FAO, 2023). Half of these lost/
wasted foods are fruits and vegetables (Brasil, 2022).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
141
To reduce the problem, it is noted that among the Sustainable
Development Goals of the 2030 Agenda are SDG 2 (regarding the
eradication of hunger) and SDG 12 (which concerns sustainable
consumption and production patterns, with a reduction of half of the
losses and food waste occurring along the production and supply chain).
Achieving these goals is of utmost importance, given the projection of a
population of more than nine billion people by 2050 (FAO, 2015), which
will require an increase of around 60% in food production to meet human
needs. However, the FAO warns that if trends remain, it is estimated that
by 2030, approximately 600 million people will go hungry, highlighting
that despite the reduction of people with hunger in the world, the 2030
Agenda goals will not be achieved (FAO, 2023).
e FAO points out that there are greater losses and waste for specific
groups of certain foods, occurring at various levels of the supply chain, to a
greater or lesser extent (SOFA, 2019).
Considering the highly perishable characteristics of FLV (Gustavsson
et al., 2011; Lana, 2018; Silva et al., 2021), their PDA percentages are high,
especially in the production and distribution phases (Schneider, 2013), even
being the most wasted food group in retail, according to research in various
countries, such as Italy, Denmark, Sweden, the United States, among others
(Bilska; Piecek; Kołożyn-Krajewska, 2018; Eriksson et al., 2012).
Food is essential for maintaining human life and health. e WHO
and the Ministry of Health recommend the daily consumption of 400 g
of fruits and vegetables, divided into five servings per person. In Brazil,
less than 10% of the population has access to this amount. is situation
contrasts with the condition of the country that is among the largest food
producers in the world (FAO, 2020) and, at the same time, wastes about
37 million tons of food per year (EMBRAPA, 2018).
As for the losses/waste of vegetables and fruits in Brazil, it is estimated
that between 35% and 55% occur in the post-harvest phase. However, it is
admitted that there is a lack of greater precision of these values, which were
obtained from a restricted database and through subjective methodologies,
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
142
making it difficult to compare results, quantify volume, and identify causes
more accurately, as warned by Lana (2016).
Despite numerous efforts to reuse food, such as reuse, recycling, and
recovery, to avoid disposal, it is essential that their destination be, first,
human consumption. us, the prevention of losses and waste is the most
recommended action and contributes most to the better use of increasingly
scarce natural and environmental resources on the planet (Hermsdorf et al.,
2017; Natural Resources Defense Council – NRDC, 2017; WRAP, 2018).
To combat the problem, the prevention and reduction of PDA must
be prioritized by all links in the supply chain to know and understand
the various causative and interrelated factors. However, it is important
to emphasize the power of retail over the links in the production and
distribution chain, both downstream and upstream (Mena et al., 2014;
Moraes et al., 2020; Silva et al., 2021), influencing from the food produced
in the field, causing primary losses (Lana; Banci, 2020), to the consumption
habits of the population. Moreover, the aesthetic standardization of
commercialized foods, stimulated by FLV retailers in recent decades, has
impacted consumer criteria in choosing “perfect” fruits, vegetables, and
greens, contributing to the waste of these products (Baker et al., 2019).
Being the link that connects food production to consumption, food retail
is an important link that can dictate and signal the necessary changes in
the production chain, whether in production or consumer behavior.
The role oF Food reTAil
e discussion around food losses and waste should be supported by
the sustainability triad: economic, environmental, and social. Winterich
(2019) defines sustainability as a set of ideas, attitudes, intentions,
and behaviors that involve the strategic consideration of economic,
environmental, and social resources for the success of current and future
generations. Bravo et al. (2021) add two other equally important factors,
health and culture, as sustainable food production models, besides
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
143
having a direct impact on the population’s diet and, consequently, health,
must contemplate the cultural elements of specific populations, such as
indigenous groups, quilombolas, Africans, among others.
e concern of chain agents, especially retail, is profitability, however,
such profitability - as one of the dimensions of sustainability (economic)
- is tied to the other dimensions, social and environmental. Sustainability
in the supply chain requires retailers to implement system integration
throughout the supply chain to minimize damage to the environment
and individuals. Beyond the insertion of recycling bins in retail stores,
sustainability includes a complete consideration of the environmental and
social impact of businesses, from product acquisition, disposal, reuse, or
recycling; from employee safety and well-being to the safety and well-being
of society in general. A notable characteristic is to evaluate the emphasis
on the economic (profit), social (people), and environmental (planet) triad
of supply chain activities with a view to their future long-term impact
(Vadakkepatt et al., 2020).
Economic benefits aside, retailers are beginning to consider
operational costs, limiting the use of natural resources, and minimizing
ecosystem damage by reducing emissions. For example, food retailers are
responsible for approximately ten percent of food waste in the United
States (Weigel, 2020). Responding to this challenge, large food retailers
are implementing technology to reduce food waste throughout the supply
chain, saving money and environmental resources (Kleinman; Schneider;
Strumwasser, 2018; Kor; Prabhu; Esposito, 2017).
In terms of social impacts, supermarkets and hypermarkets impact
and are impacted by their employees, suppliers, consumers, and the
communities in which the stores operate. us, some large retail chains in
the United States, for example, invest in training their employees, training
their direct and indirect suppliers to reduce losses, and in campaigns to
consumers in purchasing local food (Weigel, 2020). Efficient management
of supply chains leads to the prevention of losses and waste, which results
in lower product prices, directly impacting the economic performance of
the business and the accessibility of safe and healthy food to the consumer.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
144
According to data from the Brazilian Association of Supermarkets
(ABRAS, 2021), food waste in the supermarket sector reached 1.79% in
2020, which corresponds to R$7.6 billion. Among the categories of food
products, FLV leads in terms of waste. It should be noted that these data
are only estimates, indicating that there is still a need for better mapping
of the situation and research related to the topic.
e retail sector is particularly affected by the lack of studies that
use primary data. is can be explained by the fact that food waste data
is often confidential information for retailers and suppliers and is subject
to confidentiality agreements. ere are several examples in the literature
reporting the impediment of comprehensive investigation due to such
issues (Egarrone et al., 2016; Lebersorger; Schneider, 2014; Mena et al.,
2011; Mourad, 2016; Stenmarck et al., 2011). e Food Waste Index
(United Nations Environment Programme, 2021) reports that worldwide,
there is insufficient data in most countries at the retail level and calls for
more quantification, particularly in low- and middle-income countries.
e poorest population has less access to FLV products, as a reduction
in consumption was observed between 2008 and 2018 (ABRAS, 2021).
It is urgent that to mitigate the issue of food and nutritional
insecurity in the country, in addition to developing public policies aimed
at promoting food security, strategies should be devised to reduce the
disparity between food losses and waste on one side and hunger and food
insecurity on the other (Zaro et al., 2018).
However, the definition of strategies to reduce PDA, as well as the
necessary public policies, first requires a better understanding of the factors
that cause losses throughout the production chain (Lana; Banci, 2020).
is understanding is reinforced in the report “Intersectoral Strategy for
the Reduction of Food Losses and Waste in Brazil,” by the Interministerial
Chamber of Food and Nutritional Security (CAISAN, 2018).
In this sense, knowledge of the practices carried out by
supermarket retail companies regarding food waste, from the perspective
of sustainability, as pointed out by Vadakkepatt et al. (2020) and Bravo
et al. (2021), is necessary.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
145
ere are studies that reinforce the hypothesis that waste - when
evaluated in retail - should be considered in the supplier-seller relationship
since, often, unsold products in retail are returned to the supplier, who
bears all the expenses (Brancoli, 2019). According to Brancoli (2019), in
studies in the bakery sector in Sweden, the model adopted by the largest
bread distribution bakeries in Sweden involves a total return agreement
(Take-Back Agreement – TBA) between retailer and supplier, in which the
bakeries are responsible for forecasting, ordering, placing, and removing
products from supermarket shelves. In addition, bakeries are financially
responsible for unsold products (including their collection and waste
management), operating in a reverse or circular supply chain, unlike most
products sold in retail. When it comes to FLV, it is known that many
of the products sold in Brazilian supermarkets and hypermarkets are
consigned, meaning that if they are not sold, they should be deducted
from the purchase price, and in many cases, the supplier must still remove
the products from the shelves, considering the destination of the collected
products (Cunha, Saes, Mainville, 2013; Souza; Scur, 2011).
In this sense, the importance of retailers concerning PDA is
emphasized, as they are in a unique position to influence the generation
or prevention of waste in other supply chain agents, such as primary
production, distribution, and final consumption.
e following topic addresses two case studies conducted in food
retail, specifically concerning waste in the FLV sector, in two municipalities
in the state of São Paulo (SP), Tupã, and Ribeirão Preto.
Food reTAil cAse sTudies
Studies were conducted in the cities of Tupã and Ribeirão Preto to
identify and analyze practices for the prevention and reduction of PDA in
retail establishments.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
146
To carry out both studies, the strategies used were interviews
with those responsible for the FLV sector in retail establishments, direct
observations, and analysis of secondary documents.
For Study 1, interviews were conducted in four retail establishments,
identified as follows: Small supermarket (M1), Medium supermarket
(M2), Large supermarket (M3), and Small supermarket (M4). For Study
2, a single store of a supermarket chain was evaluated (M5); the choice was
made by the network manager, who agreed to participate in the research
and pointed it out as having the highest FLV waste index. In Box 1, it is
possible to analyze the questions addressed and the responses obtained by
the interviewees.
Box 1 – Interview responses with those responsible for the FLV sector of
different retail establishments in the cities of Tupã and Ribeirão Preto
Is there any purchasing planning for FLV?
Stores STUDY 1 (M1, M2, M3, and M4 - Tupã-SP) and STUDY 2 (M5 - Ribeirão Preto-SP)
M1 Sales history from the previous year
M2 Sales history from the previous year
M3 Sales history from the previous year and analysis by the employee responsible for the
sector
M4 Analysis by the employee responsible for the sector
M5 Sales history from the previous year, analysis by the employee responsible for the
sector, and product purchase price
What are the criteria for defining the storage methods for FLV?
M1 e central unit advises that more perishable products should be placed in cold
rooms until they are available for sale and then depends on space.
M2 e sector employee evaluates and identifies the need for a cold room or not; in the
sales area, it depends on available space.
M3 e sector employee evaluates and identifies the need for a cold room or not; in the
sales area, it depends on available space.
M4 e sector employee evaluates and identifies the need for a cold room or not; in the
sales area, it depends on available space.
M5 Most products go to the sales area; however, part of the food is stored in common
stock without refrigeration. e sector employee directs only very sensitive products
to the small cold room.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
147
When there are leftovers of these products, who bears the loss?
M1 Depends on the product: leafy greens are the producer’s responsibility; others are the
establishment’s responsibility.
M2 Depends on the product: leafy greens are the producer’s responsibility; others are the
establishment’s responsibility.
M3 Depends on the product: leafy greens are the producer’s responsibility; others are the
establishment’s responsibility.
M4 Depends on the product: leafy greens are the producer’s responsibility; others are the
establishment’s responsibility.
M5 Depends on the product: leafy greens and chopped vegetables on consignment are the
producer’s responsibility, others are the establishment’s responsibility.
When there are leftovers, what is done with these foods?
M1 Donated to farmers who use them to feed animals.
M2 Donated to charity institutions in the city.
M3 Donated to charity institutions in the city and what is unsuitable for human
consumption is donated to farmers who use them to feed animals.
M4 Donated to farmers who use them to feed animals.
M5 Donated to an animal breeder.
Is there any practice that the market performs with the aim of preventing and reducing PDA?
M1 No.
M2 No.
M3 No
M4 No
M5
In prevention, no. To reduce, some foods are processed and vacuum-packed; others
are turned into fruit salads. ere is also the sorting of tomatoes, potatoes, and other
vegetables packed in plastic nets, which return to the sales area. On the stands, riper
products are placed on top during restocking.
Source: Prepared by the authors, based on the responses of the surveyed establishments.
ere was no pattern observed among the studied cases regarding
the purchasing planning for the FLV section. However, among leafy
greens, it is unanimous that there is no acquisition planning since all
establishments reported that their products are consigned. erefore,
when there is no sale, the responsibility for the exchange or collection
of the products lies with the producers themselves. Regarding fruits
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
148
and vegetables, establishments are basically based on the purchasing
history from previous years or rely on the “experience” of the employee
responsible for the sector for new orders, which greatly contributes to
PDA, as basing on previous years does not guarantee that the same type
or quantity of fruits and vegetables will be sold.
In study 2, besides the sales history guiding FLV purchases, the
employee also mentioned that the prices found for each product contribute
as well. If the product is offered at higher prices, the buyer may reduce the
quantities purchased; and in the case of attractive prices, larger quantities
are ordered, and later, the supermarket chain promotes sales in its eleven
stores distributed throughout the region.
When questioned about the criteria for defining the storage locations
for fruits and vegetables, in study 1, it was reported that only the degree of
ripeness of each type is considered. erefore, the food that the employee
identifies as riper upon receipt will go to refrigeration until the time of sale,
and may or may not be maintained later, depending on the availability of
cold rooms and space in the sales areas.
Regarding the storage of leafy greens in case study 1, in
establishments M1 and M4, it occurs in the establishment’s own cold
rooms during exposure for sale. Each producer has space to accommodate
their merchandise, and they themselves handle the collection and
replenishment. In establishments M2 and M3, the scenario is different.
In M2, the producer provides a cold room in the sales area to ensure
the quality of only their product for a longer time. However, of all the
suppliers they have, only one provided a cold room, while leafy greens
from other producers were kept at room temperature.
In M3, a cold room (owned by the establishment) is also available
for use by leafy green suppliers, but products were also found at room
temperature. When questioned about this, the employee reported that it
was a new contract, and there was no available space in the cold room, so
they were kept at room temperature. Additionally, those products from
this producer that arrived fresh in the morning and were not sold by the
end of the day were promoted (by the producer) to prevent loss.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
149
In case study 2, most of the products, upon receipt, go directly to the
sales area. e remainder is stored in the common stock, without refrigeration,
alongside other grocery products in the supermarket. When large quantities of
food are purchased due to low prices found by the network’s buyer, product
overlap occurs on the shelves (up to five layers, like tomatoes, for example). As
the foods on the shelves are sold, they are replenished with stocked products.
Only very heat-sensitive products are directed to the store’s small cold room,
which shares space with other non-FLV products.
e disposal (of FLV considered unfit for sale) in both case studies
follows the same system as the criteria for defining product storage locations,
i.e., it is based on visual selection. However, there is no specific training for
this procedure. e orientation that employees report receiving is: “what
you and your family would buy should be kept, what you would not,
should be discarded,” according to employee reports.
Regarding the destination of food in case study 1, two establishments
reported donating those considered unfit for sale but suitable for
consumption. Donations are made to charities responsible for selection
and removal. e other two establishments send the food (regardless of its
condition) to the common trash or to farmers who request it to feed their
animals. In case study 2, there are no donations for human consumption.
e products are donated to an animal breeder.
When questioned about adopting practices that could contribute
to PDA prevention in the establishments, all interviewees reported that
there are none, but all cited the need for more cold rooms for storage
during receipt and in the sales area to prolong food shelf life, control the
accelerated ripening process, and reduce PDA.
In this context, retail establishments daily remove various types of
food from their shelves, and most are still suitable for human consumption.
However, consumer demands contribute to increased waste, along with
inefficiency—not only of the store—but from the producer, through
the Supply Centers (CEASA), and the network’s distribution center. It is
therefore relevant to raise awareness among retail employees and consumers
about the impact of PDA, and this issue should be seen as urgent so that
they take responsibility and develop actions to reduce it.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
150
FinAl considerATions
When addressing food losses and waste, it is not possible to
only address the economic loss regarding the costs associated with the
production and distribution of food products. e impacts related to
PDA directly reflect the final consumer price, but their extent, in terms
of consequences, directly impacts social aspects when the possibility of
supplying a significant number of a population suffering from food and
nutritional insecurity is removed. When natural resources such as water
and energy are used and greenhouse gases are emitted for the production,
distribution, and availability of products that will not be consumed, it
harms the planet’s health.
Retail is the channel member that connects the producer and the
consumer, and it becomes relevant for directing changes in habits and
consumption behavior. In this sense, it can be the agent to signal necessary
changes. As observed in the presentation of the case studies, despite some
efforts to avoid food waste, it is still necessary to incorporate some elements,
such as more efficient purchasing planning, acquisition of local products,
and control and maintenance of acquired products to increase their shelf
life. Additionally, it is essential that retail lead campaigns to reduce waste so
that consumers adopt a more proactive stance in this process by purchasing
imperfect but consumable products, handling products correctly when
selecting purchased products, and prioritizing seasonal products.
reFerences
BAKER, N.; POPAY, S.; BENNETT, J.; KNEAFSEY, M. Net yield efficiency:
comparing salad and vegetable waste between community supported agriculture
and supermarkets in the UK. Journal of Agriculture, Food Systems, and Community
Development, Ithaca, v.8, n. 4, p. 179–192, 2019. DOI: https://doi.org/10.5304/
jafscd.2019.084.013.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
151
BILSKA, B.; PIECEK, M.; KOŁOŻYN-KRAJEWSKA, D. A multifaceted evaluation
of food waste in a Polish Supermarket – case study. Sustainability, Basel, v. 10, n. 9,
3175, 2018. DOI: https://doi.org/10.3390/su10093175.
BOSTON CONSULTING GROUP – BCG. Tackling the 1.6-Billion ton food loss
and waste crisis. 2018. Disponível em: https://www.bcg.com/pt-br/publications/2018/
tackling-1.6- billion-ton-food-loss-and-waste-crisis.aspx. Acesso em: 02 set. 2023.
BRANCOLI, P. et al. Bread loss rates at the supplier-retailer interface: Analysis of risk
factors to support waste prevention measures. Resources, Conservation & Recycling,
Amsterdam, v. 147, p. 128–136. 2019.
BRASIL. Enfrentamento a perdas e desperdícios de alimentos, 2022. Disponível em:
https://www.gov.br/agricultura/pt-br/assuntos/sustentabilidade/perdas-e-desperdicio-de-
alimentos/publicacoes-em-destaque/relatorio-final-perdas-e-desperdicio. Acesso em: 02
set. 2023.
BRASIL. Lei no 14.016, de 23 de junho de 2020. Dispõe sobre o combate ao desperdício
de alimentos e a doação de excedentes de alimentos para o consumo humano.
Disponível em: http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_ato2019-2022/2020/lei/L14016.
htm. Acesso em: 10 jun. 2023.
CÂMARA INTERMINISTERIAL DE SEGURANÇA ALIMENTAR E
NUTRICIONAL – CAISAN. Ministério do Desenvolvimento Social. Estratégia
intersetorial para a redução de perdas e desperdício de alimentos no Brasil. Brasília, abr.
2018. Disponível em: https://www.mds.gov.br/webarquivos/arquivo/seguranca_
alimentar/caisan/Publicacao/Caisan_Nacional/PDA.pdf. Acesso em: 02 set. 2023.
EMPRESA BRASILEIRA DE PESQUISA AGROPECUÁRIA - EMBRAPA;
FUNDAÇÃO GETÚLIO VARGAS – FGV. Intercâmbio Brasil – União Europeia
sobre desperdício de alimentos. 2018. Disponível em: http://www.sectordialogues.org/
documentos/noticias/adjuntos/a39a4c_Relatorio_SemDesper dicio_Baixa.pdf. Acesso
em: 02 set. 2023.
ERIKSSON, M.; STRID, I.; HANSSON, P. Food losses in six Swedish retail stores:
waste of fruit and vegetables in relation to quantities delivered. Resources, Conservation
and Recycling, Amsterdam, v. 68, p. 14-20, 2012. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
resconrec.2012.08.001.
FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNITED NATIONS
- FAO. FAO: 30% de toda a comida produzida no mundo vai parar no lixo. 2017.
Disponível em: https://brasil.un.org/pt-br/78207-fao-30-de-toda-comida-produzida-
no-mundo-vai-parar-no-lixo. Acesso em: 02 set. 2023.
FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNITED NATIONS
- FAO. FAO: se o atual ritmo de consumo continuar, em 2050 mundo precisará de
60% mais de alimentos e 40% mais água. 2015. Disponível em: https://brasil.un.org/
pt-br/68525-fao-se-o-atual-ritmo-de-consumo-continuar-em-2050-mundo-precisara-
de-60-mais-alimentos-e-40. Acesso em: 02 set. 2023.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
152
FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNITED NATIONS -
FAO. Global food losses and food waste – extent, causes and prevention. Rome: FAO, 2011.
FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNITED NATIONS
- FAO. e state of the food and agriculture. Moving forward on food loss and waste
reduction. (SOFA 2019). Rome, 2019. Disponível em: https://www.fao.org/3/
ca6030en/ca6030en.pdf. Acesso em: 02 set. 2023.
FAO; IFAD; UNICEF; WFP; WHO. e State of Food Security and Nutrition in the
World 2023. Urbanization, agrifood systems transformation and healthy diets across the
rural-urban continuum. Rome: FAO, 2023. Disponível em: https://doi.org/10.4060/
cc3017en. Acesso em: 02 set. 2023.
GUSTAVSSON, J.; CEDERBERG, C.; SONESSON, U.; OTTERDIJK, R. VAN;
MEYBECK, A. Global food losses and food waste: extent, causes and prevention. Food
and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations – FAO 2011. Disponível em:
http://www.fao.org/3/a-i2697e.pdf. Acesso em: 01 set. 2023.
HERMSDORF, D.; ROMBACH, M.; BITSCH, V. Food waste reduction practices in
German food retail. British Food Journal, Bingley, v. 119, n. 12, p. 2532-2546, 2017.
DOI: https://doi.org/10.1108/BFJ-06-2017-0338.
LANA, M. M. Estação de trabalho: infraestrutura para beneficiamento de hortaliças
em pequenas propriedades rurais. Horticultura Brasileira, Recife, v. 34, p. 3, p. 443-
447, 2016.
LANA, M. M.; BANCI, C. A. Reflexões sobre perdas pós-colheita na cadeia produtiva de
hortaliças. Brasília, DF: Embrapa, 2020.
KLEINMAN, A.; SCHNEIDER, K.; STRUMWASSER, S. Eden: A New Technology
to Reduce Food Waste in Walmart’s Supply Chain. 2018. Disponível em: https://blogs.
anderson.ucla.edu/global-supply-chain/ 2018/09/eden-a-newtechnology-to-reduce-
food- waste-in-walmarts-supply-chain.html. Acesso em: 12 ago. 2024.
MENA, C.; TERRY, L. A.; WILLIAMS, AL.; ELLRAM, L. Causas de desperdício em
redes de abastecimento de vários níveis: casos no setor de alimentos do Reino Unido.
International Journal of Production Economics, Amsterdam, v. 152, p. 144-158, 2019.
DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijpe.2014.03.012.
MINISTÉRIO DA AGRICULTURA, PECUÁRIA E ABASTECIMENTO (MAPA).
Enfrentamento de perdas e desperdícios de alimentos. Relatório final perdas e desperdícios.
Brasília, DF: Mapa, 2022. 16 p. Disponível em: https://www.gov.br/agricultura/pt-br/
assuntos/noticias-2022/grupo-de-trabalho-do-mapa-propoe-estrategias-para-combater-
as-perdas-e-desperdicios-de-alimentos/relatoriofinalperdasedesperdicio.pdf. Acesso em:
02 set. 2023.
MORAES, C. C.; COSTA, F. H. de; PEREIRA, C. R.; SILVA, A. L.; DELAI, I. Retail
food waste: mapping causes and reduction practices. Journal of Cleaner Production,
Amsterdam, v. 256, 2020. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.120124.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
153
NATURAL RESOURCES DEFENSE COUNCIL - NRDC. Food Waste. 2020.
Disponível em: https://www.nrdc.org/food-waste. Acesso em: 02 set. 2023.
PAPARGYROPOULOU, E.; LOZANO, R.; STEINBERGER, J. K.; WRIGHT, N.;
UJANG, Z. B. e food waste hierarchy as a framework for the management of food
surplus and food waste. Journal of Cleaner Production, Amsterdam, v. 76, p. 106-115,
2014. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2014.04.020.
PARFITT, J.; BARTHEL, M.; MACNAUGHTON, S. Food waste within food supply
chains: quantification and potential for change to 2050. Philosophical Transactions of the
Royal Society, London, v. 365, p. 3065-3081, Sep. 2010.
PINCER, P. Relatório de agência da ONU aponta que 61,3 milhões de brasileiros
sofrem com insegurança alimentar. Rádio Senado, Brasília, 2023. Disponível em: https://
www12.senado.leg.br/radio/1/noticia/2023/07/13. Acesso em: 31 ago. 2023.
SANCHÉZ-BRAVO, P. et al. Consumer understanding of sustainability concept in
agricultural products. Food Quality and Preference, Oxford, v. 89, p. 104136, 2021.
SCHNEIDER, F. e evolution of food donation with respect to waste prevention.
Waste Management, Oxford, v. 33, n. 3, p. 755–763, 2013.
SILVA, D. E. W.; CÉSAR, A. S.; CONEJERO, M. A. Prevention of food waste
and alternative destination for unused food in Brazil. Journal of Cleaner Production,
Amsterdam, v. 318, 2021. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2021.128545.
WEIGEL, V. A. C. M. Os Baniwa e a escola: sentidos e repercussões. Revista Brasileira
de Educação, Rio de Janeiro, n. 22, p. 5-13, abr. 2020. Disponível em: https://www.
scielo.br/pdf/rbedu/n22/n22a02.pdf. Acesso em: 3 ago. 2020.
WINTERICH, Karen P. Sustainability Marketing. Teaching Note Collaborative for
Customer-Based Execution and Strategy, 2019.
WASTE RESOURCES ACTION PROGRAMME - WRAP. Food waste measurement
principles and resources guide. 2018. Disponível em: https://ec.europa.eu/food/system/
files/2018-04/fw_lib_fwp-guide_food-waste-measurement_wrap-2018.pdf. Acesso em:
31 ago. 2023.
ZARO, M. et al. Desperdício de alimentos: velhos hábitos, novos desafios. Caxias do Sul,
RS: Educs, 2018. v. 417.
154
155
chApTer 7
Agricultural Diversification and
Productive Resilience
Bruce Wellington Amorin da SILVA 1
Wagner Luiz LOURENZANI 2
Gessuir PIGATTO 3
and Vinicius PALÁCIO 4
Postgraduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering,
São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: bruce.
wellington@unesp.br.
Department of Management, Development, and Technology, Faculty of Sciences and Engineering,
São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail:
w.lourenzani@unesp.br.
Department of Management, Development, and Technology, Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: gessuir.
pigatto@unesp.br.
4 Postgraduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering,
São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: vinicius.
palacio@unesp.br.
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p155-171
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
156
inTroducTion
e classic definition for the concept of sustainable development,
established by the United Nations (UN), is the pursuit of meeting the needs
of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to
meet their own needs.
It is known, however, that this has not always been the concept
of sustainability. e first perspective focused on the economy and had
a developmental bias, disregarding environmental and social issues.
After World War II, the focus was solely on economic growth, and the
unrestrained consumption of natural resources was seen as a way for
developing countries to prosper, just as the already developed ones did
(Costabeber; Caporal, 2003; Pasqualotto; Stasiak, 2012; SMA, 2011).
is concept evolved, came to consider other dimensions, and
was addressed in various international events. In 1968, at the Club of
Rome, the limits of growth based on the finitude of natural resources
were established. In 1972, at the Stockholm Conference, the divergences
between industrialized and non-industrialized countries became evident,
and the concept of environmental degradation expanded. In 1987, we have
the classic definition of sustainable development mentioned earlier. en,
in 1992, at the Rio Conference, it was determined that the responsibility
for environmental degradation is greater in developed countries than in
developing ones (SMA, 2011).
e first perspective of sustainability presented is called
ecotechnocratic, while the second is called ecosocial. e major difference
is that the latter seeks a balance between the environment, economic
growth, and society (Pasqualotto; Kaufmann; Wizniewsky, 2019). e
current concept of sustainability is based on its multidimensionality (Box
1). e six dimensions adopted clearly highlight the need to holistically
address its concept.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
157
Box 1 – Multidimensionality of sustainability
Dimension Description
Ecological To ensure continuity, natural resources must be preserved and conserved.
Social e product must be appropriately and equitably enjoyed by society.
Economic Focus not only on obtaining profit but also on subsistence, sovereignty, and
food security.
Cultural Local knowledge and values must not be disregarded.
Political Segments of the rural population must have participation, and their interests
and needs must be heard.
Ethical Responsibility between generations regarding environmental preservation and
conservation.
Source: Costabeber and Caporal, 2003.
In the ecological dimension, the focus is on the preservation and
conservation of natural resources. In the social dimension, the emphasis
is on societal benefits. e economic dimension includes not only
profit but also subsistence and other issues such as food sovereignty and
security. e cultural dimension respects the local cultural reality. e
political dimension concerns listening to the interests and needs of the
local community, and finally, the ethical dimension refers to generational
responsibility, emphasizing the importance of sustainability for future
generations.
From this perspective and considering the context of the 2030
Agenda, the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) were formulated. e
SDGs comprise 17 major objectives for the world to aim to end poverty,
protect the environment and climate, and ensure peace and prosperity
for people (UN, 2015). ey represent a global action plan based on the
commitments of UN member states to protect the planet and promote
peaceful and inclusive societies.
Among the global goals is SDG 2 – Zero Hunger and Sustainable
Agriculture, which specifically addresses sustainable agricultural
development and food security. Item 2.4 provides more details on this.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
158
By 2030, ensure sustainable food production systems and
implement resilient agricultural practices that increase productivity
and production, that help maintain ecosystems, that strengthen
capacity for adaptation to climate change, extreme weather
conditions, droughts, floods, and other disasters, and that
progressively improve soil and land quality (UN, 2015, p. 19).
As a strategy to achieve sustainable food production systems and
contribute to resilient agricultural practices, the strategy of productive
diversification has been an important topic. As Michler and Josephson
(2017) highlight, in the past, development agencies promoted the
production of some key crops for food security, but the focus has shifted
towards diversification.
As a promoter of agricultural diversification, the Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations (FAO, 2012) posits that this is an
effective strategy to address food and nutrition security, sustainable rural
development, job creation, poverty reduction, and environmental and
ecological preservation and conservation.
In this context, this chapter aims to discuss the strategy of
diversifying agricultural production systems to contribute to achieving
SDG 2. Additionally, this debate has the potential to foster the formulation
of public policies and benefit rural communities, especially those most
vulnerable to economic, environmental, and social changes, as this strategy
contributes to resilience and the preservation of natural resources.
ThreATs To AgriculTurAl sysTems
e major threat to agricultural systems is termed the “Triple reat
of the Anthropocene to Humanity,” which comprises Climate Change;
Biodiversity Loss; and Food Insecurity (Kremen; Merenlender, 2018;
Petersen-Rockney et al., 2021).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
159
Climate change has been a significant source of concern. In extreme
situations such as heatwaves, droughts, cyclones, and floods, there is severe
negative interference with agricultural productivity and food security. is
impacts, consequently, rural poverty, promotes a reduction in demand for
goods and services, and induces overexploitation of water, land, forests,
and other natural resources (Birthal; Hazrana, 2019). Box 2 illustrates this
type of situation concerning agricultural production.
Box 2 – Environmental effects of agricultural production activity
Aspect of productive
activities5Effect Resource or phenomenon
Positive Improves the productivity
of renewable resources
Air
River water
Soil
Organic fertility of soils and trees
Negative Worsens the productivity
of renewable resources
Desertification
Deforestation
Erosion
Among others.
Source: Chambers and Conway, 1992.
e positive activities mean that there are benefits to renewable
natural resources, which allow the sustainability of agricultural processes.
e negative activities, on the other hand, worsen productivity and disrupt
sustainability. In the long term, agricultural production tends to become
unviable, and socioeconomic problems arise or deteriorate. ere is a
perceived link here between environmental and socioeconomic problems,
with the latter being a consequence of the former. e threats in social
aspects occur in the form of stresses and shocks, highlighted in Box 3.
Productive activities refer to what producers do to produce food and their impacts on the environment.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
160
Box 3 – Stresses and shocks
Stresses
Reduction of labor
Real wage decreases
Decrease in soil yield
Shocks
Wars
Persecution
Civil violence
Droughts
Storms
Floods
Burns
Source: Chambers and Conway, 1992.
Stress refers, therefore, to the reduction of labor, real wage decreases,
and decreases in soil yield. ese are negative interferences in the productive
activity of agriculture that do not promote immediate collapse but wear it
down in the long term.
Shocks refer to wars, persecution, civil violence, droughts, storms,
floods, and fires. ese are of greater severity, and the farmer’s reaction
capacity is even lower.
Regarding future problems in agricultural production, there are
proactive and reactive aspects. In the first case, adaptation, the generation of
changes, and continuity are considered. In the second case, it is considered
to deal with stresses and shocks. e difference between the aspects is that
in the first case, prevention occurs, while in the second, the problem is
expected to arise and then action is taken (Chambers; Conway, 1992).
is is illustrated in Box 4.
By relying on chemical agents, financial incentives, and being
less resilient, conventional agriculture degrades natural resources and
is not considered sustainable in the long term. is process can lead to
serious consequences: soil degradation; waste and excessive use of water;
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
161
environmental pollution; dependence on external inputs; loss of genetic
diversity; loss of local control over agricultural production and global
inequality (Gliessman, 2000; Kremen; Merenlender, 2018). e basic
practices of conventional agriculture are described in Box 5.
Box 4 – Social Effects of Agricultural Production Activity
Dimension Aspect Attitude
Positive Proactive
Improve capacity to adapt
Generate changes
Ensure continuity
Negative Reactive Deal with stresses and shocks
Source: Chambers and Conway, 1992.
Box 5 – Risks Associated with Conventional Agricultural Practices
Practice Description
Intensive soil cultivation Regular cultivation leaves the soil without plant cover for a long
time. Reduces organic matter and consequently fertility. Increases
the probability of soil compaction and increases erosion rates.
Monoculture Cultivation of a single crop aiming at the efficiency of agricultural
processes and the use of machinery. Economy of scale.
Industrialization of agriculture. Requires chemical protection.
Application of synthetic
fertilizers
Significantly increases production. Provide more nutrients to
plants. Farmers ignore long-term soil fertility. Nutrient leaching
ease. Eutrophication of rivers and groundwater. Public health
impacts. Dependence on oil prices.
Irrigation Increases leaching and eutrophication. Increases soil erosion rate.
Alters regional hydrography. Excessive water use.
Chemical pest and weed
control
Significantly reduce pest populations. Populations can recover,
however, demanding more chemical control. Human health
impact. Chemicals are leached and enter the food chain of
animals. Persist for decades.
Plant genome
manipulation
Obtaining hybrid crops, unable to produce seeds, are more
productive but makes the farmer more dependent on commercial
producers.
Source: Gliessman, 2000.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
162
AgriculTurAl diversiTy As A producTive sTrATegy
Agricultural diversification and concern for food security are not
new. Already in the colonial period, there was concern by the Portuguese
Crown with the diversification of agricultural production in Brazil, aiming
to ensure the consumption of foodstuffs. ere was, therefore, besides large
producers, a peasantry, owner of small properties (Fausto, 2006).
e diversification of production systems is considered one of the
ways to deal with the complexity and uncertainty of agricultural activity.
Strategy suitable especially in global shocks, such as pandemics and
prolonged droughts (Petersen-Rockney et al., 2021).
e central idea is to replace simplified or monoculture systems
with diversified production systems. In this context, the importance
of integration between animal and plant production is also inserted. It
is worth noting, however, that each agro-system has its particularities
and there is no recipe valid for all cases. us, they must be known and
appropriate forms of diversification adopted (MMA, 2000).
Agricultural diversification allows for achieving goals in different
dimensions. It is considered, in this sense, that cultural legacies must also
be considered so that they define suitable alternatives for this productive
strategy. Finally, the dependence on agrochemicals must also be reduced
(Petersen-Rockney et al., 2021; Spangler et al., 2022).
It is recognized that the productive diversification strategy faces
strong competition from conventional crop production systems since
it does not present immediate benefits. On the other hand, however, it
must be considered that diversification results in greater adaptation and
resilience, being able to withstand the shocks and stresses of the threats.
Diversification, then, constitutes a virtuous cycle. Considering climate
change and sociopolitical inequality, diversified agricultural systems
demand a change in the productivity paradigm. us, biophysical factors,
such as climate variability, must be considered in agricultural policies,
from the local to the federal level, prioritizing, then, climate adaptation to
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
163
agricultural systems (Petersen-Rockney et al., 2021; Revoyron et al., 2022;
Spangler et al., 2022).
e scientific literature exposes positive results regarding the
diversification strategy. In general, this practice is seen as promoting
resilience and helping in mitigating and adapting to climate change. It has
been reported that the reduction of pesticides, energy consumption, water,
and greenhouse gases. In the economic aspect, however, the literature
indicates that higher returns are associated with specialization, but with
greater volatility; while diversification, although lower, is associated with
greater stability in returns (Abson; Fraser; Benton, 2013; Birthal; Harazna,
2019; Alletto; Vanderwale; Debaeke, 2022; Spangler et al., 2022).
Furthermore, there is much scientific evidence that agrees with
agricultural diversification6 in various countries, such as Germany,
Argentina, the United States, Ethiopia, India, Malawi, Nepal, the Arabian
Peninsula, and Zambia7.
opporTuniTies And chAllenges oF AgriculTurAl diversiFicATion
Diversification is a sign of the reorientation of agriculture towards
multifunctional activities that combine food quality, rural subsistence,
landscape maintenance, environmental preservation, and the establishment
of a better agro-ecosystem (Monteleone; Cammerino; Libutti, 2018).
Some research states that crop diversification allows better long-term
yields compared to monoculture. Others say that it does not necessarily
lead to stable livelihoods. It is argued that this strategy contributes to
poverty reduction, but the provision of credit, land, and technology is
important. Overall, diversification can help consolidate new industries and
Antonelli, Coromaldi, and Pallante (2022), Garbelini et al. (2022), Godoi et al. (2022), Hao et al. (2022),
Mzyece and Ng’ombe (2021), Yan et al. (2022).
7 Chapagain et al. (2018), Lal et al. (2017), Lydecker and Forman (2013), Maggio and Sitko (2021),
Mekuria and Mekonnen (2018), Meraner, Pölling and Finger (2018), Rao, Shahid and Shahid (2010),
Vázquez (2019).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
164
help offset the adverse effects of crises (Ceceñas-Jacquez; Morales-Carrillo,
2015; Sène-Harper; Camara; Matarrita-Cascante, 2019; Vázques, 2019).
However, there are several barriers to crop diversification, such as
lack of improved varieties; lack of phytosanitary protection methods; lack
of crop rotation references; complexity of knowledge to be acquired by
farmers; logistical limitations, and difficulty in coordinating with value
chains. ese are systemic obstacles and need many stakeholders to change
(Meynard et al., 2018).
Research indicates that average household income, economically
active population, and gross added value of agriculture have a positive
influence on crop diversification; while the level of education (people with
more years of study), inequality in credit volume, unemployment rate, and
overall gross added value has a negative impact (Pacheco et al., 2018).
Related to this, it is important to consider the heterogeneity of
cropping systems when making empirical analyses aimed at providing
data for diversification policies. e spectrum of factors leading to crop
diversification is numerous and complex. Diversification can occur, for
example, with the promotion of subsistence, pluriactivity, reduction of
commodity production, adoption of alternative markets, and even with the
intensification of mechanization, but collective strategies must be associated
(Maggio; Sitko, 2021; Nera et al., 2020; Schneider; Niederle, 2010).
Small farms practicing polyculture can help solve problems related
to food security, even in arid regions. Crop diversification is, therefore,
essential in maintaining a system dominated by small producers. Improving
the adaptive capacity of these farmers involves formulating public policies
aimed at expanding technologies related to diversification, encouraging
the expansion of subsistence production, and diversifying non-agricultural
income (Galeana-Pizaña et al., 2021; Laurenti; Pellini; Telles, 2015; Njira
et al., 2021; Venus et al., 2021).
Figure 1 systematizes the issue of agricultural diversification in its
various possibilities. e literature suggests benefits in income security,
food security, and environmental conservation. is occurs through the
diversification of income, but also brings important issues such as resilience.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
165
Figure 1 – Forms of income diversification in rural areas and main benefits
Source: Sambuichi et al. (2014).
cAse sTudy: The evoluTion oF brAziliAn AgriculTurAl concenTrATion
A survey conducted by the authors of this chapter allows us to
visualize the evolution of the level of agricultural concentration in Brazil.
By establishing, per mesoregion, the percentage of occupation of the three
main crops in relation to the total agricultural area, it is possible to observe
this phenomenon over time. Figure 2 presents the dynamics of this process
geographically and temporally.
Despite the relative simplicity of measuring the evolution of
agricultural concentration in the country over time, and considering the
so-called “Triple reat of the Anthropocene to Humanity,” the following
questions are posed to the reader:
a) What are the consequences of the evolution of agricultural
concentration for the climate?
b) What are the consequences of the evolution of agricultural
concentration for biodiversity?
c) What are the consequences of the evolution of agricultural
concentration for food security?
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
166
Figure 2 – Evolution of agricultural concentration in Brazil, by Mesoregion
Source: Elaborated by the authors (2024).
FinAl considerATions
e challenges and opportunities of agricultural diversification are
diverse, but the literature converges on the idea that this is one of the
strategies to promote sustainable development.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
167
From a productive perspective, diversification is considered negative
because it does not maximize returns. However, in a multidimensional
analysis of sustainability, other factors must be considered. Here comes the
social, economic, and environmental tripod. Obviously, no rural producer
wants to give up the gains from their production, but it is necessary to think
in the long term. us, agricultural diversification becomes advantageous
and considers factors that purely economic logic disregards, such as food
security, subsistence, and resilience. e latter is especially increasingly
relevant concerning existing threats and those that may arise.
Finally, it is perceived that agricultural diversification, based on
literature and UN policy, allows progress towards what is sought with
item 2.4 of SDG 2. us, agricultural systems can increase their resilience,
becoming more capable of adapting to natural and anthropogenic events,
besides being able to positively impact food security.
reFerences
ABSON, D. J.; FRASER, E. D. G.; BENTON, T. G. Landscape diversity and the
resilience of agricultural returns: a portfolio analysis of land-use patterns and economic
returns from lowland agriculture. Agriculture & Food Security, London, v. 2, n. 2, 2013.
ALLETTO, L.; VANDERWALLE, A.; DEBAEKE, P. Crop diversification improves
cropping system sustainability: An 8-year on-farm experiment in South-Western France.
Agricultural Systems, Amsterdam, v. 200, 2022.
ANTONELLI, C.; COROMALDI, M.; PALLANTE, G. Crop and income
diversification for rural adaptation: Insights from Ugandan panel data. Ecological
Economics, Amsterdam, v. 195, 2022.
BIRTHAL, P. S.; HAZRANA, J. Crop diversification and resilience of agriculture to
climatic shocks: Evidence from India. Agricultural Systems, Amsterdam, v. 173, p. 345-
354, 2019.
CECEÑAS-JACQUEZ, O.; MORALES-CARRILLO, N. Perspectivas de desarrollo
de los productores de frijol en sombrerete, Zacatecas. Ra Ximhai, Sinaloa, v. 11, n. 5, p.
97-109, 2015.
CHAMBERS, R.; CONWAY, C. Sustainable Rural Livelihoods: Practical Concepts for
the 21st Century. Brighton: IDS Discussion Paper 296, 1992.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
168
CHAPAGAIN, T.; PUDASAINI, R.; GHIMIRE, B.; GURUNG, K.; CHOI, K.; RAI,
L.; MAGAR, S.; BISHNU, B. K.; RAIZADA, M. N. Intercropping of maize, millet,
mustard, wheat and ginger increased land productivity and potential economic returns
for smallholder terrace farmers in Nepal. Field Crops Research, Amsterdam, v. 227, p.
91-101, 2018.
COSTABEBER, J. A.; CAPORAL, F. R. Possibilidades e alternativas do
desenvolvimento rural sustentável. In: VELA, H. (org.). Agricultura Familiar e
Desenvolvimento Rural Sustentável no Mercosul. Santa Maria: Editora da UFSM/Pallotti,
2003. p. 157-194.
FAUSTO, B. História do Brasil. 7. ed. São Paulo: Editora da Universidade de São
Paulo, 2006.
GALEANA-PIZAÑA, J. M.; COUTURIER, S.; FIGUEROA, D.; JIMÉNEZ, A. D. Is
rural food security primarily associated with smallholder agriculture or with commercial
agriculture?: An approach to the case of Mexico using structural equation modeling.
Agricultural Systems, Amsterdam, v. 190, 2020.
GARBELINI, L. G.; DEBIASI, H.; BALBINOT JUNIOR, A. A.; FRANCHINI,
J. C.; COELHO, A. E.; TELLES, T. S. Diversified crop rotations increase the yield
and economic efficiency of grain production systems. European Journal of Agronomy,
Amsterdam, v. 137, 2022.
GLIESSMAN, S. R. Agroecologia: processos ecológicos em agricultura sustentável. Porto
Alegre: Editora Universidade UFRGS, 2000.
GRAB, H.; DANFORTH, B.; POVEDA, K.; LOEB, G. Landscape simplification
reduces classical biological control and crop yield. Ecological Applications, Hoboken, v.
28, n. 2, p. 348-355, 2018.
GODOI, B.; BAISHYA, A.; BORAH, M.; HAZARIKA, R. J.; KALITA, J. J.;
SHARMA, K. K.; BATTACHARYYA, A. Raised and sunken bed system for crop
diversification, improving water productivity and economic returns: A case study in
low-lying paddy lands of North-east India. Agricultural Water Management, Amsterdam,
v. 264, 2022.
HAO, J.; FENG, Y.; WANG, X.; YU, Q.; ZHANG, F.; YANG, G.; REN, G.; HAN,
X.; WANG, X.; REN, C. Soil microbial nitrogen-cycling gene abundancies in response
to crop diversification: A meta-analysis. Science of the Total Environment, Amsterdam, v.
838, 2022.
KREMEN, C.; MERENLENDER, A. M. Landscapes that work for biodiversity and
people. Science, Washington, v. 362, n. 6412, 2018.
LAL, B.; GAUTAM, P.; PANDA, B. B.; RAJA, R.; SINGH, T.; TRIPATHI, R.;
SHAHID, M.; NAYAK, A. K. Crop and varietal diversification of rainfed rice based
cropping systems for higher productivity and profitability in Eastern India. PLoS ONE,
San Francisco, v. 12, n. 4, 2017.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
169
LAURENTI, A.; PELLINI, T.; TELLES, T. S. Evolução da Ocupação e do Rendimento
das Pessoas no Espaço Rural Brasileiro no Período de 2001 a 2009. Revista de Economia
e Sociologia Rural, Brasília, v. 53, n. 2, 2015.
LYDECKER, M.; FORMAN, R. T. T. Diverse productive roadsides: ecologically
integrating agriculture into our highway system. Oecologia Australis, Rio de Janeiro, v.
17, n. 1, p. 157-174, 2013.
MAGGIO, G.; SITKO, N. J. Diversification is in the Detail: Accounting for Crop
System Heterogeneity to Inform Diversification Policies in Malawi and Zambia. e
Journal of Development Studies, Abingdon, v. 57, n. 2, p. 264-288, 2021.
MINISTÉRIO DO MEIO AMBIENTE – MMA. Agricultura Sustentável. Brasília:
Ministério do Meio Ambiente, 2000.
MEKURIA, W.; MEKONNEN, K. Determinants of crop-livestock diversification in
the mixed farming systems: evidence from central highlands of Ethiopia. Agriculture &
Food Security, London, v. 7, n. 60, 2018.
MERANER, M.; PÖLLING, B.; FINGER, R. Diversification in peri-urban agriculture:
a case study in the Ruhr metropolitan region. Journal of Land Use Science, Abingdon, v.
13, n. 3, 2018.
MEYNARD, J. M.; CHARRIER, F.; FARES, M.; LE BAIL, M.; MAGRINI, M. B.;
CHARLIER, A.; MESSÉAN, A. Socio-technical lock-in hinders crop diversification in
France. Agronomy for Sutainable Development, Paris, v. 38, n. 54, 2018.
MICHLER, J. D.; JOSEPHSON, A. L. To Specialize or Diversify: agricultural
diversity and poverty dynamics in Ethiopia. World Development, Oxford, v. 89, p.
214-226, 2017.
MONTELEONE, M.; CAMMERINO, A. R. B.; LIBUTTI, A. Agricultural
“greening” and cropland diversification trends: Potential contribution of agroenergy
crops in Capitanata (South Italy). Land Use Policy, Oxford, v. 70, p. 591-600, 2018.
MZYECE, A.; NG’OMBE, J. N. Crop diversification improves technical efficiency and
reduces income variability in Northern Ghana. Journal of Agriculture and Food Research,
Amsterdam, v. 5, 2021.
NERA, E.; PAAS, W.; REIDSMA, P.; PAOLINI, G.; ANTONIOLI, F.; SEVERINI,
S. Assessing the Resilience and Sustainability of a Hazelnut Farming System in Central
Italy with a Participatory Approach. Sustainability, Basel, v. 12, n. 343, 2020.
NJIRA, K. O. W.; SEMU, E.; MREMA, J. P.; NALIVATA, P. C. Productivity of
pigeon pea, cowpea and maize under sole cropping, legume-legume and legume-cereal
intercrops on Alfisols in Central Malawi. Agroforestry Systems, Agroforestry Systems, v.
95, p. 279-291, 2021.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
170
ORGANIZAÇÃO DAS NAÇÕES UNIDAS – ONU. Our Common Future. 1987.
Disponível em: https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/5987our-
common-future.pdf. Acesso em: 17 nov. 2023.
ORGANIZAÇÃO DAS NAÇÕES UNIDAS – ONU. Transforming our world: the
2030 agenda for sustainable development. 2015. Disponível em: https://sdgs.un.org/
sites/default/files/publications/21252030%20Agenda%20for%20Sustainable%20
Development%20web.pdf. Acesso em: 12 set. 2023.
PACHECO, J.; OCHOA-MORENO, W. S.; ORDOÑEZ, J.; IZQUIERDO-
MONTOYA, L. Agricultural Diversification and Economic Growth in Ecuador.
Sustainability, Basel, v. 10, n. 2257, 2018.
PASQUALOTTO, N.; KAUFMANN, M. P.; WIZNIEWSKY, J. G. Agricultura
familiar e desenvolvimento rural sustentável. Santa Maria: UFSM, 2019.
PASQUALOTTO, N.; STASIAK, A. P.; PASQUALOTTO, D. Desenvolvimento
Rural Sustentável: Possibilidade real ou utópica? In: ENCONTRO NACIONAL DE
GEOGRAFIA AGRÁRIA, 21., 2012, Uberlândia. Uberlândia: ENGA, 2012. p. 1-12.
PETERSEN-ROCKNEY, M.; BAUR, P.; GUZMAN, A.; BENDER, S. F.; CALO,
A.; CASTILLO, F.; MASTER, K.; DUMONT, A.; ESQUIVEL, K.; KREMEN,
C.; LACHANCE, J.; MOOSHAMMER, M.; ORY, J.; PRICE, M. J.; SOCOLAR,
Y.; STANLEY, P.; ILES, A.; BOWLES, T. Narrow and Brittle or Broad and Nimble?
Comparing Adaptive Capacity in Simplifying and Diversifying Farming Systems.
Frontiers in Sustainable Food Systems, Lausanne, v. 5, 2021.
RAO, N. K.; SHAHID, M.; SHAHID, S. A. Alternative Crops for Diversifying
Production Systems in the Arabian Peninsula. Arab Gulf Journal of Scientific Research,
Riyadh, v. 27, n. 4, p. 195-203, 2009.
REVOYRON, E.; BAIL, M.; MEYNARD, J. M.; GUNNARSSON, A.; SEGHETTI,
M.; COLOMBO, L. Diversity and drivers of crop diversification pathways of European
farms. Agricultural Systems, Amsterdam, v. 201, 2022.
SCHNEIDER, S.; NIEDERLE, P. A. Resistance strategies and diversification of rural
livelihoods: the construction of autonomy among Brazilian family farmers. e Journal
of Peasant Studies, Abingdon, v. 37, n. 2, p. 379-405, 2010.
SÈNE-HARPER, A. L.; CAMARA, S. M. E.; MATARRITA-CASCANTE, D. M.
Does Diversification Lead to Livelihood Security in Fishing-Farming Communities?
Insight from the Senegal River Delta. Human Ecology, London, v. 47, p. 797-809, 2019.
SECRETARIA DO MEIO AMBIENTE – SMA. Agricultura Sustentável. São Paulo:
SMA, 2011.
SPANGLER, K.; SCHUMACHER, B. L.; BEAN, B.; BURCHFIELD, E. K. Path
dependencies in US agriculture: Regional factors of diversification. Agriculture,
Ecosystems and Environment, Amsterdam, v. 333, 2022.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
171
VÁZQUEZ, F. R. State and entrepreneurs facing situations of crisis: conditions and
possibilities for diversification of production in Mendoza (1901-1939). Apuntes, 85, v.
46, n. 85, p. 191-221, 2019.
VENUS, T. E.; BILGRAM, S.; SAUER, J.; KHATRI-CHETTRI, A. Livelihood
vulnerability and climate change: a comparative analysis of smallholders in the Indo-
Gangetic plains. Environment, Development and Sustainability, Bogota, v. 24, p. 1981-
2009, 2021.
YAN, Z.; ZHOU, J.; YANG, L. GUNINA, A.; YANG, Y.; PEIXOTO, L.; ZENG,
Z.; ZANG, H.; KUZYAKOV, Y. Diversified cropping systems benefit soil carbon and
nitrogen stocks by increasing aggregate stability: Results of three fractionation methods.
Science of e Total Environment, Amsterdam, v. 824, 2022.
172
173
chApTer 8
Marketing strategies of family
farmers operating in short food
supply chains: cases in regions of
Rio Grande do Sul
Amanda dos Santos Negreti CAMPOS 1
and Gessuir PIGATTO 2
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Science and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: amanda.
negreti@unesp.br.
Department of Management, Development, and Technology, Faculty of Science and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: gessuir.
pigatto@unesp.br.
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p173-202
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
174
inTroducTion
e commercialization of products and services plays a relevant role
in the economy, integrating different social actors by linking the production
of goods or services with consumers. e organization of this process allows
consumer agents (at different levels of the distribution channel) to receive
products and services according to the expected characteristics. According
to Mendes and Padilha Junior (2007), understanding the functioning of
the supply chain allows for improving the decision-making process by
helping to understand the variables that form and affect this chain.
e interaction between relevant social actors (buyers and
sellers) involved in the transaction process of some service/product will
characterize the formation of a market. According to McMillan (2004),
the market can be considered a mechanism used by societies to coordinate
the production, distribution, and transactions of all types of products
and services. Proudhon, cited by Braudel (1996), stated that working
and eating would be the only apparent purposes of man, but between
these two universes, “narrow but lively like a river: exchange or, if you
prefer, the market economy - imperfect, discontinuous, but already
coercive during the centuries and surely revolutionary” (Braudel, 1996,
p. 11). us, the market can be defined as a meeting point (physical or
virtual environment) conducive to the conditions of the exchange of
goods (products and services).
Under these conditions, resource allocation occurs in a decentralized
manner, through the interaction between economic actors (suppliers,
distributors, consumers), each making decisions according to their
interests. In the case of food, the way the consumer will have access to it:
choice, acquisition, and distribution, has led organizations to review their
relationship strategies, including the way food reaches the final consumer.
According to Pigatto and Alcântara (2007), changes observed
in consumer behavior and the strategies of other actors (suppliers and
distributors) have promoted important changes in the structure of many
distribution channels. e development of commercial relationships
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
175
between the actors that form and operate in the distribution channels
can be described, according to Abosag and Lee (2013), as a process of
establishing, creating, developing, and maintaining relationships, where
satisfaction, trust, and commitment are important elements for the result
of the organizations that operate in the distribution channel.
New distribution channels are created in the face of consumer
attitude changes, such as fairer markets, and short circuits, with the
approach of consumers and producers, without the intermediation and
dependence on programs and government policies (Ueno et al., 2016).
In this sense, direct marketing presents itself as an alternative for the
distribution of agricultural products, through various channels, providing
an improvement in the local economy and generating a relationship of
trust between producer and consumer (Huygens et al., 2010).
Local food systems, or short circuits, involving direct sales already
existed at the beginning of agriculture, where farmers sold their food to
consumers at the production site itself or made exchanges in nearby places.
After World War II, these direct sales systems began to disappear with the
emergence of mechanization, productive intensification, and the addition
of chemical products. From 1950, with the opening of the first self-service
stores (supermarkets), food began to be packaged, standardized, labeled,
and often processed. us, they were sold at low prices and bought from
farmers located in remote regions, changing the production methods and
sales channels (Kapala, 2022).
From 1990, in the face of questions related to food systems, the
reduction in prices of some products, and environmental problems, due to
the intensive mode of food production, some farmers opted for alternative
modes of production and marketing (Lamine et al., 2012; Renting;
Marsden; Banks, 2003). Simultaneously, there was a behavioral change
in consumers regarding their eating habits, seeking healthier foods and
differentiated qualities (Abatekassa; Peterson, 2011; Ilbery; Maye, 2005).
us, Short Food Supply Chains (SFSC) emerged as opposed to the
standardized and industrial mode, as well as farmers who wish to meet the
demands of new consumption patterns, with the main objectives being
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
176
cost reduction and value addition to the product (Belletti; Marescotti,
2020; Renting; Marsden; Banks, 2003).
SFSC or short food chains consist of the approximation between
producer and consumer. is approximation can be understood through
the reduction of the physical distance between producers and consumers,
being geographically close; the reduction of the number of intermediaries
connecting producers and consumers; and the reduction of the cultural
and social distance between them. For example, even if consumers are
geographically distant from farmers, by viewing the labels and information
present on the products, they share the same values, associated with the
quality of the offered item, with the production methods, or with the
territory and people involved (Ilbery; Maye, 2005; Kneafsey et al., 2013).
us, product differentiation is related to transparency in market relations,
where these quality definitions are transmitted among all involved parties
and communicated to the consumer, in a way that makes them aware of
paying the premium price (Renting; Marsden; Banks, 2003).
In Brazil, there is a highlight for rural producers located in the state
of Rio Grande do Sul, in its rural areas, there is an extensive diversity of
natural resources, landscapes, and the organization of productive structures
(Conterato; Strate, 2019). Of all rural establishments in the state, 80% are
family farmers (IBGE, 2017).
ese farmers receive government incentives that seek to increase
the participation of farmers operating in direct sales, seeking an approach
with the consumer, and intending to add value to production (Schneider;
Buzatto, 2023). us, this chapter presents some marketing strategies used
by family farmers, located in the state of Rio Grande do Sul, who operate
in Short Food Supply Chains, with an emphasis on adding value to their
products and services.
It is important to emphasize that SFSC contributes to achieving
some Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), such as SDG 2, in helping
to end hunger and promote sustainable agriculture, by providing the sale
of safe, nutritious foods, with agricultural methods that help preserve
ecosystems (such as organic), from local production, contributing to the
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
177
productivity and income of family farmers. In this way, it contributes
to SDG 10, regarding the reduction of inequalities, by including family
farmers in alternative markets. SFSC also supports SDG 12, regarding
responsible consumption and production, by reducing food losses, as
some sales are direct and producers are located geographically close to
their consumers, avoiding possible losses during long journeys and in long
distribution chains. SDG 12 also affirms the implementation of tools that
develop sustainable tourism, by generating jobs and promoting culture,
based on local products. us, one of the marketing strategies of SFSC
involves rural tourism, including multiple functions and services developed
by farmers, allowing the addition of value to local agricultural products,
and promoting local culture, in a way that generates jobs for farmers, their
families, and the community (United Nations Brazil, 2023).
disTribuTion chAnnels And The emergence oF shorT Food supply chAins
ere is a great variety of formats of market distribution channels,
depending on the number of participating agents involved and the
different roles that intermediaries play in the distribution of products or
services (Betancour et al., 2016; Coughlan et al., 2002). For Coughlan et
al. (2002), Rosenbloom (2002), Stern, El-Ansary, and Coughlan (1996),
there are different definitions of distribution channels, but these authors
converge on the description as being groups of interdependent companies
responsible for making a product available on the market for use or
consumption.
is characteristic suggests that the distribution channel should
be seen in an inter-organizational way, that is, managed by more than
one company, which necessarily means that there is a direct relationship
between agents or external partners to the organization (Lin; Chen, 2008;
Rosenbloom, 2002).
According to Pigatto and Alcântara (2007), the most appropriate
channel structure for the organization will depend on the strategies adopted
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
178
to better attract final customers in the target segments of each organization.
For this, the success of the channel strategy and the structure that supports
it is directly dependent on how people from various organizations relate
to each other in the performance of their activities (Rosenbloom, 2002).
e main members of the distribution channel are formed by
producers (farmers, processors, and manufacturers), intermediaries
(wholesalers, retailers, and specialists), and end users (business customers
or individual consumers). e relationship between these actors does not
occur in only one direction, but it is bidirectional, starting from the farmer
and reaching the final consumer, being able to travel this path directly,
or passing through several agents, and the choice will depend on the
company’s need in distribution (Deimiling et al., 2015).
Regarding economic literature, direct sales to consumers are related
to the symbolic value of food products (local, conventional, etc.), including
the choice of where to buy, and, on the other hand, farmers choose the best
marketing channel (Corsi; Novelli; Pettenati, 2014).
e presence or absence of a particular member in the channel is
determined by its ability to perform the necessary flows and allow value
to be added to the end users (Coughlan et al., 2002). us, the farmer
can define whether he has the necessary capabilities and if, by himself,
he performs all the channel flows, being an indispensable characteristic
to sell directly to the final consumer. Direct sales channels, in addition to
strengthening the relationship between producer and consumer, represent
extremely dynamic and diversified markets, not failing to reveal an intense
and complex distribution system.
us, before discussing SFSC, it is necessary to contextualize and
understand their historical precepts. In the face of the green revolution,
there was an increase in food production and investments to improve
agricultural production. is modernization began in the 1960s, with
the emergence of the first pesticides used to combat unexpected problems
by farmers. us, the first insecticides appeared and, from the 1970s,
synthetic fungicides and herbicides were created. In the 1980s, the use
of early fertilization, the density, and higher quantity of seeding, among
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
179
others. ese products were created to maximize production and income
(Lamine et al., 2012).
While these technological change processes were taking place,
especially at the level of agriculture, there was also a transformation in the
food processing and distribution sectors. For example, the establishment
of industries, with intensive management strategies in harvesting, ultra-
processing, as well as standardization and mass delivery of products
(Lamine et al., 2012; Levidow; Sansolo; Schiavinatto, 2021).
In this type of agro-industrial system, the productive structure is
often directed towards a competitive advantage in distant and anonymous
markets. Many farmers who tried to follow this model could have easy
access to credit (by investing in technology and waiting for payments for
the harvest) but faced structural disadvantages by competing on the terms
stipulated in long chains, resulting in the loss of added value. is loss was
also related to profit margins directed to intermediaries. Some farmers,
realizing that they were in long-term debt, had to abandon agriculture
(Levidow; Sansolo; Schiavinatto, 2021).
Simultaneously, from 1990, there were some questions related to
food systems, such as while the prices of some products, such as cereals,
were decreasing, environmental problems were increasing (Lamine et
al., 2012). Intensive food production can be related to changes in land
areas, such as loss of biodiversity, erosion, deforestation, pollution,
desertification, freshwater scarcity, among others (Maren, 2019). ese
environmental factors, combined with the price decrease, where producers
were not receiving the desired profits, led some of them to change their
practices, with the main objectives being cost reduction and environmental
and ethical issues (Lamine et al., 2012; Renting; Marsden; Banks, 2003).
e conventional forms of agriculture were increasingly limited for
farmers to remain in the field. us, new promising responses emerged
for them to increase their incomes, for example, the diversification of
new activities, through rural tourism, as well as the increase of the added
value of agricultural products, such as quality production and direct sales
(Renting; Marsden; Banks, 2003).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
180
ese new forms of farmer operation allow understanding the
emergence of Alternative Food Networks (AFN) (Renting; Marsden;
Banks, 2003). us, AFN was developed as a different way of providing
and consuming food (Pinna, 2017). e potential of AFN is to promote
sustainable food systems, through ecologically healthy productive forms
and the reduction of physical and social distance between producers and
consumers, promoting positive socioeconomic results (Zollet; Maharjan,
2021). AFN is considered a cultural transition, involving scaling down,
shortening distances, commitment to local actors, and productive ways
organically and sustainably (Jarosz, 2008; Sellitto, Vial; Viegas, 2018).
For this reason, Chiffoleau and Dourian (2020) mention that SFSC
is one of the many forms of AFN, where ethical, social, and environmental
values motivate producers to participate in alternative markets. Similarly,
other scholars characterize AFN and SFSC as presenting structures that
allow direct contact between producers and consumers (Zoll; Specht;
Siebert, 2021). However, there are conceptual differences between
AFN and SFSC. While AFN encompasses new emerging networks of
producers, consumers, or other actors adopting alternative ways in the
food supply chain, in opposition to the standardized and industrial
mode, SFSC encompasses producers and consumers. Producers, who in
addition to cultivating food in the field, process and distribute it directly
to consumption, demonstrate an interrelationship between producers and
consumers (Renting; Marsden; Banks, 2003). us, SFSC seeks to redefine
the relationship between producer and consumer, by shortening the
distances between them, building value and meaning in this interaction,
so that the price of products relates to the criteria and constructions of this
model of supply and demand (Marsden; Banks; Bristow, 2000).
shorT Food supply chAins
While the conventional food supply chain has as its main
characteristics an intensive production mode of standardized and ultra-
processed products, going through various levels of suppliers and,
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
181
subsequently, intermediaries until the product reaches the consumer, SFSC
involves an approach between producers and consumers, establishing
direct relationships between them (Chaffote; Chiffoleau, 2007; Maren,
2019), as exemplified in Figure 1.
Figure 1 – Conventional food supply chain versus SFSC
Source: Adapted from Lambert, Cooper (2000), Belletti and Marescotti (2020).
It is important to emphasize that, in SFSCs, the form of connection
between producer and consumer is not related to the number of times the
product was intermediated, or the distance traveled to the final consumer,
but the fact of presenting a product with incorporated information. is
information can be communicated through packaging and/or information
expressed on the products, such as Geographical Indication seals, or even
through sales that present interactions between producer and consumer,
where the farmer himself communicates about his product. From these
communications, the consumer can often create connections and attribute
value to the product based on the production location and, potentially,
with the values of the people involved, such as the involvement of farmers,
their families, the promotion of local jobs, production methods, among
others (Abatekassa; Peterson, 2011; Marsden; Banks; Bristow, 2000).
Commonly, in the literature, three positions of SFSCs are recognized,
with their respective market operation models (Ilbery; Maye, 2005;
Marsden; Banks; Bristow, 2000; Renting; Marsden; Banks, 2003):
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
182
• Face-to-face, where consumers buy products directly from
producers, presenting personal interactions between agents and,
often, generating a relationship of trust, their models involve on-
farm sales, Pick-Your-Own, and farmers’ markets, among others.
• Spatial proximity, where products, in addition to being produced
and resold in the specific production region (or local), consumers
are informed about the origin and nature of the product at
the point of sale. is category overlaps with face-to-face, by
including the same locations mentioned in the previous item. In
addition, it includes specialized retailers selling local products,
such as grocery stores, local shops, tourist companies dedicated
to retail, and sales to institutions, such as hotels, hospitals,
schools, and even supermarkets selling locally sourced food.
• Extended spatiality, where products are sold to consumers
located outside the local area (from where the products were
produced), but there is information on the product about the
production method, region, or producer. is model involves
products with certification labels or reputation effects, such as
fair trade, and Geographical Indication seals, among others.
Besides these categories, SFSCs can also be interpreted according
to three perspectives: reduction of physical distance between producers
and consumers (being identified through geographical or local proximity);
reduction of the number of intermediaries connecting producers and
consumers (where the number of intermediaries between producers and
consumers can be minimal, or ideally none); the increase of cultural and
social proximity between producers and consumers (products present
value information to the consumer, for example, by communicating on
the packaging the place and production methods, allowing the consumer,
even geographically distant, to associate the product with the place, space,
people, and their involved production methods) (Ilbery; Maye, 2005;
Kneafsey et al., 2013).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
183
sFscs And Adding vAlue To producTs
According to Renting, Marsden, and Banks (2003), SFSCs are
also related to the definitions and conventions of quality. For example,
product differentiation is related to transparency in market relations,
where these quality definitions are transmitted among all involved parties
and communicated to the consumer, to make them aware of paying the
premium price (Renting; Marsden; Banks, 2003; Sacchi et al., 2018).
us, there are two categories of SFSCs related to the quality
convention, presented by Renting, Marsden, and Banks (2003). e first
consists of the relationship between product quality attributes and the
place of origin, where the product was produced, or information about
the producer, and the second is about the production method, especially
organically.
Regarding the first category, the specific characteristics of the
production location involve natural factors, cultural factors, and
gastronomic traditions, among others. ese are parameters that define the
product quality, often generating a typical result, unique in appearance or
taste, like those that express the artisanal nature of the production process,
the producer’s skills in knowing how to do it, carrying their cultural
heritage. Similarly, consumers attribute the quality of SFSCs by accessing
a fair market, considering ethical and justice parameters, especially for
farmers.
e second category defines the quality of SFSCs by relating the
food production method and environmentally friendly production
methods, such as integrated production, organic production, genetically
modified organism-free foods, and lower use of chemical additives,
among others. ere is a diversity of products that can present packaging
with information about natural aspects, as well as be based on romantic
images of agriculture, by communicating a valuation of multifunctional
agricultural forms, such as agritourism options that contribute to nature
by maintaining rural landscapes and animal welfare.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
184
According to Belletti and Marescotti (2020) and Renting, Marsden,
and Banks (2003), farmers engaged in SFSCs aim primarily to reduce costs
and add value to the product. e most appropriate distribution method
for each type of producer can change according to labor availability,
infrastructure, and the organization of the production system (Rocchi et
al., 2020). For example, there are SFSC models that present interactions
between farmers and consumers that include both face-to-face (producers’
store, Pick-Your-Own, multifunctional rural companies, etc.) and spatial
proximity (thematic routes, events, among others). us, through this
direct contact between them, the main potential value added to products
is related to providing more detailed information about production
methods, seasonality, food freshness, and territory, among others.
According to Pinna (2017), one of the factors that most generate trust in
the relationship between producer and consumer is the producer’s ability
to tell stories about the product and its origin, including the description
of their territory. e author states that this is one of the best ways for
consumers to evaluate food quality, which is strongly related to the local
and regional identity of a territory.
Multifunctional rural companies offering agritourism options,
besides offering fresh agricultural products, have other direct sales
opportunities that add value to the products, such as offering services
related to their agricultural products and territory, including tastings,
gastronomic routes, and providing labor experiences in their production
methods (Belletti; Marescotti, 2020).
According to Belletti and Marescotti (2020), transforming
distribution chains involving long and standardized systems into SFSCs
leads to the elimination of various functions that were performed by actors
removed from these chains. ese functions are taken over, at least in part,
by actors within the SFSC chains, namely, farmers and consumers. is is
the case, for example, with Pick-Your-Own, as shown in Figure 2.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
185
Figure 2 – Functions of producers and consumers in some SFSC
Source: Authors adapted from Belletti and Marescotti (2020), Freepik (2023).
Commonly, in conventional chains or some SFSC chains like
farmers’ markets, box deliveries, and others, consumers do not play an
active role, as they only place their orders and receive them at home or sales
locations. In the case of some distribution forms through SFSC, such as
Pick-Your-Own, consumers travel to the production site and take part in
one or more of the production processes, such as harvesting.
In this context, where consumers are part of the production process,
field labor activities create experiences for consumers, allowing farmers to
add value to products through various marketing opportunities.
cAses oF FAmily FArmers From rio grAnde do sul
e farmers who were part of this study are in different municipalities
in Rio Grande do Sul, as shown in Figure 3.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
186
Figure 3 – Location of the studied cases
Source: Prepared by the authors, based on the research data (2024).
It is important to highlight that some municipalities like Bento
Gonçalves and Caxias do Sul are part of the Serra Gaúcha region,
characterized by grape cultivation and wine production. is territory,
being a mountainous region, provides enchanting landscapes that attract
tourists, fostering other economic activities in the cities and region, such
as the establishment of hotel networks, gastronomy, leisure options, and
events that express the local culture, like Italian immigration (Dinis et al.,
2022; Fertenseifer, 2007; PPGQ, 2023).
Similarly, other cities like Nova Petrópolis, Picada Café, and
Estância Velha, besides being located close to this region, are part of
the state’s Romantic Route. is Route is a tourist path formed by 14
municipalities, including Gramado and Canela, where tourists can drive,
appreciating nature along the roads lined with plane trees and highlighting
the cultural value related to the preservation of German culture inherited
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
187
by immigrants. us, there are gardens, half-timbered houses3, traditional
German festivals, colonial fairs, typical bands, and other attractions (Rotas
e Roteiros, 2023). erefore, the roads that are part of the Romantic
Route allow farmers to also benefit from the landscapes surrounding their
rural properties. Regarding the main products, only one case (B) does not
process its products, producing and marketing Fruits, Vegetables, and
Greens (FLV).
Concerning this research, it is important to note that, firstly, a key
agent from the Federation of Agricultural Workers in Rio Grande do Sul
(FETAG) was contacted and, subsequently, based on the contacts provided
by this agent, communication with family farmers was made through the
social network WhatsApp, informing them about the research objectives,
and as per the interest and availability of the farmers, a face-to-face visit was
scheduled. us, data were collected through semi-structured interviews
with open-ended questions and observation of the visited properties,
totaling responses from six family farmers.
Of the farmers who responded to the research, half are female (A, D,
F) and 67% of them (A, D, E, F) are between 40 and 45 years old, 33%
(B, C) are between 50 and 55. When asked about their level of education,
half responded that they studied up to high school (C, D, E), two up
to elementary school (A, B), and one has completed higher education in
viticulture (F). All respondents have a Declaration of Aptitude to Pronaf
(DAP) and are aware of the change from DAP to CAF (Family Agriculture
Registry). is result indicates that all surveyed farmers are informed about
the concept of Family Farming, as per Law No. 11.326, of 2006, and
the access to credit from the National Program for Strengthening Family
Agriculture (PRONAF).
Regarding property data, 50% (A, C, D) started their agribusiness
activities between 2010 and 2013, 33% (B, E) between 2000 and 2003,
e houses feature a construction technique that uses articulated woods, fitted together in horizontal and
vertical positions, forming a structure that later has the spaces filled with other materials, which can vary
between stone, brick, wattle and daub, among others, leaving these woods visible on the façades, providing
a contrast between colors and materials (Priberam Dicionário, 2023; Wittmann, 2016).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
188
and 17% (F) were founded in 1970. us, most started their activities
from the 2000s onwards, as observed in Box 1.
Box 1 – Characterization of the properties
Case
Main
product
offered
Year of
foundation
Productive area
(hectares)
Gross monthly
revenue
(thousands - R$)
Number
of family
members
contributing
ATea 2013 Between 1 and 10 Not informed 3
B
Fruits,
vegetables,
and greens
(FLV)
2003 Between 1 and 10 Between 11 and 20 4
CJam 2011 Between 1 and 10 Above 50 3
DDairy
products 2010 Between 21 and 30 Between 11 and 20 3
E Cookies 2000 Between 1 and 10 Between 31 and 40 3
FWine 1970 Between 1 and 10 Between 21 and 30 3
Source: Prepared by the authors, based on the research results (2024).
Regarding the productive area, most (83%, A, B, C, E, F) have an
extension between 1 and 10 hectares, and 17% (D) between 21 and 30.
is result is not directly related to the revenue level of the properties,
as establishments that showed higher revenue, such as those above R$50
thousand (C) or between R$31 and R$40 thousand (E), have an area
between 1 and 10 hectares. According to one of the interviewees (D), the
family farmer does not need to buy extensive land areas but, as per his
statement, “make the most of what they have.” is yield, for the farmer,
is related to the strategy of differentiation and adding value to the product,
mentioning that consumers are willing to pay a higher price for a quality
product. Furthermore, the farmer mentioned that they do not only sell
products but also the story of their lives, the products, contributing to
the environment and consumers’ health. is result can be explained
by Bazzani and Canavari (2017), who cited that the cultural and social
approach promoted by SFSCs is not only based on products recognized for
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
189
their production location but also on consumers’ interest in the cultural
and symbolic value of the offered product.
All farmers receive labor contributions from three to four family
members, being family agriculture composed of husband, wife, children,
and/or in-laws. In two cases (A, B), the children are teenagers and, in
addition to their studies, play an active role in the family rural enterprises,
such as creating products, assisting in sales involving consumer interactions,
such as events and fairs, and changes in packaging. In one case (A), the
daughter implemented the idea of printing QR Codes on labels, allowing
consumers easy access to product and enterprise information, including
the family history and product catalog. Additionally, some children take
technology-oriented courses to expand sales through online resources. is
result indicates stimuli for income generation, increased autonomy, and
rural succession, as presented by Conterato and Strate (2019).
Regarding the marketing channels, it was identified that all use the
categories identified as face-to-face and/or spatial proximity, as observed
in Figure 4.
e main models used in the face-to-face category were sales on
the properties (83%, A, C, D, E, F), and fairs (50%, B, D, E). Sales
on the properties include those with stores (A, C, F), displaying both
products produced on the property and those from the local region.
Case F, for example, sells sausages from the city and region of Bento
Gonçalves, as well as using these products for consumers to taste with
wines, making various pairings. e farmer, when displaying his drinks,
maintains partnerships with other farmers in reselling regional products,
contributing to local development.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
190
Figure 4 – Marketing models used by farmers
Source: Prepared by the authors, based on the research data (2024).
Regarding the marketing models in the spatial proximity category,
the main ones were participation in events (83%, A, C, D, E, F) and
institutional sales (50%, B, D, E). e events are trade fairs that include
family farming, such as Expodireto, Fenadoce, and Expointer. e latter,
most cited among the respondents, corresponds to a traditional agricultural
fair in the state of Rio Grande do Sul, starting in 1900 and, according to
one of the farmers (A), is the most anticipated event due to the number of
visitors and sales. Between 2022 and 2023, for example, there was a 6%
increase in the number of visitors and a 12% increase in business volume
(Rio Grande do Sul, 2023).
Although some farmers do not participate in free fairs (A, C, F),
they direct their efforts to participate in events like these to increase the
visibility of their brand, considering it a showcase for their products and
often aiming to foster business, seeking resellers from other states. As for
institutional sales, these include sales to schools (B, D, E), social assistance
institutions (E), and restaurants (B, E, F). In sales that include schools
and social assistance, farmers participate in the National School Feeding
Program (PNAE) and the Food Acquisition Program (PAA). Sales to schools
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
191
caused some cases (D, E) to differentiate their products, as nutritionists
demanded products with lower sugar content, but without losing the
quality of aroma and flavor. ese items also began to be marketed to
other consumers, especially those concerned about health.
Regarding ways to add value to products and services, it was
identified that all cases invested in product variety in each line, as observed
in Figure 5. For example, in case F, there is the production of only one
product line, being wine, but there is a variety of them, such as fine wines,
smooth, red, and white.
Figure 5 – Ways to add value to the products and services offered
Source: Prepared by the authors, based on the research data (2024).
Next, 67% (A, C, D, E) invested in new product lines, differentiation
(67%, A, C, D, E), packaging improvements (67%, A, D, E, F), and added
value with service offerings, the main ones being colonial café (50%, A,
D, E) and tasting of agricultural products (50%, A, C, F). Except for cases
B and F, besides the main products, there is the production and trade of
other product lines, such as jams, dried fruits, cookies (A), grape juices (C),
yogurts, kinds of butter, cheeses (D), and pasta, such as noodles and agnolini
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
192
(E). e fact that farmers invest in new product lines is related to economies
of scope, which, according to Mendes (2004), is when the same industrial
plant produces several products simultaneously, or not, enabling advantages
related to the unit cost of the product through a combination of factors,
such as machinery usage, facilities, marketing, and administration. us, the
production of one or more (different) products comes from using the same
facilities and labor, reducing unit production costs.
In addition to reducing unit costs, farmers increased their
negotiation capacity by producing and offering other product lines,
meeting different consumer demands, to remain competitive in the
market. For example, case E bought a more modern machine for cookie
production and uses it, in different shifts, for pasta production, especially
agnolini. e same applies to case C, where the farmer identified losses
during juice production. us, he chose to expand his production to
jams to utilize the excess grapes. In this case, there was also an increase in
product variety, related to the marketing model. rough Pick-Your-Own,
by expanding their plantations to raspberries, strawberries, blueberries,
physalis, among others, the farmer uses these fruits to produce different
jam flavors, including combinations, such as red fruits and purple fruits.
ese products are marketed as gourmet, with a higher price compared to
single-fruit jams.
Regarding product differentiation, some farmers offer foods with
organic certification, whole products, diet, gluten-free, and lactose-free
(A), lower sugar content (D, E), and free of sucrose and preservatives
(C). us, besides the products presenting traditional aspects in their
production, the differentiations are related to consumer health. Organic
foods, for example, when presenting certifications, are aligned with Scalco
(2019), explaining that products with seals differentiate from conventional
ones by following rules and norms determined by entities that regulate and
certify these products, ensuring that the manufacturing processes preserve
the health of consumers and workers.
In this context, it is important to note that, except for case B, all have
packaging, labels with the enterprise’s logo, and the Selo Sabor Gaúcho
(Gaúcho Flavor Seal). According to the Secretariat of Rural Development,
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
193
Fisheries, and Cooperatives (2023) of the state of Rio Grande do Sul, this
Seal emerged due to the need to create a product origin designation, based
on the artisanal origin of family agroindustry, in compliance with sanitary,
environmental, and social responsibility requirements. us, according to
Abatekassa and Peterson (2011), origin and provenance information can
be communicated through packaging, and information on labels, such as
the use of seals. e Selo Sabor Gaúcho allows farmers to add value to
their products by informing consumers of the origin, being in the state
of Rio Grande do Sul, artisanal production through agriculture involving
families in the field, and safe food for consumption, meeting sanitary and
environmental requirements.
Farmers also added value to products through packaging investments,
such as Drip Tea (A), enabling tea consumption anywhere and anytime
without losing product quality. In case D, the yogurt presentation
switched to a transparent pot, highlighting the fruit pieces, and the cheeses,
previously wrapped in plastic film, are now vacuum-sealed, contributing
to product quality, and maintaining the properties and flavor of the food.
ere were changes in labels (E, F), where product names, shapes, and
colors of logos started representing the culture and descent of the family,
which is Italian. us, they included in their brand’s visual identity the
colors of the Italian flag.
Marketing models involving product displays, such as on-property
stores, fairs, social networks, local stores, and events, even if farmers
interact with consumers, invested in adding value to products, enabling
sales through appearance and other visual aspects, according to a farmer’s
statement: “first, you have to sell a product with your eyes. So, we also
sought to differentiate our packaging for people to see our product”
(Interviewee D).
Regarding ways to add value to services, all are related to
multifunctional rural enterprises, which, according to Belletti and
Marescotti (2020), besides offering fresh agricultural products, provide
services related to these products and the territory. us, most offer
services that add value to their products, such as colonial café (50% A, D,
E), guided tours, and tastings (50% A, C, F).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
194
e cases presented peculiarities in serving colonial cafés on
their properties, depending on the space, each adds value differently, as
represented in Figure 6.
Figure 6 – Colonial café served on rural properties, according to
local structure, allowing different experiences
Source: 8photo (2023) and Vecstock (2023).
In case A, the café can be served in an indoor area, made of wood,
near the fireplace and/or on an outdoor deck, overlooking the surrounding
landscapes. us, depending on the weather, the consumer can choose
between these two options. In case D, the space is an annex to the farmer’s
house, being a wooden kitchen, with a wood stove, wooden tables and
benches, and decorative items from the farm itself, such as kettles and iron
pots, presenting a more rustic characteristic. On property E, the products
are displayed on a long table in a covered area outside the agroindustry, with
pallet furniture, where the cushions are in Italian colors, and the farmers
approach the consumers to enjoy the nature of the place and appreciate
stories of generations and culture, through the offer of their products.
In all three cases (A, D, E), there is an offer of food that brings
cultural revival, with fresh products, such as dulce de leche, corn cake,
cream cookies, stuffed cucas, cheese bread, traditional sausage, among
others that indicate homemade food. is result aligns with Renting,
Marsden, and Banks (2003) by explaining that SFSCs are related to the
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
195
quality convention, in which one of the categories is related to the quality
attributes of the product and the place of origin, indicating where the
product was produced, or information about the producer, involving
cultural aspects and gastronomic traditions. us, consumers can attribute
quality to the offered product and service based on the product quality,
relating it to the productive location and information about the producer,
encompassing cultural and traditional aspects.
e same cases that offer guided tours also provide tasting (A, C,
F). Case C, for example, has a partnership with tourism companies in
some tourist cities in the region, such as Canela and Gramado. ese
companies organize groups of tourists who wish to visit the property, and
the starting point is hotels and/or other locations. e guided tour also
offers consumption experiences; in case F, consumers need to schedule the
visit in advance and are guided by the owner, an oenologist, who explains
and answers various questions about the product manufacturing. On
some occasions, she recommends consumers perform the sabrage4. e
visit includes viewing the barrels and the cellar where the wines are stored,
with low lighting, allowing for original photos, with the company logo in
evidence, and includes consumer participation in production processes,
such as assisting in label sticking.
A few cases (equal to or below 33%, two) offer other services that
require infrastructure investments, such as accommodation and café, or
the disposition of time and/or hiring labor to carry out picnics and festive
attractions. Case C, for example, identified a labor problem by offering
picnic service, especially for serving people, and implemented a system
similar to that used in food courts of shopping centers. e consumer
goes to the place to place their order and is given a digital device, through
which the consumer is notified, employing vibration and lighting of the
device, that their order is ready. us, people move to the delivery point
and collect their purchase, with a basket of products, as shown in Figure 7.
Technique for opening sparkling wine bottles using a saber (a curved-blade sword), but the bottle can also
be opened with a sommelier’s sword or a spoon. In this way, by sliding the saber along the tip of the bottle’s
neck, at a 45º position, the cork is removed (Yanomany, 2023).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
196
Figure 7 – Picnic basket like what the surveyed farmers offer
Source: Vwalakte (2023).
Cases C and F offer consumers a picnic service, carried out under
the vines, with the provision of tables and red checkered tablecloths.
e location of the tables allows the appreciation of the nature view,
contemplating the surrounding landscape, with a nearby playground
option for children. In both cases, there are festive attractions, such as
the grape stomping festival, during harvest times, promoting unique
experiences for consumers.
Regarding accommodation, there is an offer between cases B and
C, but with different proposals. Case B offers lodging on-site, adapting
to the family residence, with the addition of rooms in its structure, for
tourist groups to stay and eat. Case C, on the other hand, built wooden
chalets, with fireplaces, bathtubs, and private open-air decks, and, because
the property is located on one of the region’s Germanic Paths, offers
accommodations with panoramic and scenic views. is accommodation
allows guests to walk through private gardens, and pick fruits directly from
the tree through the Pick-Your-Own system, among other attractions
provided by the farmers.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
197
FinAl considerATions
e SFSCs emerged as an alternative to the standardized and
industrial mode of the food system, leading farmers to seek alternative
marketing models. In parallel, due to new consumption patterns related
to ethical, cultural, and environmental values, farmers sought to meet this
new demand, with the main objectives of cost reduction and adding value
to the product.
us, through this chapter, some marketing strategies used by family
farmers in the state of Rio Grande do Sul, who operate in the Short Food
Supply Chain, adding value to their products and services, were exposed.
Adding value to products is related to marketing channels
that involve the display of offered items, such as events, and shops on
properties, among others. In parallel to the interaction between farmers
and consumers, products are sold through their visual aspects, such as the
presence of seals and certification, indicating differentiation, investments
in packaging, involving logo and label, and the diversity of the product
line, to meet different consumer preferences.
As for ways to add value to services, all are related to multifunctional
rural businesses, which, in addition to offering fresh agricultural products,
farmers offer services related to these products and the territory, such as
colonial café, guided tour, picnic, festive attraction, among others that
promote unique experiences for consumers, in contact with nature.
ese ways of adding value to products and services, through
SFSCs, contribute to income generation, improved living conditions for
farmers and their families, rural succession, due to autonomy, and local
and territorial development, by attracting tourists and assigning value to
origins and regional culture, as well as helping to maintain and preserve
landscapes and other natural resources in the regions where rural properties
are located.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
198
reFerences
8PHOTO. Algumas sobremesas turcas com copos de chá e bule em uma mesa com a vila no
fundo, vista lateral. Freepik. 2023. 1 fotografia. Disponível em: https://br.freepik.com/
fotos-gratis/algumas-sobremesas-turcas-com-copos-de-cha-e-bule-em-uma-mesa-com-a-
vila-no-fundo-vista-lateral_7757646.htm. Acesso em: 12 set. 2023.
ABATEKASSA, G.; PETERSON, H. Christopher. Market Access for Local Food
through the Conventional Food Supply Chain. International Food and Agribusiness
Management Review, Wageningen, v. 14, n. 1, p. 63–82, 2011.
ABOSAG, I.; LEE, J. W. e formation of trust and commitment in business
relationships in the Middle East: Understanding Et-Moone relationships. International
Business Review, Oxford, v. 22, n. 3, p. 602-614, 2013.
BAZZANI, C.; CANAVARI, M. Is local a matter of food miles or food traditions?
Italian Journal of Food Science, Pisa, v. 29, n. 3, p. 505-517, 2017.
BELLETTI, G.; MARESCOTTI, A. Short Food Supply Chain for promoting local
food on local markets. United Nations Ind. Develop. Organization, 2020. Disponível
em: https://www.suster.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/SHORT-FOOD-SUPPLY-
CHAINS.pdf. Acesso em: 12 ago. 2024.
BETANCOUR, R.; CHOCARRO, R.; CORTIÑAS, M.; ELORZ, M.; MUGICA, J.
M. Channel choice in the 21st century: the hidden role of distribution services. Journal
of Interactive Marketing, New York, v. 33, n.1, p. 1-12, 2016.
BRAUDEL, F. Civilização material, economia e capitalismo: século XV-XVIII: O jogo
das trocas. São Paulo: Martins Fontes, 1996.
CHAFFOTE, L.; CHIFFOLEAU, Y. Vente directe et circuits courts: évaluations,
definitions et typologie. Cahier’de l’Observatoire, Montpellier, v. 1, n. 1, p. 1-8, 2007.
CHIFFOLEAU, Y.; DOURIAN, T. Sustainable Food Supply Chains: is shortening the
answer? A literature review for a research and innovation agenda. Sustainability, Basel, v.
12, n. 23, p. 9831, 2020.
CONTERATO, M. A.; STRATE, M. F. D. Práticas de agroindustrialização e
arranjos produtivos locais como estratégia de diversificar e fortalecer a agricultura
familiar no Rio Grande do Sul. Revista do Desenvolvimento Regional, Taquara, v. 24,
n. 1, p. 227-245, 2019.
CORSI, A.; NOVELLI, S.; PETTENATI, G. Alternative Food Networks in
Piedmont: determinants of on-farm and off-farm direct sales by farmers. In: ITALIAN
ASSOCIATION OF AGRICULTURAL AND APPLIED ECONOMICS, 3., 2014,
Italy. Anais […]. Alghero: AIEAA, 2014. p. 25-27.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
199
COUGHLAN, A. T., ANDERSON, E. STERN, L.W. E. L ANSARIA, I. Canais de
Marketing e Distribuição. 6. ed. Porto Alegre: Bookman, 2002.
DEIMILING, M. F.; BARRICHELLO, R; RICARDO, J. B., BIEGER, B. N.;
CASAROTTO FILHO, N. Agricultura familiar e as relações na comercialização da
produção. Interciência, Catanduva, v. 40, n. 7, p. 440-447, 2015.
DINIS, L. T.; BERNARDO, S.; YANG, C.; FRAGA, H.; MALHEIRO, A.;
MOUTINHO-PEREIRA, J.; SANTOS, J. A. Mediterranean viticulture in contexto of
climate change. Ciência e Técnica Vitivinícola, Dois Portos, v. 37, n. 2, p. 139-158, 2022.
FREEPIK. Conceito de pessoas de estilo de vida verde. 2023. 1 ilustração.
Disponível em: https://br.freepik.com/vetores-gratis/conceito-de-pessoas-de-
estilo-de-vida-verde_6504159.htm#query=consumer%20of%20local%20
farmers&position=23&from_view=search&track=ai. Acesso em: 12 set. 2023.
HUYGENS, D; LIPS, D.; AERTS, S. Short chain food supply in Flanders (Belgium):
direct sales on farm made products. Bulletin of the University of Agricultural Sciences &
Veterinary Medicine Cluj-Napoca: Agriculture, Romania, v. 67, n. 1, p.154-160, 2010.
INSTITUTO BRASILEIRO DE GEOGRAFIA E ESTATÍSTICA (IBGE). Censo
Agropecuário. Brasília, DF: IBGE, 2017. Disponível em: https://censoagro2017.ibge.
gov.br/. Acesso em: 13 set. 2023.
ILBERY, B.; MAYE, D. Food supply chains and sustainability: evidence from specialist
food producers in the Scottish/English borders. Land Use Policy, Oxford, n. 22, p.
331–344, 2005.
JAROSZ, L. e city in the country: Growing alternative food networks in
Metropolitan areas. Journal of rural studies, Loughborough, v. 24, n. 3, p. 231-244,
2008.
KAPALA, A. M. Legal instruments to support short food supply chains and local food
systems in France. Laws, Basel, v. 11, n. 2, p. 21-35, 2022.
KNEAFSEY, M.; VENN, L.; SCHMUTZ, U.; BALÁZS, B.; TRENCHARD, L.;
EYDEN-WOOD, T.; BOS, E.; SUTTON, G.; BLACKETT, M. Short Food Supply
Chains and Local Food Systems in the EU. A State of Play of their Socio-Economic
Characteristics. Scientific and Policy Reports, Oxford, p. 1-128, 2013.
LAMBERT, D. M.; COOPER, M. C. Issues in supply chain management. Industrial
marketing management, United States, v. 29, n. 1, p. 65-83, 2000.
LAMINE; C.; RENTING, H.; ROSSI, A.; WISKERKE, J.; BRUNORI, G. Agri-
Food systems and territorial development: innovations, new dynamics and changing
governance mechanisms. In: DARNHOFER, I.; GIBBON, D. DEDIEU, B. (ed.).
Farming Systems Research into the 21st Century: e New Dynamic. Springer: Dordrecht,
2012. p. 229-256.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
200
LEVIDOW, L.; SANSOLO, D.; SCHIAVINATTO, M. Agroecological innovation
constructing socionatural order for social transformation: two case studies in Brazil.
Tapuya: Latin American Science, Technology and Society, London, v. 4, n. 1, p.
1843318, 2021. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/25729861.2020.1843318. Disponível
em: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/25729861.2020.1843318. Acesso
em: 12 ago. 2024.
LIN, J. S. C.; CHEN, C. R. Determinants of manufacturers’ selection of
distributors. Supply Chain Management: An International Journal, Bingley, v. 13, n.
5, p. 356-365, 2008.
MAREN, I. E. Food systems for sustainable terrestrial ecosystems (SDG 15). Food
Ethics, Cham, v. 2, n. 1, p. 155-159, 2019.
MARSDEN, T.; BANKS, J.; BRISTOW, G. Food Supply Chain Approaches: Exploring
their Role in Rural Development. Sociologia Ruralis, Chichester, v. 40, n. 4, p. 424-438,
2000.
McMILLAN, J. A reinvenção do bazar: uma história dos mercados. Rio de Janeiro: Jorge
Zahar, 2004.
MENDES, J. T. G. Economia: fundamentos e aplicações. 2. ed. São Paulo: Pearson
Prentice Hall, 2009.
MENDES, J. T. G.; PADILHA JUNIOR, J. B. Agronegócio: uma abordagem
econômica. São Paulo: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2007.
NAÇÕES UNIDAS BRASIL. Sobre o nosso trabalho para alcançar os Objetivos de
Desenvolvimento Sustentável no Brasil. ONU, 2023. Disponível em: https://brasil.
un.org/pt-br/sdgs. Acesso em: 12 out. 2023.
PIGATTO, G; ALCANTARA, R.L.C. Relacionamento colaborativo no canal de
distribuição: uma matriz para análise. Gestão & Produção, São Carlos, v. 14, n. 1, p.
155-167, 2007.
PINNA, S. Alternative farming and collective goals: towards a powerful relationships for
future food policies. Land Use Policy, Oxford, v. 61, p. 339-352, 2017. DOI: https://
doi.org/10.1016/j.landusepol.2016.11.034. Disponível em: https://www.sciencedirect.
com/science/article/pii/S0264837716302976?via%3Dihub. Acesso em: 12 set. 2023.
PROGRAMA DE PÓS-GRADUAÇÃO EM QUÍMICA (PPGQ). Informações
e curiosidades sobre Bento Gonçalves e a Serra Gaúcha. Santa Maria: PPGQ, 2023.
Disponível em: https://www.ufsm.br/cursos/pos-graduacao/santa-maria/ppgq/
informacoes-e-curiosidades-sobre-bento-goncalves-e-a-serra-gaucha. Acesso em: 12
set. 2023.
PRIBERAM DICIONÁRIO. Unstructured data + AI = Knowledge. Lisboa:
Priberam, 2023.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
201
RENTING, H.; MARSDEN, T. K.; BANKS, J. Understanding alternative food
networks: exploring the role of short food supply chains in rural development.
Environment and Planning A: Economy and Space, ousand Oaks, v. 35, n. 3, p.
393-411, 2003. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1068/a3510. Disponível em: https://journals.
sagepub.com/doi/10.1068/a3510. Acesso em: 12 set. 2023.
RIO GRANDE DO SUL. Uma história de sucesso. Expointer, 2023. Disponível em:
https://www.expointer.rs.gov.br/historia. Acesso em: 12 set. 2023.
ROSENBLOOM, B. Canais de marketing: uma visão gerencial. São Paulo: Atlas, 2002.
ROTAS E ROTEIROS. Rota Romântica. Rotaseroteiros, 2023. Disponível em: https://
rotaseroteiros.com.br/rota-romantica/. Acesso em: 12 set. 2023.
SACCHI, G.; CEI, L.; STEFANI, G.; LOMBARDI, G.; ROCCHI, B.; BELLETTI,
G. et al. A multi-actor literature review on alternative and sustainable food systems for
the promotion of cereal biodiversity. Agriculture, Basel, v. 8, n. 11, p. 173, 2018.
SCALCO, A. R. Certificações socioambientais em sistemas agroalimentares:
convergências e divergências de atributos. Sistemas & Gestão, Niterói, v. 14, n. 2, p. 177-
187, 2019. DOI: https://doi.org/10.20985/1980-5160.2019.v14n2.1523. Disponível
em: https://www.revistasg.uff.br/sg/article/view/1523. Acesso em: 12 set. 2023.
SCHNEIDER, T.; BUZATTO, M. Emater/RS-Ascar divulga atualização da estimativa
da Safra de Verão 2022/23. Porto Alegre: Secretaria da Agricultura, Pecuária, Produção
Sustentável e Irrigação, 2023. Disponível em: https://www.agricultura.rs.gov.br/
emater-rs-ascar-divulga-atualizacao-da-estimativa-da-safra-de-verao-2022-23. Acesso
em: 12 set. 2023.
SELLITTO, M.A.; VIAL, L.A.M.; VIEGAS, C.V. Critical success factors in Short Food
Supply Chains: case studies with milk and dairy producers from Italy and Brazil. Journal
of Cleaner Production, Oxford, v. 170, n. 1, p. 1361-1368, 2018.
STERN, L.; EL-ANSARY, A. L.; COUGHLAN, A. Marketing channels. 5. ed. São
Paulo: Pearson Prentice Hall. 1996.
UENO, V. A.; NEVES. M.C.; QUEIROGA, J. L.; RAMOS FILHO, L. O.;
OLIVEIRA, L. P. Estratégias de comercialização da agricultura familiar: estudos de caso
em assentamentos rurais do estado de São Paulo. In: SIMPÓSIO SOBRE REFORMA
AGRÁRIA E QUESTÕES RURAIS, 6., 2016, Brasil. Anais […]. Araraquara: Uniara,
2016. p. 1.
VECSTOCK. Fogão de tijolos rústicos assa jantar de pão caseiro gerado por IA. Freepik.
2023. 1 fotografia. Disponível em: https://br.freepik.com/fotos-gratis/fogao-de-
tijolos-rusticos-assa-jantar-de-pao-caseiro-gerado-por-ia_41595708.htm. Acesso em:
12 set. 2023.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
202
VWALAKTE. Vista do piquenique nas montanhas alpinas francesas com lago. Freepil.
2023. 1 fotografia. Disponível em: https://br.freepik.com/fotos-gratis/vista-do-
piquenique-nas-montanhas-alpinas-francesas-com-lago_10585933.htm. Acesso em: 12
set. 2023.
WITTMANN, A. Fachwerk, a técnica construtiva enxaimel. Vitruvius: projetos, 2016.
YANOMANY, T. Sabrage para abrir espumantes e champagnes com a faca e colheres. Club
Del Vino, 2023. Disponível em: https://www.club-del-vino.com/br/sabrage-espumante-
champagne/. Acesso em: 12 set. 2023.
ZOLL, F.; SPECHT, K.; SIEBERT, R. Alternative= transformative? Investigating
drivers of transformation in alternative food networks in Germany. Sociologia Ruralis,
Chichester, v. 61, n. 3, p. 638-659, 2021.
ZOLLET, S.; MAHARJAN, K. L. Resisting the vineyard invasion: Anti-pesticide
movements as a vehicle for territorial food democracy and just sustainability transitions.
Journal of Rural Studies, Oxford, v. 86, n. 1, p. 318-329, 2021.
203
chApTer 9
Relationship between technological
innovation infrastructure and
productivity in peanut cultivation
Sandra Cristina de Oliveira 1
Fabiano Pinto Neves 2
Leandro Paloma Mantovani 3
Adriana dos Santos Dias 4
Mário Mollo Neto 5
and Juliano Endrigo Sordan 6
Department of Management, Development and Technology, Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: sandra.
oliveira@unesp.br.
Postgraduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering,
São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: fabiano.
neves@unesp.br.
Postgraduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering,
São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail:
l.mantovani@unesp.br.
Postgraduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: adriana.s.dias@
unesp.br.
Department of Biosystems Engineering, Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São Paulo State University
“Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: mario.mollo@unesp.br.
Faculty of Technology of Sertãozinho (FATEC), São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: juliano.sordan@fatec.sp.gov.br.
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p203-222
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
204
inTroducTion
Peanut (Arachis hypogaea L.) is an herbaceous plant, whose seeds
contain around 25% protein and 50% edible oil. e grain is considered one
of the most nutritious and energetic foods, being used in the food industry
as raw material to produce oil and confections (Gerico et al., 2020).
In 2020, the world’s largest peanut producers were China, India,
Nigeria, USA, Sudan, Argentina, and Brazil, respectively, with China
responsible for producing approximately 17.5 million tons. Also in 2020,
the largest importers of shelled peanuts were the Netherlands, Indonesia,
China, Russia, and Germany, respectively (FAO, 2023). In the same year,
the volume of shelled peanut imports was approximately USD 3.3 billion,
and peanut oil was almost USD 440 million in the world market, of which
Brazil had a 7% and 13% share, respectively (Trade Map, 2022).
With exponential growth of 100% in the last decade, peanut
production in Brazil reached almost 700 thousand tons in the 2021/22
harvest (CONAB, 2022b). is increase is due to the adoption of new
technologies in the production segment, with new more adaptable,
resistant, and productive cultivars, with the introduction of mechanized
harvesting, and with the institutional changes that have occurred since the
development of standards and production rules aimed at ensuring product
health (Akram et al., 2022).
e peanut crop is highly relevant to the agribusiness of the state of
São Paulo, which is the largest producer in the country, being responsible
for producing 561.6 thousand tons in the 2021/22 harvest, representing
almost 90% of national production (CONAB, 2022a).
e main peanut-producing regions within the state of São Paulo are
Alta Mogiana, where production is mainly concentrated in the municipalities
of Ribeirão Preto, Dumont, Jaboticabal, and Sertãozinho; and Alta Paulista,
where production is more representative in the municipalities of Tupã and
Marília (Sampaio; Fredo, 2021). Additionally, it is estimated that 80% of
the reformed sugarcane areas in the state are occupied by the peanut crop
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
205
(Sampaio, 2016). erefore, the inclusion of this crop in areas of sugarcane
renewal is making it increasingly competitive in the country.
Although peanut cultivation has been explored in the state of São
Paulo since the 1940s, gathering more than 80 species, there is a need for
more investments in infrastructure, machinery, technology, and personnel
to generate innovations capable of achieving higher productivity,
profitability, and competitiveness (Sampaio; Fredo, 2021).
According to Martins and Vicente (2010), the capacity to innovate
and adapt to market requirements and demands depends largely on
strategies, adoption, and development of new technologies. erefore,
there must be “[...] the maximization and creation of synergies among
the parties involved in the production chain to meet consumer needs
more efficiently and effectively, with lower costs” (Armelin; Silva;
Colucci, 2016, p. 80).
Indeed, technological changes in peanut production and processing
and institutional transitions are directly linked to the current production
scenario of the crop, meaning they impact the production volume, product
quality and competitiveness, and more effective participation in meeting
domestic and foreign market demands (EMBRAPA, 2014). In this sense,
Information Technology has become increasingly relevant to agribusiness,
contributing to innovation in food production and food security.
Agriculture 4.0 consists of a set of integrated digital technologies
(systems, applications, and machines) developed to optimize agricultural
production in all its stages, from planting to harvesting (Silva et al.,
2019). erefore, the combined use of precision agriculture, big data,
and the internet of things can lead to greater efficiency in management
and agricultural production, as these technologies have been used in the
planning and control of various crops (Braun; Colangelo; Steckel, 2018);
in the intelligent use of data collected through advanced technologies
(Mancini; Frontoni; Zingiarettie, 2019); as well as in sustainable practices
(Symeonaki; Arvanitis; Piromalis, 2020).
Agriculture 4.0 tools generate and analyze a large amount of data,
integrating management and production processes and ensuring the
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
206
professionalization of activities and sustainability in production processes.
ey facilitate decision-making, providing cost reduction and higher
productivity and profitability (Silva et al., 2019). erefore, understanding
the association between the use of new technologies and the effect of this
use on peanut productivity enables the establishment of scenarios that will
assist in decision-making regarding the improvement of the dynamics and
competitiveness of the production chain.
is chapter presents the technological infrastructure, based on
Agriculture 4.0, related to machines and equipment, inputs, storage,
and management used by peanut producers in the West Paulista region.
Specifically, it makes an association of this infrastructure with the
productivity of the said crop to verify the implication of using these
technological innovation items on productivity.
e concept of technological innovation is associated with the
emergence of unprecedented technologies generated in a scientific
research environment that provide higher quality and productivity, an
essential factor for the development of peanut production, similar to
other crops and economic sectors (Sharif, 2012). In this sense, the world
is becoming “dramatically more interconnected, interdependent, and
competitive, where fostering innovation has emerged as the main strategy
for socioeconomic prosperity” (Sharif, 2012, p. 599).
Given this context, the theme addressed in this chapter aligns
with the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in terms of the
following targets:
Target 9.5 Strengthen scientific research, improve the technological
capabilities of industrial sectors in all countries, particularly
developing countries, including, by 2030, encouraging innovation
and substantially increasing the number of research and
development workers per million people and public and private
spending on research and development. Target 9.b Support
domestic technology development, research, and innovation
in developing countries, including ensuring a conducive policy
environment for, among other things, industrial diversification and
value addition to commodities (GT AGENDA 2030, 2022).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
207
e theme and objectives of this work are interrelated with the areas
of Administration, Agronomy, Statistics, Information Systems, Economics,
among others. erefore, given the multidisciplinary scope of the related
areas, it is considered that the results of this research contribute to the
Competitiveness of Agribusiness Systems line of the PGAD by providing
important information on the advantages of using certain technologies in
agricultural activities for cleaner and more sustainable production.
A form with multiple-choice questions was used as a data collection
instrument. is form was applied to a random sample of 29 peanut
producers from the West Paulista region (which includes the Alta Paulista
region) who used conventional and conservationist systems during the
second semester of 2022 (harvest 2022/23).
e surveyed producers are in the main peanut-producing
municipalities of the West Paulista region, namely, Adamantina, Arco-Íris,
Bastos, Getulina, Guaimbé, Herculândia, Iacri, Marília, Martinópolis,
Nantes, Parapuã, Presidente Prudente, Quatá, Quintana, Rancharia,
Sagres, and Tupã. e number of surveyed farmers corresponds to 20% of
the total planted area in the West Paulista region, representing a significant
segment of the peanut-producing region.
e form’s questions concern the type of farmer (family or non-
family), planted area, production destination, and peanut productivity, as
well as the adoption of technological innovation items (in the 2022/23
harvest) related to:
• Machines and equipment: Self-propelled sprayer; Harvesters;
Global Positioning System (GPS); Light bar; Section cut on the
sprayer; Autopilot; GPS signal correction; Variable rate fertilizer;
Applications using Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (Drones); and
Telemetry system.
• Inputs: Annual soil analysis; Application of macrobiologicals;
Integrated Pest Management (IPM); and Integrated Disease
Management (IDM).
• Type of storage: Dryer; and Warehouse.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
208
• Management: Agronomic assistance from the cooperative/
reseller; Own agronomic assistance; Agribusiness-oriented
applications; Business management software; Trained operators;
Business management by a professional; and Quality certificate
e data obtained were analyzed using descriptive statistics (graphs
and percentages), and then G independence tests were applied. e G test
is a non-parametric test, similar in all aspects to the chi-square test (χ2),
used to verify the association between two qualitative variables, arranged in
contingency tables or double-entry tables, specifically when the sample size
is less than 40 and expected frequencies are less than ‘5’ (Fávero; Belfiore,
2017). In this chapter, contingency tables are shown geometrically, i.e.,
summarized through graphs.
Non-parametric tests are recommended for formulating hypotheses
about certain qualitative characteristics of a population and can be applied
to qualitative data, on a nominal or ordinal scale (Fávero; Belfiore, 2017).
us, for a significance probability obtained from the data (p-value) less
than or equal to the 5% significance level established for the test, the null
hypothesis Ho of independence between the variables productivity and a
given item of technological innovation was rejected, concluding that there is
a significant association between the two variables analyzed (Martins, 2005).
proFile oF rurAl producers, plAnTed AreA, producTion desTinATion,
And peAnuT producTiviTy in The wesT pAulisTA region
According to the research data, 35% of the surveyed producers can
be characterized as family farmers, according to Federal Law No. 11.326,
of July 24, 2006 – which establishes the guidelines for Family Agriculture
and Rural Family Enterprises in Brazil (Antunes, 2011; Brasil, 2006).
Sales of 83% of rural producers’ production are exclusively to the
domestic market. Of the remaining 17%, 7% are family farmers, with
cultivation ranging from 242 to 605 hectares, who have quality certification
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
209
from the Brazilian Association of Chocolate, Peanut, and Candy Industry
(ABICAB) and supply the product to domestic and international markets.
e other 10% exclusively sell their products to the international market,
with 3% of these producers having production of up to 1,815 hectares and
7% around 2,420 hectares. Of these 10%, about 70% of producers have
quality certification.
As for export destinations, a significant portion of the peanuts
produced by the surveyed producers goes to the following markets:
Russia, Algeria, Ukraine, European Union (14 countries), Dubai,
Morocco, and Colombia.
Additionally, about 56% of rural producers had productivity above 165.30
bags per hectare (sc/ha) in the 2022/23 harvest, i.e., above 4,132.5 kilograms per
hectare (kg/ha). It is noteworthy that, in the same harvest, the average peanut
productivity in the state of São Paulo was 3,848.0 kg/ha, or equivalently, 153.92
sc/ha (CONAB, 2022a), which highlights the representativeness of the West
Paulista region in the state’s peanut production scenario.
relATionship beTween TechnologicAl innovATion inFrAsTrucTure And
peAnuT producTiviTy
As for technological innovation infrastructure, Figure 1 shows the
existing structure in terms of machines and equipment used by rural
producers in peanut production.
It is observed that all surveyed producers have harvesters (Figure 1.b),
and a significant percentage of producers have self-propelled sprayers (Figure
1.a), use GPS (Figure 1.c), and cut sections on the sprayer (Figure 1.e). A less
significant percentage use autopilot (Figure 1.f) and GPS signal correction
(Figure 1.g). On the other hand, most producers do not apply variable rate
fertilizer (Figure 1.h) or use drones (Figure 1.i) for such applications, nor do
they use a telemetry system (Figure 1.j) or light bar (Figure 1.d).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
210
Figure 1 – Machines and equipment used by rural producers versus
productivity (sc/ha)
Self-propelled sprayer
G = 1.4819; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.6865
Harvesters
GPS
G = 2.1610; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.5397
Light bar
G = 5.4409; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.1422
Section cut on the sprayer
G = 2.1610; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.5397
Autopilot
G = 1.2396; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.7435
GPS signal correction
G = 2.6384; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.4508
Variable rate fertilizer
G = 2.7751; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.4276
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
211
Applications using Drone
G = 1.3518; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.7169
Telemetry system
G = 7.2075; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.0656
Source: Prepared by the authors from the research data (2022). *Significant at 5%, indicating that the
variables are associated.
e Global Positioning System or GPS is the equipment used
for navigation, communication, measurement, and area delimitation,
providing a reduction in the risk of losses. As for the autopilot systems in
tractors, harvesters, and other agricultural machines, these work through
an antenna installed on the machines’ roofs that receive satellite signals
from the GPS, allowing the vehicle to be guided automatically, without
operator interference (Silva et al., 2019). Unmanned Aerial Vehicles or
drones are instruments that can be used to analyze areas, check for pest
or disease attacks, and investigate planting failures. Telemetry, in turn, is
a system that collects and shares data about machines, equipment, and
vehicles remotely, monitoring routes, fuel consumption, and refueling,
among other purposes (Silva et al., 2019). e light bar is the equipment
used to guide a vehicle in adjacent strips to obtain more precision and
uniformity in the distribution of soil amendments and fertilizers. Variable
rate fertilizer application is a resource that allows the application of different
fertilizer rates in each part of the soil, according to its characteristics and
planned yield (Armelin; Silva; Colucci, 2016).
Figure 1 also shows the p-values of the G tests applied to verify the
independence between each of the machines and equipment items used
(or not) by rural producers and productivity. It was observed that no item
is significantly associated with productivity, according to statistical tests.
Indeed, the data show that the Agriculture 4.0 infrastructure in terms
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
212
of machines and equipment in the West Paulista region is still incipient
among the surveyed producers.
In this sense, Silva, Oliveira, and Loureiro Junior (2019) emphasized
that there is little investment in research on the use of technologies in
peanut cultivation, including regarding the mechanized harvesting process
compared to other crops. However, technologies have significant potential
for improving the harvesting process of this crop, highlighting the use of
autopilot, yield mapping, telemetry, and computer vision.
Figure 2 shows the second group of technological adoption items
related to inputs, which can be used to improve the soil and combat the
main pests and diseases affecting peanut production, with “black spot”
(which appears associated with other diseases) and the “redneck caterpillar”
pest being the most observed in the West Paulista region. Regarding weeds,
there is a higher incidence of “indigo” and “morning glory” in this region.
It is found that most surveyed producers take care of the soil, with
more than 90% of them conducting annual soil analysis (Figure 2.a) and
investing in macrobiological application (Figure 2.b), which is a pest and
disease management procedure that uses living organisms (natural enemies)
to control them. However, IPM and IDM have much less adherence
among peanut producers in this region (Figures 2.c and 2.d).
As for the p-values of the G tests applied to verify the independence
between each of the input items used (or not) by rural producers and
productivity, Figures 2.c and 2.d indicate that two of them are significantly
associated with productivity, namely, IPM and IDM. According to the
data, about 80% of producers do not practice IPM or IDM but are
concentrated in the two central productivity ranges (between 123.98 sc/ha
and 206.60 sc/ha). However, producers who practice IPM and IDM are in
the highest productivity range, above 206.60 sc/ha.
Integrated Pest and Disease Management is a control procedure
that aims to preserve natural mortality factors through the integrated
use of combat techniques selected based on economic, ecological, and
sociological parameters. us, by effectively combating existing pests
and diseases in the crop, this type of management leads to reduced use of
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
213
agricultural pesticides and, consequently, production costs, contributing
to environmental balance and increased productivity and profitability of
the crop (Norlia et al., 2018).
Figure 2 – Inputs used by rural producers versus productivity (sc/ha)
Annual soil analysis
G = 1.1680; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.7607
Macrobiological application
G = 7.2075; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.0656
Integrated Pest Management (IPM)
G = 8.0537; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.0449*
Integrated Disease Management (IDM)
G = 8.6997; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.0336*
Source: Prepared by the authors from the research data (2022). *Significant at 5%, indicating that the
variables are associated.
Figure 3 provides information on the types of storage used by surveyed
producers after peanut harvesting. Such care is essential for maintaining
the product, which requires specific conditions for drying, conditioning,
transportation, and storage to avoid contamination by Aflatoxin, heavy
metals, and other pathogens (Yang et al., 2020).
Notably, investments in technology and drying and storage
equipment with humidity control enable the producer to have greater
control over the procedures and lower risk of contamination by contact
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
214
with peanuts from other sources, in addition to strategic positioning with
reduced external logistical costs, increased efficiency in logistical flow, and
lower risk of product deterioration (Batalha, 2007; Norlia et al., 2018).
According to Figure 3, all surveyed producers use dryers and
warehouses for peanut maintenance, with over half of rural producers using
their own dryers (Figure 3.a) and nearly 75% having their own warehouses
(Figure 3.b). Additionally, the p-values of the G tests applied to verify the
independence between each type of storage used (or not) by rural producers
and productivity show that both (type of dryer and type of warehouse) are
significantly associated with productivity.
In this sense, it was observed that rural producers who have their own
dryers and warehouses are mostly concentrated in the productivity range
between 165.31 sc/ha and 206.60 sc/ha, one of the highest. Indeed, this
allows producers to have greater control over the moisture rate and risks
related mainly to the Aflatoxin index, reflecting increased productivity.
Figure 3 – Type of storage used by rural producers versus productivity (sc/ha)
Dryer
G = 8.6312; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.0346*
Warehouse
G = 8.6703; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.0340*
Source: Prepared by the authors from the research data (2022). *Significant at 5%, indicating that the
variables are associated.
Figure 4 shows the production management structure employed
by the surveyed producers. It is observed that technologies in production
management have been used by producers in the West Paulista region
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
215
in some ways to assist in planting planning and execution to improve
efficiency, increase productivity, and ensure profitability.
According to Figures 4.e and 4.a, all surveyed producers have
business management carried out by a professional (they hire managers
and professional technicians) and have agronomic assistance provided by
cooperatives/resellers (they rely on technical competence in assistance,
guidance, and care in agricultural production procedures). Additionally,
about 25% of them also have agronomists on their teams.
On the other hand, it is observed that technologies associated with
business management software (Figure 4.c), trained operators (Figure 4.d),
and certification (Figure 4.f) have lower adoption percentages. Business
management software aims to provide technological management with
more accurate control and information, enabling more assertive decision-
making (Hermans et al., 2019). In this sense, the rural producer needs to have
a team of operators qualified to use this software and agribusiness-oriented
applications so that these technologies can improve production results
(Rodrigues et al., 2020). Product quality certification (Pró-Amendoim-
ABICAB or others), in turn, allows the producer to gain competitiveness
through differentiation and strategic positioning (ABICAB, 2022; Nico et
al., 2016).
Agribusiness-oriented applications are used by more than 30% of
the surveyed rural producers (Figure 4.b). ese technological resources
are employed to achieve better results, minimizing losses, damage, and/or
impacts (Silva et al., 2020).
Using business management software and applications in peanut
agriculture, when applied in an integrated and well-planned manner, can
offer several benefits. ese tools help farmers optimize the planting process,
monitor plant growth, manage fertilizer and pesticide applications more
efficiently, and assist in pest and disease control. Software and applications
also allow for recording and analyzing data on weather conditions, soil
management, and other relevant factors for peanut cultivation. Based on
this information, farmers can make more informed and precise decisions,
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
216
which can lead to higher productivity and profitability with the help of
these management tools (Lima et al., 2020).
Additionally, using these technologies in peanut agriculture
contributes to sustainability and environmental preservation by allowing
more rational use of natural resources and reducing waste of inputs.
Overall, they can boost the agricultural sector, making it more efficient,
competitive, and sustainable (Almeida; Buainain, 2016).
Figure 4 – Management tools employed by rural producers versus
productivity (sc/ha)
Agronomic assistance
G = 8.0451; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.0451*
Agribusiness-oriented applications
G = 7.4476; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.0589
Business management software
G = 7.2075; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.0656
Trained operators
G = 5.1485; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.1612
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
217
Business management carried out by a professional Quality certification
G = 3.6911; degrees of freedom = 3; p-value = 0.2968
Source: Prepared by the authors from the research data (2022). *Significant at 5%, indicating that the
variables are associated.
As for the p-values of the G tests applied to verify the independence
between each management tool used (or not) by rural producers and
productivity, only agronomic assistance is significantly associated with
productivity. In this sense, it was observed that almost 70% of the surveyed
producers who use only agronomic assistance from the cooperative/reseller
had productivity above 123.98 sc/ha, showing that this type of assistance
has been effective in peanut production management in the studied region.
Sampaio (2016) points out that one of the challenges of peanut
production lies in the relationship this crop has with sugarcane production,
highlighting the importance of studies that show the performance and
feasibility of production technologies in the Alta Mogiana and Alta
Paulista regions, and whether these technologies are truly adapted to the
different conditions required by sugarcane renewal areas. e author also
emphasizes the need for improving machines, implements, and equipment
for planting and harvesting in peanut production systems, corroborating
the results obtained in this research.
FinAl considerATions
e research results highlight the technological infrastructure based
on Agriculture 4.0 for peanut production by rural producers in the West
Paulista region and its relationship with crop productivity.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
218
As for technologies in machines and equipment, it was observed
that the surveyed producers have directed their investments towards
implementing harvesters, self-propelled sprayers, GPS, and section cutting
on the sprayer. However, adherence to other technologies is much less
effective. In this sense, statistical tests did not show a significant association
between the use of these technologies and productivity increases.
Regarding inputs, it was observed that most rural producers conduct
annual soil analysis and apply macrobiologicals. Integrated pest and disease
management, however, is rarely practiced, even though statistically, there
is a significant relationship between these technologies and productivity.
For storage technologies, statistical tests showed that rural producers
who have their own dryers and warehouses tend to have a significant
productivity gain, as they have greater control over procedures and,
consequently, face lower risks of contamination and product deterioration.
As for management technologies, there is greater adherence by rural
producers to professionalized management, agronomic assistance, and
agribusiness-oriented applications. In this sense, statistical tests showed
a significant association between agronomic assistance and productivity,
indicating that producers who use this type of assistance tend to achieve
higher productivity.
e evidence presented in this work indicates the incipience of
Agriculture 4.0 technologies in peanut farms in the state of São Paulo.
In addition to effective business management, storage, and agricultural
input tools, this paradigm foresees the extensive use of digital technologies,
including geographic information systems, GPS, yield monitors, precision
soil sampling, proximal and remote spectroscopic sensing, unmanned
aerial vehicles, self-guided and directed equipment, and variable rate
technologies (Kovács; Husti, 2018).
e main limitation of this work is the research sample, restricted
to rural producers in the West Paulista region. However, considering
the exploratory nature of the research, it is expected that this work can
contribute to the literature by presenting a preliminary scenario regarding
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
219
the implementation of Agriculture 4.0 technologies in peanut cultivation
and their impacts on agricultural productivity.
AcknowledgmenTs
e authors thank the company Solovita for mediating contact with
the surveyed rural producers and, especially, the rural producers who agreed
to participate in this research. e authors also thank the Coordination
for the Improvement of Higher Education Personnel (Capes) for research
support (Code 001) and the master’s scholarship (Capes-DS).
reFerences
ASSOCIAÇÃO BRASILEIRA DA INDÚSTRIA DE CHOCOLATES,
AMENDOIM E BALAS (ABICAB). Abicab – Pró-Amendoim. São Paulo: ABICAB,
2022. Disponível em: http://www.abicab.org.br/paginas/amendoim/o-amendoim/.
Acesso em: 22 maio 2023.
ALMEIDA, Patrícia José de; BUAINAIN, Antônio Márcio. Land leasing and
sharecropping in Brazil: Determinants, modus operandi and future perspectives. Land
Use Policy, Enschede, v. 52, p. 206-220, 2016.
ANTUNES, Dalea Soares. Características da agricultura familiar. In: ATLAS do espaço
rural brasileiro. Rio de Janeiro: Diretoria de Geociências, 2011. p. 113-133. E-book.
Disponível em: https://biblioteca.ibge.gov.br/visualizacao/livros/liv63372_cap5.pdf.
Acesso em: 13 maio 2021.
AKRAM, Fatima; HAQ, Ikram ul; RAJA, Saleha Ibadat; MIR, Azka Shahzad;
QURESHI, Sumbal Sajid; AQEEL, Amna; SHAH, Fatima Iftikhar. Current trends in
biodiesel production technologies and future progressions: A possible displacement of the
petro-diesel. Journal of Cleaner Production, Amsterdam, v. 370, n. 1, p. 133479, 2022.
ARMELIN, Danilo Augusto; SILVA, Simone Cecília Pelegrini; COLUCCI, Claudio.
Sistemas de informação gerencial. Londrina: Editora e Distribuidora Educacional, 2016.
BATALHA, Mário Otávio (org.). Gestão agroindustrial: GEPAI, Grupo de Estudos e
Pesquisas Agroindústrias. 3. ed. São Paulo: Atlas, 2007. v. 1.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
220
BRASIL. Congresso Brasileiro. Lei no 11.326, de 24 de julho de 2006. Estabelece
as diretrizes para a formulação da Política Nacional da Agricultura Familiar e
Empreendimentos Familiares Rurais. Brasília, DF, 2006. Disponível em: http://
www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_ato2004-2006/2006/lei/l11326.htm. Acesso em:
13 maio 2021.
BRAUN, Anja-Tatjana; COLANGELO, Eduardo; STECKEL, ilo. Farming in the
Era of Industrie 4.0. Procedia CIRP, Amsterdan, v. 72, p. 979-984, 2018.
COMPANHIA NACIONAL DE ABASTECIMENTO (CONAB). Companhia
Nacional de Abastecimento. Comparativo de área, produtividade e produção. Safras
2020/21 e 2021/22. Brasília: CONAB, 2022b. Disponível em: http://www.conab.
gov.br/component/k2/item/download/37154_46ae502e89c1758a383a86f61ae1f933.
Acesso em: 2 nov. 2023.
COMPANHIA NACIONAL DE ABASTECIMENTO (CONAB). Produção de
amendoim cresce mais de 100% nos últimos 8 anos. Brasília: CONAB, 2022a. Disponível
em: http://www.conab.gov.br/ultimas-noticias/4768-producao-de-amendoim-cresce-
mais-de-100-nos-ultimos-8-anos. Acesso em: 19 nov. 2023.
EMPRESA BRASILEIRA DE PESQUISA AGROPECUÁRIA (EMBRAPA).
Sistema de Produção: Embrapa Sistema de Produção de Amendoim. Brasília, 2014.
(v. 7: Sistema de Produção). Disponível em: http://www.spo.cnptia.embrapa.br/
conteudo?p_p_id=conteudoportlet_WAR_sistemasdeproducaolf6_1ga1ceportlet&p_p_
lifecycle=0&p_p_state=normal&p_p_mode=view&p_p_col_id=column-2&p_p_
col_count=1&p_r_p_-76293187_sistemaProducaoId=3803&p_r_p_-996514994_
topicoId=3432. Acesso em: 23 maio 2023.
FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNITED NATIONS
(FAO). FAOSTAT. Roma: FAO, 2019. Disponível em: https://www.fao.org/faostat/
en/#search/peanut. Acesso em: 19 jan. 2023.
FÁVERO, Luiz Paulo; BELFIORE, Patrícia. Manual de análise de dados: estatística e
modelagem multivariada com Excel®, SPSS® e Stata®. Rio de Janeiro: Elsevier Brasil, 2017.
GERICO, ais Grassi; TAVANTI, Renan Francisco Rimoldi; OLIVEIRA, Sandra
Cristina; LOURENZANI, Ana Elisa Bressan Smith; LIMA, Jéssica Pacheco;
RIBEIRO, Rodolfo Pires; SANTOS, Leandro Cesar Cusim; REIS, André Rodrigues.
Bradyrhizobium sp. enhance ureide metabolism increasing peanuts yield. Archives of
Microbiology, Heidelberg, v. 202, n. 1, p. 645-656, 2020.
GT AGENDA 2030. VI Relatório Luz da Sociedade Civil da Agenda 2030 de
Desenvolvimento Sustentável Brasil. Brasil, 2022. Relatório Luz sobre a Agenda 2030
no Brasil 2022. Disponível em: http://gtagenda2030.org.br/relatorio-luz/relatorio-
luz-2022/. Acesso em: 6 set. 2023.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
221
HERMANS, Frans; GEERLING-EIFF, Floor; POTTERS, Jorieke; KLERKX, Laurens.
Public-private partnerships as systemic agricultural innovation policy instruments
– Assessing their contribution to innovation system function dynamics. NJAS:
Wageningen Journal of Life Sciences, v. 88, n. 1, p. 76-95, 2019.
KOVÁCS, István; HUSTI, István. e Role of Digitalization in the Agricultural 4.0:
how to connect the Industry 4.0 to agriculture? Hungarian Agricultural Engineering,
Godollo, v. 33, n. 1, p. 38-42, 2018.
LIMA, Gustavo Correa; FIGUEIREDO, Fabrício Lira; BARBIERI, Armando Eduardo;
SEKI, Jorge. Agro 4.0: Enabling agriculture digital transformation through IoT. Revista
Ciencia Agronomica, Fortaleza, v. 51, n. 5, p. 1-29, 2020.
MANCINI, Adriano; FRONTONI, Emanuele; ZINGARETTI, Primo. Challenges
of multi/hyper spectral images in precision agriculture applications. IOP Conference
Series: Earth and Environmental Science, v. 275, 1st Workshop on Metrology for
Agriculture and Forestry (METROAGRIFOR) 1-2 October, Ancona, Italy, 2019.
Disponível em: http://iopscience.iop.org/article/10.1088/1755-1315/275/1/012001.
Acesso em: 6 set. 2023.
MARTINS, Gilberto Andrade. Estatística Geral e Aplicada. São Paulo: Atlas, 2005.
MARTINS, Renata; VICENTE, José Roberto. Demandas por Inovação no Amendoim
Paulista. Informações Econômicas, São Paulo, v. 40, n. 2, p. 43-51, 2010.
NICO, Bravo; NICO, Lurdes Pratas; FERREIRA, Fátima; TOBIAS, Antônia. A
Certificação de Adquiridos Experienciais e suas Consequências nas Trajetórias de Vida: o
caso do Alentejo, no período 2000-2005. 2016. Disponível em: http://hdl.handle.
net/10174/19291. Acesso em: 6 set. 2023.
NORLIA, Mahror.; JINAP, Selamat; NOR-KHAIZURA, Mahmud Ab Rashid; SON,
Radu; CHIN, Cheow Keat.; SARDJONO, A. Polyphasic approach to the identification
and characterization of aflatoxigenic strains of Aspergillus section Flavi isolated from
peanuts and peanut-based products marketed in Malaysia. International Journal of Food
Microbiology, Amsterdam, v. 282, n. 3, p. 9-15, 2018.
RODRIGUES, Marcos Sales; CASTRIGNANÒ, Annamaria; BELMONTE,
Antonella; SILVA, Kátia Araújo; LESSA, Bruno França de Trindade. Geostatistics and
its potential in Agriculture 4.0. Revista Ciencia Agronomica, Fortaleza, v. 51, n. 5, p.
1-12, 2020.
SAMPAIO, Renata Martins. Tecnologia e Inovação: Evolução e demandas na produção
paulista de amendoim. Informações Econômicas, São Paulo, v. 46, n. 4, jul./ago. 2016.
SAMPAIO, Renata Martins; FREDO, Carlos Eduardo. Características socioeconômicas
e tecnologias na agricultura: um estudo da produção paulista de amendoim a partir do
Levantamento das Unidades de Produção Agropecuária (LUPA) 2016/17. Revista de
Economia e Sociologia Rural, Brasília, v. 59, n. 4, 2021.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
222
SHARIF, Mian Muhammad Nawas. Technological innovation governance for winning
the future. Technological Forecasting and Social Change, New York, v. 79, n. 3, p. 595-
604, 2012.
SILVA, Alexsandro; SILVA, Bruna Aires; SOUZA, Claudinei Fonseca; AZEVEDO,
Benito Moreira de; VASCONCELOS, Denise Vieira; BONFIM, Guilherme Vieira do;
JUAREZ, Juan Manzano; SANTOS, Adão Felipe dos; CARNEIRO, Franciele Morlin.
Irrigation in the age of agriculture 4.0: management, monitoring and precision. Revista
Ciencia Agronomica, Fortaleza, v. 51, n. 5, p. 1-17, 2020.
PEREIRA SILVA, Rouverson; OLIVEIRA, Danilo Tedesco; LOUREIRO JUNIOR,
Antônio Maurício. Agricultura Digital. In: JAMMAL, Daniele Gonçalves. Novas
tecnologias da engenharia para aproveitamento do amendoim. Jaboticabal: Associação
Regional de Engenharia, Arquitetura e Agronomia de Jaboticabal (AREA), 2019. p.
13-17. Disponível em: http://areajaboticabal.org.br/pdf/livro_01.pdf. Acesso em: 3
nov. 2023.
SYMEONAKI, Eleni; ARVANITIS, Konstantinos; PIROMALIS, Dimitrios. Cloud
computing for IoT applications in cli-mate-smart agriculture: A review on the trends
and challenges toward sustainability. In: THEODORIDIS, Alexandros, RAGKOS,
Athanasios, SALAMPASIS, Michail. Innovative Approaches and Applications for
Sustainable Rural Development. HAICTA 2017. Berlim, Switzerland: Springer, Cham,
v. 1, n. 1, p. 147-167, 2020. Disponível em: http://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-02312-
6_9. Acesso em: 13 nov. 2023.
TRADE MAP. Trade statistics for international business development monthly, quarterly
and yearly trade data: Market Analysis and Research, International Trade Centre
(ITC). Geneva, Switzerland: International Trade Centre, 2022. 2021 global trade
indicators in Trade Map. Disponível em: http://www.trademap.org/Index.aspx. Acesso
em: 23 maio 2023.
YANG, Bolei; ZHANG, Chenxi; ZHANG, Xiujuan; WANG, Gang, LI, Li; GENG,
Hairong et al. Chengrong. Survey of aflatoxin B1 and heavy metal contamination in
peanut and peanut soil in China during 2017–2018. Food control, Oxford, v. 118, n.1,
p. 107372, 2020.
223
chApTer 10
e digital transformation of
agricultural fairs in Brazil: an
analysis from the perspective of their
organizers
Jéssica Dayane Nunes PESSÔA 1
Evellyng Munique Zago dos SANTOS 2
João Guilherme de Camargo Ferraz MACHADO 3
and Cristiane Hengler Corrêa BERNARDO 4
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering,
São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: jessica.
pessoa@unesp.br.
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: evellyng.
zago@unesp.br.
Department of Management, Development and Technology, Faculty of Sciences and Engineering,
São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail:
jg.machado@unesp.br.
Department of Management, Development and Technology, Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: cristiane.
bernardo@unesp.br.
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p223-246
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
224
inTroducTion
e Covid-19 pandemic has challenged all sectors, which needed to
reinvent themselves to minimize the damage caused by the disease. Since
the SARS-Cov-2/Covid-19 registration in China in December 2019,
humanity has been facing a serious global health crisis (Aquino et al.,
2020; Souza et al., 2020).
With face-to-face activities suspended, one of the sectors affected
by the pandemic was agricultural events. In March 2020, the cancellation
or postponement of 13 agricultural events in the country until the end of
May (including agricultural exhibitions, workshops, ceremonies, forums,
and pre-events) impacted this market by R$ 10.8 billion, based on the
amounts moved in 2019 (Soares, 2020).
Even with difficulties, some companies and organizations implemented
actions aimed at overcoming such a situation. With the aid and use of
technologies, innovation, and creativity, the agricultural fairs and events
sector has continued activities by digital platforms (ABMRA, 2021).
Some agribusiness fairs have reinvented themselves and adopted
Internet technological tools to make their events viable and generate
business, taking advantage of the greater public reach, without the barrier
of physical distance (ABMRA, 2021). us, the need to maintain social
relations and economic activities led to greater use of digital communication
tools during the pandemic period, breaking current societal stereotypes
(Ricarte, 2020).
For this chapter, we are particularly interested in the Digital
Transformation (TD) triggered during the Covid-19 pandemic in the
rural environment, especially agricultural fairs. Recognizing that the TD
process, in this case, was not initiated and conducted strategically but as
a reaction and adjustment to the situation caused by the pandemic, the
organizing and exhibiting companies relied on digital technologies to
transform their offers and manage various structural and cultural changes
and barriers.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
225
In this context, this chapter aims to verify the emergency adaptation
of agricultural fairs to the virtual environment, by identifying the strategies
and challenges of agricultural events due to the pandemic period and
verifying the benefits and disadvantages of this emergency adaptation.
e theme presented in this chapter contributes to scientific
knowledge around sustainable development, which is in line with the
objectives of the Postgraduate Program in Agribusiness and Development
(PGAD) at Unesp, Campus de Tupã. In this sense, it contributes to
discussions within the scope of the eighth Sustainable Development Goal
(SDG), which aims to “promote sustained, inclusive, and sustainable
economic growth, full and productive employment, and decent work for
all” (United Nations Brazil, 2021). More specifically, it addresses sub-
item 8.2 of the SDG, which aims to “achieve higher levels of economic
productivity through diversification, technological upgrading, and
innovation, including through a focus on high-value-added sectors and
labor-intensive sectors” (United Nations Brazil, 2021).
AgriculTurAl FAirs And evenTs
Agricultural fairs are events where information about techniques,
machinery, and other innovations are presented to the public. ey are
configured as spaces for the exhibition and presentation of information
related to agricultural activities, to meet the informational needs of rural
producers, as well as to move the business of exhibiting companies (Savran
et al., 2018).
Considered the showcase of agribusiness in Brazil, agricultural
fairs are present in the event calendars of states and municipalities and
are relevant for covering information related to the most diverse agents
in the agricultural chain. Zanella (2006) describes them as meetings
between people or entities, held on specific dates and aimed at providing
an environment for business, social, and scientific activities.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
226
Agricultural fairs occur throughout Brazil and move billions of reais
with the sale of machinery, agricultural implements, inputs, and animals.
According to Soares (2020), the number of events in the area, which between
1990 and 2000 approached 500, currently only the most structured ones
remain on the market, which today are national references (about 300
fairs). Such events constitute an important channel for scientific research
to capture the demands of rural producers and collaborate in solving field
problems. Held at the municipal or regional level, agricultural fairs are
organized by associations, cooperatives, sector institutions, companies,
and public bodies. ey are characterized as a showcase of technologies and
services aimed at agribusiness (Brannstrom; Brandão, 2012; Vieira, 2017).
In addition to presenting their launches to rural producers, exhibiting
companies use the fair space as an important marketing strategy, carrying
out activities that connect a large volume of customers with potential
buyers; space for product promotion; strengthening the relationship with
rural producer customers; collecting information about competitors;
conducting market research and opportunity to improve corporate image
(Situma, 2012).
Rzemieniak (2017) and Souza (2018) describe that fairs provide
spaces for content exposure to bring new strategies to the field to producers.
Each agricultural event has a strategy, ranging from business realization;
dissemination and implementation of the latest market technologies;
exhibition and sale of animals (Brannstrom; Brandão, 2012), often
accompanied by scientific dissemination and technical assistance and rural
extension. According to Melo (2020), the 17 main fairs in Brazil together
earned R$16.9 billion in 2019. Box 1 presents a list of 13 of these events
canceled and/or postponed since the beginning of the quarantine, and the
financial amount moved by each in 2019.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
227
Box 1 – Agricultural exhibitions postponed or canceled between March
and May 2020 and amounts moved in the face-to-face editions in 2019
Event Location Financial movement (in R$)
TecnoShow Comigo Rio Verde – Goiás (GO) 3.4 billion
Agrishow Ribeirão Preto – São Paulo
(SP) 2.9 billion
AgroBrasília Brasília – Distrito Federal
(DF) 1.2 billion
Norte Show Sinop (MT) 1 billion
Rondônia Rural Show Ji-Paraná (RO) 703.5 million
ExpoLondrina Londrina (PR) 615.6 million
Femec Uberlândia (MG) 420 million
ExpoZebu Uberaba (MG) 220 million
Parecis SuperAgro Campo Novo do Parecis
(MT) 150 million
ExpoPec Porangatu (GO) 72 million
ExpoAgro Afubra Rincão Del Rey (RS) 70.6 million
ExpoGrande Campo Grande (MS) 26.5 million
ExpoJardimMS Jardim (MS) No data
Source: Adapted from Soares (2020).
Fairs like Expodireto Cotrijal, Coopercitrus Expo, Agrishow
Experience, Expointer Digital, and Agrotins are examples of agribusiness
events in Brazil that adapted their programs to the virtual environment
in 2020. Some organizers report that there was already an intention to
present digital content during their events and that the pandemic only
accelerated this process. Debate rounds, auctions, company stands,
equipment exhibitions, and even family farming product fairs were adapted
to virtual platforms for the drive-thru format (Agricultural News, 2021;
Rural Channel, 2021a; Rural Channel, 2021b).
In 2021, other events announced a new cancellation or postponement
of the next edition to 2022, such as Tecnoshow Comigo in Rio Verde-
GO, and Norte Show in Sinop-MT. Other events remained with their
programming only in digital format, due to the impracticality of the
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
228
hybrid format, such as the Paraná Show Rural Coopavel fair in Cascavel
(Toledo, 2021).
In this scenario, there are three possible event formats according to
Martin and Lisboa (2020), and Rêgo, Barros, and Lanzarini (2021): virtual
fair (online), totally web-based, with people interacting isolated at all
points of the connection, eliminating crowds and travel, a priority during
the pandemic period and, on the other hand, limiting available activities
and technologies; hybrid format, which uses digital technologies (such as
streaming and the Internet) to complement the participants’ experience,
who can be present at the event location or connected remotely; face-to-
face format, which takes place with all participants present in the same
location, and which, considering the pandemic times, depends on new
social behavior and health safety protocols.
is new reality of digital events, in addition to demanding new
skills and knowledge from organizing professionals, also points to new
participant needs. Remotely, events are different when compared to the
needs of the face-to-face format, as they require adjustments in dynamics,
content, and the choice of platforms and tools, among other actions and
suppliers (Events, 2020).
While digital events emerge as a safe alternative, regarding health
restrictions during the pandemic period, Rêgo, Barros, and Lanzarini (2021)
emphasize that they also modify the culture and behavior of consumers
and businesspeople in the sector. e ‘virtual wave’ that advanced in the
pandemic scenario brought a new proposal for many event organizers,
although they were already known in the digital environment, and reached
the agribusiness sector, becoming an extension of face-to-face activities.
However, although digital events are being considered a temporary
alternative, for Rêgo, Barros, and Lanzarini (2021), the infrastructure
regarding participants’ access to technology is limiting, warning of the
possibility of financial results being significantly lower, especially when it
comes to agricultural fairs and events.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
229
digiTAl TrAnsFormATion in The AdApTATion oF AgriculTurAl evenTs
According to Vial (2019, p. 118), Digital Transformation (TD) is
“a process that aims to improve an entity, triggering significant changes
in its properties through combinations of information, computing,
communication, and connectivity technologies,” which means that it
goes beyond organizational boundaries and the workplace, occurring and
affecting different spheres of people’s lives.
Survival in increasingly competitive environments leads companies
to seek waste reduction, limit resource consumption, and produce more
efficiently, adding new development technologies to traditional business
strategies (Caliskan; Özkan Özen; Ozturkoglu, 2020).
Among the available technologies, Augmented Reality (AR), Artificial
Intelligence (AI), Internet of ings (IoT), cloud computing, data analysis,
and cybersecurity are digital tools that deeply influence business processes,
being able to be applied in different ways as marketing strategies in the search
for offer differentiation, delivering a greater experience to the consumer.
Pandey (2021) indicated the need to adopt digital technologies to
manage the effects of the pandemic more efficiently, as more and more
people are connected due to the lockdowns imposed by governments of
different countries. erefore, the use of digital marketing has been essential
to reach consumers, emphasizing the importance of digital marketing
communication tools in interactions between companies and customers.
Digital marketing is defined as a tool capable of promoting products
or services that reach consumers through digital platforms, enabling them
to be retained in more intimate and lasting relationships. In this sense, the
digital relationship, which was previously an option, became indispensable
during the pandemic, forcing organizations to adapt to Digital Information
and Communication Technologies (TDIC) to make the offer of products
and services viable to their consumers (Cani et al., 2020).
TDICs are increasingly embedded in society, whether in companies,
schools, or homes, providing facilities for the human-information
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
230
relationship in daily life. According to Melović et al. (2020), TD is an
evolutionary process, modifying people’s lives and the ways organizations
do business, providing technological solutions based on information and
technology services.
e employability of TDIC benefited, in addition to urban
organizations, rural businesses that use technologies to boost their activities
and understand the agricultural sector and its context. Communication
is attributed to the advancement of TDIC, which has taken information
developed outside the rural sphere to the producer, adding competitiveness
to agribusiness in all links of the production chain (Cardoso; Prado, 2008).
e digitalization of agriculture has found fertile ground in Brazil,
with 84% of the country’s farmers using at least one digital technology
during their production process (Bolfe et al., 2020). Other sector data
also reflect a positive scenario in this direction, as indicated by the latest
national survey conducted by the Brazilian Association of Rural Marketing
and Agribusiness (ABMRA) in 2017 on the consumption habits of rural
producers, when it was found that some of the interviewed rural producers
use Internet resources to carry out purchase activities, mainly seeds
(20%), agricultural pesticides (20%), fertilizers (17%), and agricultural
equipment (12%). is scenario demonstrates the producer’s approach to
available communication technologies, although Internet access is still not
the majority, as 58% of the interviewees still did not have the technology
on their properties (ABMRA, 2017).
e adaptation of the event industry, according to Campillo-
Alhama and Herrero-Ruiz (2015), depends on digital communication
tools to establish closer interaction ties, creating proximity experiences
and increasing the harmony of the company-client relationship. is more
direct connection also requires concern with the values and brand image
being propagated to customers, ensuring they are consistent with the
identity and intention the companies wish to convey.
By developing their marketing tools, companies boost their
businesses and survive in the market, transitioning from offline marketing
to online marketing through the digitalization of the tools used, taking
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
231
advantage of the progress of the digital economy and the mass adoption of
smartphones, which have profoundly influenced consumer behavior and
lifestyle (Petrů et al., 2020). is includes corporate portals and business
platforms in disseminating information.
e marketing strategies of contemporary companies are often
associated with the digital relationship with customers through
communication tools for brand advertising and sales promotion from
websites, social networks, and online conferences. Cyber contact with
consumers occurs from the pre-sale phase to post-sale follow-up and
generation of potential new business (Labanauskaitė et al., 2020).
According to Kumari et al. (2021), the main challenges in adopting
digital technologies in rural areas include the lack of technological
infrastructure, digital skills, and Internet inaccessibility. In Brazil, it is no
different, and to advance in this TD, challenges related to infrastructure
and connectivity need to be overcome, with the aggravating factor that,
according to the 2017 Agricultural Census, released in 2019 by the
Brazilian Institute of Geography and Statistics (IBGE), 71.8% of Brazilian
rural properties do not have Internet access.
e next section presents case studies conducted at two events,
which were named Event A and Event B.
cAse sTudies - evenT A
e first edition of Event A took place in a digital format during the
second half of 2020, presenting three days of programming with discussion
forums, debates with experts and politicians, cattle auctions, and company
stands. e event was organized by an institution in northern Brazil, and
therefore, the theme of the virtual meeting was focused on agribusiness in that
region. Event A was driven by the moment of diffusion of lives and digital
events resulting from the Covid-19 pandemic and the impossibility of holding
another traditional agricultural fair in the city in a face-to-face format. e
main information collected in the interview can be found in Box 2.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
232
Although the organizers considered the time interval short between
the start of site development and the event’s realization, the number of
registered participants, exhibiting companies, and business volume were
considered quite satisfactory by the organizers.
Despite the virtual fair was initially planned with a focus on small
rural producers, the event saw participation from farmers of all sizes and
areas of activity, as well as other interested parties, such as researchers,
politicians, companies in the field, and the press.
Box 2 – Information on Event A
Elements Event A
Time to organize the virtual fair 3 months
Number of registrants 3.6 thousand people
Organizer’s satisfaction with the virtual event Positive
Programming Interviews, auctions, and debates with experts
from the entire agribusiness chain in response
to producers’ demand
Target audience Rural producers and other interested parties
Interaction among participants No tool was provided by the organization
Exhibitors About 300 companies
Banking institutions Participation and offer of special credit lines
Difficulties during the events Insufficient or non-existent connection,
handling of the platform via cell phone, and
platform resolution via cell phone
Participants’ feedback 90% positive
Scientific dissemination and participation of
research institutions
Participation of the Technical Assistance and
Rural Extension Company (Emater) and the
Brazilian Agricultural Research Corporation
(Embrapa)
Business volume R$ 41 million – including closed contracts
and projected for the next 12 months
Benefits of virtual events Adaptation and investment of agricultural
events to the virtual environment
Expectations for future fairs Continuity and start of a digital
transformation
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024)
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
233
It is noteworthy that there was no interaction between the audience
and the speakers or even among the audience, as there was no space for real-
time information exchange. Some participants pointed out this difficulty,
and therefore, the organizers intend to provide a chat in the next edition
of the event in 2021, according to the organizers’ report: “People want
this, they want to communicate, right? It is an opportunity to implement
it next year, yes” (Organizer A, 2020).
e organizers indicated some challenges and experiences observed
regarding the digital format, such as the telecommunication infrastructure
(availability and stability of the Internet connection) in the state,
considered to be of low quality, constituting one of the factors preventing
the participation of several rural producers and other interested parties;
the touchscreen functionality in handling the platform and its resolution
for those who accessed the event via smartphone, since being a 3D
environment, the quality and ease of access were greater via computer.
However, the organizers stated that the participants had fewer difficulties
than expected.
e negotiations carried out during Event A totaled R$41 million,
considering the conversion of transactions in dollars and the projection of
exhibitors for the next twelve months in closing contracts resulting from the
virtual fair. e organizers emphasized that, in addition to the sales made or
planned, the exhibitors promoted their brands (Organizer A, 2020).
e experience in organizing the online fair, according to the
organizers of Event A, highlighted an important benefit, as it marked
the beginning of a ‘turning point’ for the digitalization of agribusiness,
as emphasized in a section of the interview: “the beginning of a digital
transformation (...) those who do not have this mindset, unfortunately,
will not continue in the job market in a certain time” (Organizer A, 2020).
At the time of the interview, the organizers considered not yet
knowing whether future events would be held only in virtual mode or in
a hybrid format, given the possibility of reaching a larger target audience,
but there was an understanding that the pandemic contributed to the
opportunity for virtual agricultural events with good acceptance by rural
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
234
producers. “Virtual is here to stay, that does not mean there will be no
face-to-face because even if you can do a lot remotely, people want contact,
they want this coexistence” (Organizer A, 2020).
cAse sTudies - evenT b
Event B is an international agricultural technology fair held annually
since 1994 in a southeastern state of Brazil. It is considered not only the
largest agribusiness fair in Brazil but also the largest in Latin America in its
segment and is currently organized by a committee of professionals.
e online edition of Event B took place in the second half of 2020 and
was the first digital version of this large and traditional Brazilian agribusiness
fair. e organization reports that it was an emergency way to keep the fair
active, highlighting its name, in addition to minimizing the damages that
the cancellation of the face-to-face edition brought to the organizers.
us, Event B featured debate rounds with experts, company stands,
and a live show closing, during which the audience could follow more than
20 hours of live and recorded content. e main information collected in
the interview regarding Event B can be found in Box 3.
e organization time of the virtual experience was four months, from
planning to execution, with the number of participants being positively
evaluated by the organization, which was satisfied with the results, having
fulfilled all its purposes, believing it promoted an unprecedented and
innovative experience for Brazilian agribusiness.
Box 3 – Information on Event B
Elements Event B
Time to organize the virtual fair 4 months
Number of registrants 6 thousand
Organizer’s satisfaction with the virtual event Positive
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
235
Programming Webinars, interviews with experts from the
main areas of Brazilian agribusiness, and
closing show
Target audience Rural producers and other professionals in
the field
Interaction among participants Low interaction in chat and networking
Exhibitors 569 participating companies (71% of the
face-to-face volume)
Banking institutions ere was no participation
Difficulties during the events No reports of difficulties in accessing and
handling the site
Participants’ feedback 90% positive
Scientific dissemination and participation of
research institutions ere was none
Business volume ere was no business
Benefits of virtual events Adaptation and investment of agricultural
events to the virtual environment
Expectations for future fairs Greater investment in technologies for virtual
events
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
e virtual edition presented the audience with a different
perspective from the face-to-face fairs, as the purpose of its realization is
the sale and commercialization of the products and services exhibited at
the event. However, during the virtual version, no business was closed, but
the organizers emphasized that this was not the fair’s objective.
“It was a way for us to keep the fair alive, in action, keeping the
fair’s name in evidence. To not say the fair ended because it did not
end, we were forced not to hold this event, anyway, no major event
happened this year, so what we organized was a series of lectures,
interviews, and webinars on some topics, it was a totally thematic
fair, but without business” (Organizer B, 2020).
e priority of Event B was the interaction between the participating
public (on one side rural producers, researchers, and other interested parties,
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
236
and on the other, speakers, companies, and professionals from the most varied
sectors of the agribusiness production chains). e interaction occurred
through a chat on the platform and in a space provided for the public to
connect with companies and for personal and professional networking.
Among the exhibitors participating in the online edition of Event
B, a large and varied number of companies directly and indirectly linked
to agribusiness were verified, from input suppliers, rural producers, the
processing industry, and support sectors for these activities. In comparative
terms, while the face-to-face event traditionally brings together about 800
exhibiting brands, the virtual version had 569 participating companies, as
many did not believe in the realization of the event in the digital format.
An important absence was the financial institutions, as it occurs in
the face-to-face version, however, the organization reports that: “in the
virtual, there was no time to make an arrangement with the banks, we
could not do that (...) most likely next year we will have something more
practical in this matter” (Organizer B, 2020).
e organization of Event B highlighted difficulties and positive
points for holding the online fair, emphasizing that not holding it would
imply contractual damages:
“e biggest challenge was not holding the face-to-face fair! And if
you want to know, not holding a fair is more work than holding it.
Because it cost a lot of money, we were with the fair ready (...) so it’s
like this, the fair was practically set up, the companies mobilizing
to make their stands when we were prevented by the pandemic and
decrees. And even if the decrees were not in force, it would be very
imprudent to hold a fair” (Organizer B, 2020).
ere were no reports of difficulties in accessing and navigating
the website built for the event, and the organizers’ understanding is that
the Brazilian farmer is quite virtualized, that is, increasingly using digital
channels to seek information and make purchases, a process that accelerated
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
237
in 2020 due to the quarantine period and social isolation resulting from
the Covid-19 pandemic.
“It is a young agriculture, we can say that there are many new people
in the market. e people who were watching and were willing to
buy and need information, the first place they visit is the company’s
website. If you have an event, they seek information through this
event. But the first place they go is the company’s website. And during
this pandemic period, this grew a lot, especially from the companies’
part regarding communication tools” (Organizer B, 2020).
A negative aspect of the event refers to the interactions between rural
producers and research institutes, frequently present in the face-to-face
editions of the fair, and responsible for the dissemination of the latest research
and scientific knowledge. us, the virtual event lost this characteristic,
presenting itself more commercially to the participating audience.
“In the face-to-face fair, all research institutes in São Paulo are
present at the fair, we have the Fisheries Institute, the Agronomic
Institute, the Zootechnics Institute, and the Biological Institute,
all are present (...) we also count on Embrapa, presenting the latest
research and knowledge. is face-to-face is one thing, and virtually
it is very difficult to set this up on a platform” (Organizer B, 2020).
e evaluation of Event B is that since the digital version, it will not
be possible to hold an event only in a face-to-face format, requiring new
resources to conquer the target audience. erefore, for the coming years,
the organization expects the fair to take place in a hybrid format, with
access for visitors and a virtual public.
“I want you to be able to enter the stand from wherever you are,
tour the machine you want, from wherever you are. Part of the
public has gotten used to this new virtual reality, and the public will
look for activities that offer their products and services in a hybrid
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
238
way (...) people want to see what is happening at the event, like a
news system of everything that happens inside the fair, because you
call the public to see what is happening at the fair and consequently
business happens. is woke us up, we need to invest more and
more in technological tools” (Organizer B, 2020).
e organizers’ understanding is that investments in tools improve
the presentation of the event, reflecting returns and gains since digital
technology contributes to the virtualization of agricultural fairs.
discussion
Online events A and B did not fully achieve the commercial,
cultural, social, and scientific contacts that occurred in previous years at
face-to-face events. ese characteristics are important at an agricultural
fair (Zanella, 2006). Even though the proposed virtual scenario and the
tools used were adequate for the moment, given the unpredictability of
events – considering that events of this size begin to be structured as soon
as the previous editions end – Campillo-Alhama and Herrero-Ruiz (2015)
highlight the importance of adapting the event industry to intensify the
relationship between the event and its audience.
e year 2020 was crucial to accelerate the TD of agricultural
fairs and events, which timidly rehearsed an evolution towards the
implementation of new communication strategies. Although the gains
from this process should make events more attractive to rural producers,
in addition to adding gains for the organization and conduct of events, it
is evident that the advance was carried out under pressure for results that
would minimize the losses from the cancellation of these fairs. us, it is
understood that the improvement and planning of future editions will
bring greater benefits to all involved in their realization.
During the participation of researchers to observe the realization
and conduct of virtual fairs, it was verified that Event A invested in an
experience closer to face-to-face, with a platform in a three-dimensional
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
239
(3D) environment, showing products and animals in virtual auctions,
equivalent to what would happen in person at the agricultural fair.
Meanwhile, Event B presented itself to the public as a traditional corporate
portal, highlighting a program of debates and lectures, concluded by a live
show with a musical attraction. us, by presenting themselves differently,
some comparisons cannot be made between the events but rather highlight
the experiences obtained with the proposed digital transformation.
Box 4 contributes to the analysis of the proposed problem,
summarizing some aspects observed in the two events, complemented by
interviews conducted with their respective organizers.
Although there are simultaneous communication technologies
available in the market, in Event A there was no verification of interaction
between participants, as there was no specific space (such as a chat) for the
audience to communicate among themselves and with exhibitors. With a
different purpose, Event B enabled social interaction among participants
with areas providing networking and chats. Despite this space, it was
observed that the participating public did not receive feedback on the
questions raised in the chat, which would likely not occur in person.
Box 4 – Aspects observed at Events A and B
Observation Event A Event B
Program including lectures or workshops Yes Yes
Interaction between speakers and audience No No
Interaction among participants No Yes
Availability of chats No Yes
Accessible language for all audiences Yes Yes
Technical communication Yes Yes
Disclosure of services and products Yes Yes
Virtual reality technology (3D) Yes No
Sales and business Yes No
Networking area No Yes
emes related to the rural sector Yes Yes
Organization sought feedback from participants Yes Yes
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
240
e participants of the online events had access to innovations
and technical information in the agricultural sector, however, they could
not share their experiences with their peers, as Zhong and Luo (2018)
traditionally consider. In this case, the absorption of information that
informally circulates in personal contact and is essential in knowledge
construction, according to Nonaka and Takeuchi (1997), was impaired in
these virtual editions.
It was also observed that the interactions between the public and the
event organization were simplified, forgetting that the attention given to
the participating public is part of the consumption experience, especially
in a digital version of the event, where everything is new. Adding to this the
fact that the ease of connecting to one event or another does not depend
on travel and accommodation, saving time and money for rural producers,
should create a more competitive environment among agricultural fairs,
considering a competition for the available resources of the buyer. erefore,
feedback is important and, according to Schermerhorn, Hunt, and Osborn
(1999), an essential factor for promoting effective communication.
Zanella (2006) and Soares (2020) reinforce that the objective of
events is to generate commercial relationships; however, Event B did not
conduct business, despite the presence of exhibitor stands participating
in its program. e commercial relevance of events for exhibiting
institutions was calculated at R$41 million in Event A, resulting from
online negotiations and projected for the 12 months following the event.
Although no business was closed at Event B, the exhibiting
brands were present. Martin and Lisboa (2020) and Labanauskaitė et al.
(2020) highlight the relevance of companies’ strategic presence in digital
environments, maintaining their commercial relationship where their
consumers are inserted. at is why the organizers of Event B considered
that the conference’s objective was achieved, as it aimed to maintain the
fair’s liveliness during the pandemic period.
e participation of exhibiting companies in both events was
different, reaching 300 companies in Event A and 569 organizations in
Event B. e numbers did not reach the results of the face-to-face versions,
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
241
as some of the invited companies did not participate because they did
not believe in the positive results from the migration of the face-to-face
event to the virtual one (Event B) or because they already had their annual
order demand complete for 2020 (Event A). ese positions are contrary
to what Labanauskaitė et al. (2020) state about the need for organizational
marketing to transpose from the offline to the online environment.
Agricultural fairs are essential events that contribute to the
development of rural businesses, becoming important allies in promoting
scientific understanding, facilitating the expansion of knowledge and ideas
to farmers and ranchers, as Duarte (2004) emphasizes. However, at a time
when a lot of technical and managerial information was made available
through digital means, such as business lives and webinars, many free, in the
form of digital content generation, a low participation of research institutes
and universities was observed in these virtual versions of agricultural fairs.
On one side, Event A counted on the participation of two research institutes
in its program (Embrapa and EMATER), while Event B did not have the
participation of these institutions in its virtual version.
After the virtual fairs ended, the organizers of both events collected
feedback from participants and exhibitors, having, according to both,
reached 90% of positive responses, indicating the event’s approval and the
desire to participate in future editions.
e Covid-19 pandemic accelerated the TD, forcing different sectors
of society to make a significant digital leap in their daily practices, including
sectors related to agribusiness, from contract closure to training and education.
Quickly, many businesses transitioned from a traditional approach to
digitalized and/or remote practices, leaving rural producers to adapt to available
technologies, managing and mastering different digital tools.
FinAl considerATions
e reinvention of the rural event market due to the Covid-19
pandemic took place urgently to mitigate the economic damage caused
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
242
by the cancellation of the face-to-face editions of these events. To this
end, investments were made in digital tools and platforms, so that Events
A and B found new opportunities to hold fairs in a virtual format, still
guaranteeing partially positive results for those involved, and which should
be incorporated and improved for their future editions.
However, it is important to highlight that, despite this TD of
agricultural events following a trend of other types of business, there are
some obstacles that must be considered and solved over time: digitalization,
while integrating and connecting different actors, excludes those who
do not have access to TDIC, either due to lack of aptitude for use,
technical and educational deficiencies, or even the absence of adequate
telecommunication infrastructure for a large portion of rural producers.
is means that the Internet and its resources are essential tools for
holding and participating in these events, and while the organizers use the
terms ‘turning point’ and ‘digital transformation’ to describe the current
moment of adaptation, the same does not occur with the infrastructure and
connectivity in the field. On one side, technology is positioned as the main
strategy used in the articulation and execution of agricultural events, while
on the other, the challenges lie in the many rural properties that still do not
have Internet connection, lack of technological equipment, and digital skills,
imposing a communication barrier. In this sense, adjustments were and still
are necessary in all spheres, with companies taking the lead in the process,
which is not complete without the participation of rural producers.
In conclusion, there were significant gains with the digital edition of
these events, highlighting the convenience and expanded reach. However,
it is likely that some particularities of face-to-face agricultural events
cannot be completely transferred to the digital format, especially those
that promote the exchange of tacit information and generate knowledge,
such as more intimate personal interaction, physical contact, or even a
conversation and coffee with a technician. is finding points to a balance
path, possibly in the format of hybrid events, capable of providing the
best of both experiences, as a trend of a new era determinant for Brazilian
agribusiness events.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
243
In this context, the reflections and discussions presented in this
chapter, regarding SDG 8, encompass the perspective of social development,
collaborating with subsidies that can assist research and actions towards
fulfilling the 2030 Agenda.
AcknowledgemenTs
e authors thank the Coordination for the Improvement of Higher
Education Personnel (CAPES) for supporting this research. CAPES/DS
Process nº 88881.593696/2020-01.
reFerences
ASSOCIAÇÃO BRASILEIRA DE MARKETING RURAL E AGRONEGÓCIO
(ABMRA). 7ª Pesquisa hábitos do produtor rural. São Paulo: AMBRA, 2017. (Informa
Economics Group).
ASSOCIAÇÃO BRASILEIRA DE MARKETING RURAL E AGRONEGÓCIO
(ABMRA). Destaques. O desafio das feiras e eventos do agro frente à pandemia. São
Paulo: AMBRA, 2021. Disponível em: https://abmra.org.br/o-desafio-das-feiras-e-
eventos-do-agro-frente-a-pandemia/. Acesso em: 25 mar. 2021.
AQUINO, E. L.; SILVEIRA, I. H.; PESCARINI, J. M.; AQUINO, R.; SOUZA-
FILHO, J. A. Medidas de distanciamento social no controle da pandemia de Covid-19:
potenciais impactos e desafios no Brasil. Ciência & Saúde Coletiva, Rio de Janeiro, v. 25,
n. 1, p. 2423-2446, abr. 2020.
BOLFE, E. L. et al. Agricultura digital no Brasil: tendências, desafios e oportunidades.
Campinas: EMBRAPA/SEBRAE/INPE, 2020. Disponível em: https://www.embrapa.
br/busca-de-publicacoes/-/publicacao/1127064/agricultura-digital-no-brasil-tendencias-
desafios-e-oportunidades-resultados-de-pesquisa-online. Acesso em: 26 maio 2021.
BRANNSTROM, C.; BRANDÃO, P. R. B. Two hundred hectares of good business:
Brazilian Agriculture in a emed Space. Geographical Review, Philadelphia, v. 102, n.
4, p. 465-485, 2012.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
244
CALISKAN, A.; ÖZKAN ÖZEN, Y. D.; OZTURKOGLU, Y. Digital transformation of
traditional marketing business model in new industry era. Journal of Enterprise Information
Management (in press), Bingley, v. 34, n. 1. p. 1252-1273, 2020. DOI: https://doi.
org/10.1108/JEIM-02-2020-0084. Disponível em: https://www.semanticscholar.org/
paper/Digital-transformation-of-traditional-marketing-in-Caliskan-Ozkan-Ozen/4c64c96
1ea8ea90b8db96e10d60acd37d5128fe9. Acesso em: 12 ago. 2024.
CAMPILLO-ALHAMA, C; HERRERO-RUIZ, L. Experiencia de marca en los eventos
para generar imagen y reputación corporativa. Opción, Maracaibo, v. 31, n.2, p. 610-
631, 2015. Número especial 2.
CANAL RURAL. Feiras e Eventos. Expodireto Cotrijal terá edição presencial e virtual.
São Paulo, 2021a. Disponível em: https://www.canalrural.com.br/noticias/feiras-e-
eventos/expodireto-2021/. Acesso em: 15 jan. 2021.
CANAL RURAL. Feiras e Eventos. Expointer termina com avaliação positiva e promessa
de formato híbrido para 2021. São Paulo, 2021b. Disponível em: https://www.
canalrural.com.br/sites-e-especiais/expointer/expointer-termina-com-avaliacao-positiva-
e-promessa-de-formato-hibrido-para-2021/. Acesso em: 15 jan. 2021.
CANI, J. B.; SANDRINI, E. G. C.; SOARES, G. M.; SCALZER, K. Educação e
covid-19: a arte de reinventar a escola mediando a aprendizagem “prioritariamente”
pelas TDIC. Revista Ifes Ciência, Espírito Santo, v. 6, n. 1, p. 23-39, 2020.
Edição Especial. Disponível em: https://ojs.ifes.edu.br/index.php/ric/article/
download/713/484. Acesso em: 21 maio 2023.
CARDOSO, L.; PRADO, M. Canal Rural: o telejornal Rural Notícias como fonte de
informação para o produtor do Distrito Federal. Brasília, DF: Centro Universitário
de Brasília, 2008. Disponível em: http://artigocientifico.uol.com.br/uploads/
artc_1217554796_19.pdf. Acesso em: 6 jan. 2023.
DUARTE, J. A. M. Comunicação e Tecnologia na cadeia produtiva da soja em MT. 2004.
242 f. Tese (Doutorado em Comunicação Social) – Universidade Metodista de São
Paulo, São Bernardo do Campo, 2004.
KUMARI, S.; PARASHER, Y.; MEHRA, S.; SINGH, P. Digitization in agriculture:
insight into the networked world. In: TOMAR, P., GURJIT, K. (ed.). Artificial
intelligence and IoT-Based technologies for sustainable farming and smart agriculture. IGI
Global, 2021. p. 1-24.
LABANAUSKAITĖ, D.; FIORE, M.; STAŠYS, R. Use of E-marketing tools as
communication management in the tourism industry. Tourism Management Perspectives,
v. 34, n. 2, p. 100652, 2020. Disponível em: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/
article/abs/pii/S2211973620300192. Acesso em: 20 abr. 2023.
MARTIN, V.; LISBOA, R. Eventos digitais: híbridos & virtuais. São Bernardo
do Campo: ABC da Comunicação, 2020. E-book. Disponível em: https://www.
abcdacomunicacao.com.br/materiais-ricos/eventos-digitais-hibridos-virtuais/. Acesso
em: 12 abr. 2023.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
245
MELO, A. N. Sociabilidade e reações econômicas na feira livre em Benjamin Constantam.
2020. 47 f. Trabalho de Conclusão de Curso (Graduação em Antropologia) –
Universidade Federal do Amazonas (UFAM), Manaus, 2020.
MELOVIĆ, B.; JOCOVIĆ, A.; DABIĆ, M.; VULIĆ, T. B.; DUDIC, B. e impact of
digital transformation and digital marketing on the brand promotion, positioning and
electronic business in Montenegro. Technology in Society, Oxford, v. 63, n. 1, p. 101425,
nov. 2020. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.techsoc.2020.101425. Disponível em:
https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0160791X20310162. Acesso
em: 12 ago. 2024.
NAÇÕES UNIDAS BRASIL. Objetivo de Desenvolvimento Sustentável 8: trabalho
decente e crescimento econômico. Brasília, DF, 2021. Disponível em: https://brasil.
un.org/pt-br/sdgs/8. Acesso em: 27 mar. 2023.
NONAKA, I.; TAKEUCHI, H. Criação do conhecimento na empresa: como as empresas
japonesas geram a dinâmica da inovação. Rio de Janeiro: Campus, 1997.
NOTÍCIAS AGRÍCOLAS. Agronegócio. Pandemia acelera planos para feiras virtuais
do agronegócio do Brasil. Notícias Agrícolas, 2021. Disponível em: https://www.
noticiasagricolas.com.br/noticias/agronegocio/270545-pandemia-acelera-planos-para-
feiras-virtuais-do-agronegocio-do-brasil.html#.YAHZ3nZKjDc. Acesso em: 15 jan. 2023.
PANDEY, N. Digital Marketing Strategies for Firms in Post COVID-19 Era: Insights
and Future Directions. In: CHATURVEDI, H.; DEY, A. K. (ed.). e New Normal:
Challenges of Managing Business, Social and Ecological Systems in the Post COVID 19
Era. New Delhi: Bloomsbury, 2021.
PETRŮ, Naděžda; KRAMOLIŠ, Jan; STUCHLÍK, Peter. Ferramentas de marketing
na era da digitalização e sua utilização na prática por empresas familiares e outras
empresas. E & M Ekonomie a Management, Liberec, v. 23, n.1, p. 199-214, 2020.
RÊGO, G. C. B.; BARROS, A. G. A. L.; LANZARINI, R. Turismo de eventos e
Covid-19: aportes dos protocolos de segurança e estratégias para a retomada do setor.
Ateliê do Turismo, Campo Grande, v. 5, n. 1, p. 89-118, 2021. Disponível em: https://
trilhasdahistoria.ufms.br/index.php/adturismo/article/view/12183. Acesso em: 12 abr.
2023.
RICARTE, E. A expansão do processo de digitalização durante a pandemia de
COVID-19. Finisterra, Lisboa, v. 55, n.115, p. 53-60, 2020. Especial Covid-19.
DOI: https://doi.org/10.18055/Finis20350. Disponível em: https://revistas.rcaap.pt/
finisterra/article/view/20350. Acesso em: 12 ago. 2024.
RZEMIENIAK, M. Marketing communication problems: a case study of agricultural
exhibitions. In: DARÓCZI, M.; ROBAK, E.; VINOGRADOV, S. (ed.). Management,
organizations and society. Budapest: Agroinform, 2017. p. 135-142. DOI: https://
doi.org/10.18515/dBEM.M2017.n01.ch13. Disponível em: https://pub.pollub.pl/
publication/11758/. Acesso em: 10 ago. 2024.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
246
SAVRAN, F.; KÖKSAL, O.; AKTÜRK, D.; GÜN, A. S. A research on reasons for
participation of producers to agricultural fairs. e Journal of Ege University, Bornova,
v. 55, n. 1, p. 19-25, 2018. Disponível em: https://app.trdizin.gov.tr/makale/
TWpneE1USTFOUT09/a-research-on-reasons-for-participation-of-producers-to-
agricultural-fairs. Acesso em: 5 abr. 2023.
SCHERMERHORN, J. J.; HUNT, J. G.; OSBORN, R. N. Fundamentos do
comportamento organizacional. 2. ed. Porto Alegre: Bookman, 1999.
SITUMA, S. P. e effectiveness of trade shows and exhibitions as organizational
marketing tool (Analysis of Selected Companies in Mombasa). International Journal of
Business and Social Science, Istanbul, v. 3, n. 22, p. 219-230, nov. 2012. Special Issue.
Disponível em: https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/e-Effectiveness-of-Trade-
Shows-and-Exhibitions-as-Situma/f220b66e6d528b777cf1c940de6793ebc05a9a70.
Acesso em: 5 abr. 2023.
SOARES, R. Feiras agropecuárias canceladas ou adiadas movimentaram R$ 10,8 bilhões
em 2019. Portal DBO, v. 19, 2020. Disponível em: https://www.portaldbo.com.br/
feiras-agropecuarias-canceladas-ou-adiadas-movimentaram-r-91-bilhoes-em-2019/.
Acesso em: 20 abr. 2023.
SOUZA, G. V. A. O desempenho das feiras do agronegócio no MATOPIBA: consumo
produtivo para o campo moderno. Ateliê Geográfico, Goiânia, v. 13, n. 3, dez. 2018.
Disponível em: https://www.revistas.ufg.br/atelie/article/view/46902. Acesso em: 21
abr. 2023.
SOUZA, W. M. et al. Epidemiological and clinical characteristics of the COVID-19
epidemic. Nature Human Behaviour, London, v. 4, n. 4, p. 856-865, jul. 2020.
Disponível em: https://www.nature.com/articles/s41562-020-0928-4. Acesso em: 23
abr. 2023.
TOLEDO, M. Pandemia cancela feiras agrícolas pelo 2º ano. Folha de São Paulo, São
Paulo, 16 mar. 2021. Agrofolha. p. A24.
VIAL, G. Understanding digital transformation: A review and a research agenda. e
Journal of Strategic Information Systems, Amsterdam, v. 28, n. 2, p. 118-144, 2019. DOI:
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsis.2019.01.003. Disponível em: https://www.sciencedirect.
com/science/article/abs/pii/S0963868717302196. Acesso em: 08 ago. 2024.
VIEIRA, M. J. Manual prático: organização e execução de eventos de capacitação com
produtores rurais. Curitiba: CREA-PR, 2017.
ZANELLA, L. C. Manual de organização de eventos: planejamento e operacionalização.
3. ed. São Paulo: Atlas, 2006.
ZHONG, D.; LUO, Q. Knowledge diffusion at business events: the mechanism.
International Journal of Hospitality Management, Oxford, v. 71, p.111-119, 2018. DOI:
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijhm.2017.12.003. Disponível em: https://sciencedirect.com/
science/article/abs/pii/S0278431917302736. Acesso em: 12 ago. 2024.
Construindo ciência em cooperação internacional acadêmico-científica
pArT iii
248
249
chApTer 11
Beyond the Effort of the National
School Feeding Program (PNAE) in
Public Schools of the Municipality
of Tupã (SP) during the Covid-19
Pandemic: Impacts on Achieving the
Sustainable Development Goals
Stephen KUNIHIRO 1
Miguel Ângelo de MARCHI 2
Simone Lima Veronez BAUER 3
Mariana Vendrami Parra SANCHES 4
Camila Pires CREMASCO 5
and Luís Roberto Almeida GABRIEL FILHO
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering,
São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: stephen.
kunihiro@unesp.br.
Secretary of Health of Tupã SP, Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, email: secretariamedicina@fai.com.br.
Department of Primary Care in Tupã, Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, email: dir_atencaoasaude@tupa.sp.gov.br.
Coordination of Family Health Strategy Units of the Municipal Health Department of Tupã/SP, Tupã, São
Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: marianavps@yahoo.com.br.
Department of Management, Development and Technology, Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: camila.
cremasco@unesp.br.
6 Department of Management, Development and Technology, Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: gabriel.
filho@unesp.br.
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p249-262
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
250
Food And nuTriTionAl securiTy – A vision beyond combATing
hunger And mAlnuTriTion
e theme of Food and Nutritional Security (SAN) encompasses
various segments of society, far beyond combating hunger and
malnutrition, which is among the Sustainable Development Goals (SDG
2) of the United Nations (UN). Non-communicable Chronic Diseases
(NCDs) constitute a group of diseases such as diabetes, hypertension,
cardiovascular diseases, cancer, chronic respiratory diseases, among others,
and can relate to the debate of SDG 3, Health and Well-being. ese
diseases are directly associated with several risk factors, but primarily with
the consumption of harmful foods over long periods of life. is includes
the excessive consumption of ultra-processed foods rich in sugar, saturated
fat, and sodium, as well as low intake of fruits, vegetables, fibers, and
nutrient-rich foods (De Moraes, 2013; Francischi et al., 2000).
Malnutrition (SDG 2) is associated with NCDs (SDG 3), which
are responsible for approximately 71% of all deaths worldwide, that is, the
death of 41 million people each year, of which 15 million are aged between
30 and 70 years, with half of these, 7.2 million, being from countries with
a higher prevalence of Socioeconomic Inequality, hence, poverty in the
world (WHO, 2018; PAHO, 2020).
Without the Reduction of Inequality (SDG 10), one cannot combat
one of the main causes of global health expenses, where the costs associated
with these diseases vary considerably, influenced by factors such as the
type and stage of the disease, geographic location, the health system of the
country, and access to treatment. e increase in NCDs can lead to poverty
due to various factors, disproportionately affecting vulnerable populations.
is happens due to the lack of access to health information, quality medical
care, and appropriate treatments, resulting in higher healthcare expenses.
Moreover, NCDs not only affect the patient but also their families, who
often need to take on caregiving roles, reducing their capacity to work and
invest in education. is relationship between poverty and NCDs creates a
negative cycle, where poor living conditions increase the risk of developing
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
251
NCDs, which, in turn, worsen the economic situation of people and,
consequently, poverty, perpetuating social inequality worldwide (Brasil,
2021; Colon, 2018; Duarte; Shirassu; Moraes, 2023).
To combat this cycle, it is essential to adopt a comprehensive approach
involving public health policies, equitable access to healthcare, education
on prevention, measures to reduce social and economic inequalities, and
promotion of healthy environments, contributing to the sustainable
socioeconomic development of society.
Issues of SAN and healthy eating are themes involving various
interconnected factors and an approach that is multi-, trans-, and
interdisciplinary. In multidisciplinarity, diverse areas such as nutrition,
agriculture, economics, public health, education, sociology, anthropology,
and psychology contribute different perspectives on the subject.
Interdisciplinarity seeks a greater understanding of the factors affecting
SAN and healthy eating, considering aspects such as access to food, public
policies, economy, agribusiness, health, education, culture, and others. In
transdisciplinarity, connections between these factors are identified, such
as agricultural policies influencing the availability of healthy foods or how
food education affects food choices (Banerjee; Van Der Heijden, 2023).
e municipality of Tupã, in the state of São Paulo (SP), adopted
the practice of healthy eating, which involves educating to promote habits
and behaviors for choosing nutritious foods suitable for daily caloric needs,
especially in the school environment. It is a city in the Alta Paulista region
with about 65,615 inhabitants and 11,921 students enrolled in public
schools, with the Municipal Department of Education being one of the
main responsible for the policies of the National School Feeding Program
(PNAE), including purchases of school meals for students enrolled in the
32 schools in the municipality, with 19 managed by the municipality and
13 by the state. e PNAE is an important government tool for promoting
these healthy habits, being one of the largest SAN programs in the world,
with significant coverage and impact on agriculture (Rossetti; Da Silva;
Winnie, 2016).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
252
Policies related to school feeding and food security have undergone
changes throughout the country, and this also happened in Tupã, São
Paulo. Exceptionally, during the period of class suspension due to the
pandemic, Law No. 13,987 was enacted on April 7, 2020 (Brasil, 2020):
Authorize, exceptionally, during the period of class suspension due
to an emergency or public calamity, the distribution of foodstuffs
purchased with resources from the National School Feeding
Program to parents or guardians of students in public basic
education schools.
at, in June 2009, amended Law No. 11,947 to:
Provide for the provision of school feeding and the Direct
Money Program in Schools to students in basic education
(Brasil, 2009).
us, it enabled the delivery of school meals directly to the homes
of students in public schools, not only to the most vulnerable families
covered by Bolsa Família. On this occasion, the surplus produced by
family farmers was offered through direct sales or the free market to local
community consumers (Valadares et al., 2020).
Kunihiro et al. analyzed the performance of PNAE in the municipality
of Tupã (SP) according to economic indicators of production related to
Family Farming from 2017 to 2021. e study did not cover whether the
actions of distributing fresh food products to public school families had
any positive impact on combating NCDs, especially on the risk variables
of these diseases such as overweight and obesity (Kunihiro; Montefusco
Ceschim Silva; Cristina Vieira Gomes, 2023).
PNAE is responsible for directing resources from the National
Education Development Fund (FNDE) to states and municipalities,
which are used to purchase school food. Federal Law No. 11,947 of 2009
incorporated sustainability and the provision of healthy and adequate food
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
253
as an essential part of the program. erefore, school feeding is seen as a
fundamental right that also contributes to the SAN of students (Paetzhold
Pauli et al., 2018; Rossetti; Da Silva; Winnie, 2016).
PNAE, as a public policy for SAN and the strengthening of
Family Farming, also aligns with SDG 2 “Zero Hunger” and SDG 12
“Responsible Consumption and Production”. SDG 2 aims to combat
malnutrition, increase the agricultural productivity of small producers,
and ensure access to safe and nutritious food. SDG 12 focuses on reducing
food waste, promoting sustainable public procurement, and supporting
sustainable development through local products. Both goals guide policies
for sustainable local development, supporting family farming and SAN
(IPEA, 2019).
e Covid-19 pandemic affected SAN in Brazil and worldwide. e
closure of schools and suspension of classes impacted the food supply by
PNAE. Emergency measures were defined in Law No. 13,987 of 2020
and Resolution No. 2 of 2020, but face challenges in implementation
due to a lack of effective financial transfers. To support small producers
and avoid economic losses, some municipalities, such as the Federal
District, used agricultural associations and cooperatives to distribute food.
Public policies, such as the Food Acquisition Program (PAA) and PNAE,
played an important role in maintaining production, preventing losses,
and supporting farmers’ income during the pandemic. To ensure the
functioning of PNAE, various strategies were adopted, such as distributing
food kits, encouraging the purchase of food from family farming, assessing
Food Insecurity among students, increasing the per capita transfer in areas
of higher Food Insecurity risk, and serving during school vacations and
recesses (Alpino et al., 2020; Amorim; Ribeiro Junior; Bandoni, 2020;
Hossain, 2020; Nogueira; Marcelino, 2021).
e study aimed to analyze the performance of PNAE, under the
effect of the Covid-19 pandemic, in combating hunger and ensuring SAN
in schools in the municipality of Tupã from 2017 to 20217.
is study on the operationalization of the PNAE in Tupã adopted a quantitative and qualitative
approach, including bibliographical analysis, documentary research, and data collection through messages
on the WhatsApp application for institutional actors. e responses from the participants focused on
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
254
e result of PNAE’s performance concerning the pandemic showed
variations as illustrated in Figure 1. With adjusted values, the values from
2017 and 2021 served as a benchmark for the last 10 years, from 2007 to
2017. Even though in absolute terms, the values are not of great financial
value, it was observed that from 2017 to 2019 there was a significant
increase in PNAE’s performance, reaching its climax during the pandemic.
With the suspension of classes during the period of social isolation,
instead of interrupting the acquisition of fresh food production, there was
a considerable increase in the acquisition of food products from family
farmers, thanks to the collaboration between the Municipal Departments
of Social Assistance, Environment, Agriculture, and Education, to ensure
students’ nutrition, even while absent from schools. In 2020, due to
institutional bureaucratic issues of the bodies responsible for regulating
PNAE, there was a decrease and even temporary interruption of product
acquisition, until the return to normality process in mid-2020 to 2021
(Kunihiro; Montefusco Ceschim Silva; Cristina Vieira Gomes, 2023).
Figure 1 – Performance of PNAE in relation to the pandemic
Source: Kunihiro; Montefusco Ceschim Silva; Cristina Vieira Gomes, 2023.
understanding the perceptions and points of convergence or divergence of the interviewees. Confidentiality
and secrecy were maintained through the anonymization of the interviewees. In addition, health data
were collected through a structured questionnaire and focus groups with various actors, contributing to
the analysis of the performance of the PNAE from 2017 to 2021 (Kunihiro; Montefusco Ceschim Silva;
Cristina Vieira Gomes, 2023).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
255
Considering the increase in fresh food products in the basic basket
of the population assisted by Bolsa Família and the provision of the same
products to all families whose children attended public schools, even without
being registered in Bolsa Família, the fact is that it allowed the population
access to natural foods of high nutritional value during the pandemic.
According to the Banana Growers Association, there was a previously
unnoticed factor: because it concerns Family Farmers, the added nutritional
value of the delivered products had not been attributed until then (Kunihiro;
Montefusco Ceschim Silva; Cristina Vieira Gomes, 2023).
Considering that the food did indeed reach the final consumers
and that they did indeed consume it, there are still some questions, such
as: 1) If they did consume and enjoy it, would they continue consuming
the same even without the free supply, i.e., did it help the beneficiaries
change their lifestyle? 2) Would there actually be adherence to a healthier
lifestyle by the population if there were a public policy that favored better
conditions for acquiring healthy foods? 3) What were the most effective
strategies to reduce barriers for the population to adhere to a healthier
lifestyle? Given these questions, the study continued in search of possible
answers or clarifications to these questions.
The inTersecTorAl convergence ThAT enAbles meeTing The sdgs oF
The 2030 AgendA
Given the above questions, it was understood that if the
implementation of PNAE was effective in the municipality of Tupã,
the SDGs, such as 2 (Hunger and Food and Nutritional Security), 3
(Health and Well-being), 10 (Reducing Inequality), and 12 (Sustainable
Consumption and Production), should be, even partially, evidenced.
An observational and analytical research8 was conducted to analyze
whether the difficulty in adhering to healthy food consumption was due
e observational study presented some limitations such as selection, sampling and non-response bias. As
for selection bias, although there is no intervention or control mechanism, the representation of community
health agents refers to 50% of the population of the municipality of Tupã, therefore it does not have full
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
256
to economic unviability or the simple choice of individuals or families
regarding the consumption of higher or lower nutritional quality foods.
e questionnaire, consisting of three questions, was initially answered
individually by 21 community health agents from the family health program.
e agents were then randomly divided into five groups, where the same
content was discussed, seeking the group’s perception within the proposed
theme. In the third moment, the five groups shared their perceptions on the
same theme, with this content being recorded by the interviewer9.
e first question was whether the distribution of fresh food in the
basic basket could help beneficiaries change their lifestyle. Among the
responses, the most highlighted change in eating habits was reported by
individuals due to the presence of women at home during the pandemic.
e responses were as diverse as possible, even somewhat antagonistic.
On occasion, because people were forced to stay at home longer, women
cooked more, bought, and consumed more fruits and vegetables, and the
few who did not return to their activities maintained this habit. With less
emphasis but still in focus was the more vulnerable population, where the
factor of access to knowledge of other foods, referring to healthier foods,
could provoke a possible change if the experience of receiving fresh food
for free in the basic basket continued.
At the group level, out of the five groups, four stated that although
there was an increase in fresh food consumption during the pandemic,
post-pandemic, there was no effective change in eating habits, returning to
old eating habits. e group that claimed to have changed attributed it to
the fact of cooking more at home and consequently consuming healthier
foods. One attributed the lack of access to these foods due to financial
subsidy, and three others to the lack of awareness of the need to change
eating habits, corroborating individual findings.
representation, except for its coverage area. Regarding sampling bias, in the areas covered by the PSF, there
was no population uniformity in the socioeconomic variable item that allows for inferences and application
of such knowledge in other realities.
Before the activities began, participants were informed about the research and data collection, which was
free from any personal or nominal nature, but guaranteed anonymity and that no personal or moral harm
would be caused to the participants. ose who felt embarrassed or, for any reason, did not want to
participate could abstain or even withdraw, without any loss or embarrassment. Participants were also asked
to sign the Informed Consent Form, as well as the Confidentiality Agreement.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
257
In both moments, no one could bring any evidence of effective
lifestyle modification as a result of the fresh food increment during the
pandemic. Practically in 100% of the group reports, it was not possible to
evidence consensus on significant changes.
e second question was whether the population would adhere to a
healthier lifestyle if there were a public policy that favored better conditions
for acquiring healthy foods.
Individually, 30% admitted that lowering acquisition costs could
help but not guarantee adherence to the new lifestyle. Forty percent stressed
that efforts should focus on awareness and food education reflecting
cultural change within households. e remaining 30% pointed to the
application of education, not in traditional forms such as lectures but in
hands-on experiences such as community gardens, cooking workshops
with tastings, etc.
At the group level, it was consented that the focus was on education
for adherence and progressive change to a healthier lifestyle, not on
increasing accessibility or reducing the cost of acquiring healthy food.
e third question was about the most effective strategies to reduce
barriers for the population to adhere to a healthier lifestyle.
Individually, attention was directed to the more vulnerable
population with increased accessibility, awareness, and re-education of
society. e most accepted strategy was the community garden. Of the
60%, 35% believed that management should not be the community’s
responsibility but the municipal management; the other 25% cited that
it goes beyond public management but partnerships with suppliers and
agricultural technicians. Of the 40% who did not believe in community
garden development initiatives as strategies to promote a change in eating
habits, they did not believe in the population’s engagement in the project
due to an ingrained assistance culture that discourages the population’s
protagonism in achieving a healthier lifestyle.
Collectively, the community garden was cited not only as a place
for supply or reducing acquisition costs but as a place transitioning from
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
258
an individualistic paradigm to a collective outlook, as an effective strategy
for food education and health promotion. e reference for this was the
school itself, which weekly informs parents via the WhatsApp application
of the menu of healthy food. Concerning school cafeterias, it was
mentioned that fried snacks are no longer sold, only baked ones. In higher-
income neighborhoods, the gradual elimination of school cafeterias was
determined, and in lower-income neighborhoods, the total elimination of
school cafeterias.
From the PNAE actions data collected and analyzed in light of the
SDGs, the statements of the Community Health Agents (ACS) ensured
the promotion of SAN (SDG 2) that PNAE proposed. is was evidenced
among many reports about women cooking more at home during the
isolation period, leading to greater fruit and vegetable consumption. e
repercussion of this result reaches other areas such as promoting healthy
living and well-being linked to SDG 3. It was also reported by the ACS that
this phenomenon was limited to the isolation period during the Covid-19
pandemic, as returning to professional activities, especially among lower-
education and lower-income women, along with the cut of the fresh food
increment benefit, tended to revert to pre-pandemic eating habits.
Given the limiting factors of PNAE in promoting a healthy lifestyle,
the study showed that emphasis on awareness and food education reflecting
cultural change within households is a fundamental strategy for addressing
sociocultural inequalities in the barrier to adherence to a healthier lifestyle.
Contextualized food education can help bridge the knowledge gap and
promote healthier food choices across all socioeconomic groups, thus
addressing SDG 10, in reducing inequalities.
FinAl considerATions
e results of PNAE during the Covid-19 pandemic allowed, albeit
partially, to prove the importance of joint intersectoral action as public
policy, education, social assistance, health, and agribusiness in combating
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
259
major societal challenges such as malnutrition, primarily arising from
inequality and social vulnerability.
e report highlighted, above all, the importance of education and
awareness as key strategies to promote a healthier lifestyle, aligned with
SDG 3 (Health and Well-being), 10 (Reducing Inequalities), and 12
(Responsible Consumption and Production). By addressing these aspects,
public policies can play a significant role in combating NCDs, promoting
equal access to healthy foods, and encouraging sustainable consumption
and production practices.
It is observed that despite the socio-economic non-uniformity of this
research, the determining factor in the non-change in food consumption
style was evidenced, not by the lack of access to resources for acquiring
such foods, but by the lack of a culture of consuming these foods. In the
non-response bias, respondents sometimes differed from one another.
e point of greatest divergence was regarding the accessibility of healthy
products by the vulnerable population due to high costs. While some argue
that people would not buy the products, being healthy on their own, even
if they were of low acquisition value, but would only consume them if free.
Others argue that the more vulnerable population would indeed acquire
them if the price were accessible.
It is known that nutritional food education faces great challenges,
especially sociocultural elements, in breaking with the culture of
attractiveness, ease of preparation and consumption, and low cost
developed and offered for decades by agribusiness. Traditional education
does not respond, whether to awaken the need for change and/or to effect
the change in food consumption style. e focus on non-traditional
education, such as community gardens and cooking workshops with
tasting, has been widely discussed to promote sustainable production
practices to final consumption without waste. Teaching to adopt a
responsible lifestyle, from growing their own food, preparing healthy
meals, to achieving positive changes in healthy food consumption, aligns
with SDGs 3 and 12. Furthermore, raising awareness of the importance of
choosing healthy foods promotes more sustainable consumption practices,
such as supporting local and seasonal producers and reducing food waste.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
260
reFerences
ALPINO, T. M. A. et al. COVID-19 e (in)segurança alimentar e nutricional: ações
do Governo Federal brasileiro na pandemia frente aos desmontes orçamentários e
institucionais. Cadernos de saúde pública, Rio de Janeiro, v. 36, n. 8, e00161320, 2020.
AMORIM, A. L. B. D.; RIBEIRO JUNIOR, J. R. S.; BANDONI, D. H. Programa
Nacional de Alimentação Escolar: estratégias para enfrentar a insegurança alimentar
durante e após a COVID-19. Revista de Administração Pública, São Paulo, v. 54, n.
4, p. 1134–1145, 2020. Disponível em: http://www.scielo.br/scielo.php?script=sci_
arttext&pid=S0034-76122020000401134&tlng=p. Acesso em: 18 maio 2023.
BANERJEE, S.; VAN DER HEIJDEN, M. G. A. Soil microbiomes and one health.
Nature Reviews Microbiology, London, v. 21, n. 1, p. 6–20, 2023. Disponível em:
https://www.nature.com/articles/s41579-022-00779-w. Acesso em: 5 set. 2023.
BRASIL. Executivo. Lei no 11.947 – PNAE – Programa Nacional de Alimentação Escolar,
todo alimento oferecido no ambiente escolar, independentemente de sua origem, durante o
período letivo. Brasília, DF, 2009. Disponível em: https://legislacao.presidencia.gov.br/
atos/?tipo=LEI&numero=11947&ano=2009&ato=359AzaE90dVpWTc00. Acesso em:
10 jan. 2024.
BRASIL. Ministério da Saúde. Secretaria de Vigilância em Saúde. Departamento de
Análise em Saúde e Vigilância de Doenças Não Transmissíveis. Plano de Ações Estratégicas
para o Enfrentamento das Doenças Crônicas e Agravos não Transmissíveis no Brasil, 2021-
2030. Brasília, DF: Ministério da Saúde, 2021. Disponível em: https://www.gov.br/
saude/pt-br/centrais-de-conteudo/publicacoes/publicacoes-svs/doencas-cronicas-nao-
transmissiveis-dcnt/09-plano-de-dant-2022_2030.pdf. Acesso em: 14 out. 2023.
BRASIL. Ministério da Saúde. Portaria no 2. 994 de 29 de outubro de 2020. 2020.
Disponível em: https://www.in.gov.br/en/web/dou/-/portaria-n-2.994-de-29-de-
outubro-de-2020-285765919. Acesso em: 11 jan. 2024.
COLON, C. OMS: controle de doenças crônicas não transmissíveis gera retornos
financeiros e de saúde. ABRALE, São Paulo, v. 21, 2018. Disponível em: https://www.
abrale.org.br/noticias/oms-controle-de-doencas-cronicas-nao-transmissiveis-gera-
retornos-financeiros-e-de-saude/. Acesso em: 30 ago. 2023.
DE MORAES, N. S. Hipertensão arterial, diabetes mellitus e síndrome metabólica: do
conceito à terapêutica. Revista Brasileira de Hipertensao, São Paulo, v. 20, n.3, p. 109-
116, 2013.
DUARTE, L. S. D.; SHIRASSU, M. M.; MORAES, M. A. D. Doenças crônicas
não transmissíveis (DCNT) taxa padronizada de mortalidade prematura por doenças
crônicas não transmissíveis. BEPA - Boletim Epidemiológico Paulista, São Paulo, v. 20, n.
1, p. 1–12, 2023. Disponível em: https://periodicos.saude.sp.gov.br/BEPA182/article/
view/37973. Acesso em: 30 ago. 2023.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
261
FRANCISCHI, R. P. P. D. et al. Obesidade: atualização sobre sua etiologia,
morbidade e tratamento. Revista de Nutrição, Campinas, v. 13, n. 1, p. 17–28, 2000.
Disponível em: http://www.scielo.br/scielo.php?script=sci_arttext&pid=S1415-
52732000000100003&lng=pt&tlng=pt. Acesso em: 29 ago. 2023.
HOSSAIN, S. T. Impacts of COVID-19 on the agri-food sector: Food security policies
of Asian productivity organization members. Journal of Agricultural Sciences, Sri Lanka,
v. 15, n. 2, p. 116-132, 2020.
INSTITUTO DE PESQUISA ECONÔMICA APLICADA - IPEA. ODS 2 – Fome
Zero e Agricultura Sustentável. Ipea – Objetivos do Desenvolvimento Sustentável.
Brasilia: IPEA, 2019. Disponível em: https://www.ipea.gov.br/ods/ods2.html. Acesso
em: 15 set. 2023.
KUNIHIRO, S.; SILVA, D. M. C.; GOMES, S. C. V. O Programa Nacional de
Alimentação Escolar (PNAE) no município de Tupã (SP): uma análise de desempenho
sob a perspectiva dos atores locais. In: CONGRESSO DA SOCIEDADE BRASILEIRA
DE ECONOMIA, ADMINISTRAÇÃO E SOCIOLOGIA RURAL (SOBER), 61.,
Piracicaba.. Anais [...]. Piracicaba: Even3, 2023. Disponível em: https://www.even3.
com.br/Anais/sober2023/627361. Acesso em: 8 nov. 2023.
NOGUEIRA, V. G. C.; MARCELINO, M. Q. S. Covid-19: impactos e estratégias para
a comercialização de alimentos da agricultura familiar no DF. Revista de Política Agrícola,
Brasília, v. 30, n. 1, p. 117-129, 2021. Disponível em: https://seer.sede.embrapa.br/
index.php/RPA/article/view/1641. Acesso em: 2 dez. 2023.
ORGANIZAÇÃO MUNDIAL DA SAÚDED - OMS. Saving Lives, Spending Less: a
Strategic Response to NCDs. Salvando vidas, gastando menos: uma resposta estratégica
às DCNTs.OMS, 2018. Disponível em: https://pt.scribd.com/document/379487554/
Saving-lives-spending-less-a-strategic-response-to-NCDs-Salvando-vidas-gastando-
menos-uma-resposta-estrategica-as-DCNTs. Acesso em: 30 ago. 2023.
ORGANIZAÇÃO PAN-AMERICANA DA SAÚDE - OPAS. OMS revela principais
causas de morte e incapacidade em todo o mundo entre 2000 e 2019 – OPAS/OMS.
Washington: PAHO, 2020. Disponível em: https://www.paho.org/pt/noticias/9-12-
2020-oms-revela-principais-causas-morte-e-incapacidade-em-todo-mundo-entre-
2000-e. Acesso em: 30 ago. 2023.
PAETZHOLD PAULI, R. I. et al. Análise comparativa do desenvolvimento do
PNAE entre as escolas estaduais e municipais de Santa Maria (RS) à luz dos elementos
potenciais da Segurança Alimentar e Nutricional (SAN). Estudos Sociedade e Agricultura,
Rio de Janeiro, v. 26, n. 2, p. 447, 2018. Disponível em: https://revistaesa.com/ojs/
index.php/esa/article/view/ESA26-2_09_analise_comparativa. Acesso em: 8 nov. 2023.
ROSSETTI, F. X.; DA SILVA, M. V.; WINNIE, L. W. Y. O Programa Nacional de
Alimentação Escolar (PNAE) e o desafio da aquisição de alimentos regionais e saudáveis.
Segurança Alimentar e Nutricional, Campinas, v. 23, n. 2, p. 912, 2016. Disponível em:
http://periodicos.sbu.unicamp.br/ojs/index.php/san/article/view/8647528. Acesso em:
15 set. 2023.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
262
VALADARES, A. A. et al. Agricultura familiar e abastecimento alimentar no contexto
do Covid-19: uma abordagem das ações públicas emergenciais. Brasília: IPEA, 2020.
Disponível em: https://repositorio.ipea.gov.br/handle/11058/9996. Acesso em: 8
nov. 2023.
263
chApTer 12
Contributions and Challenges
of the National School Feeding
Program (PNAE) in Promoting a
Healthy and Adequate School Food
Environment
Andréa Rossi SCALCO 1
Ana Elisa Smith Bressan LOURENZANI 2
Karen Cristina de Andrade MAZIERO 3
and Patrícia Cristina Melero Pereira LEITE 4
Department of Management, Development and Technology, School of Sciences and Engineering, São Paulo
State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: andrea.scalco@unesp.br.
Department of Management, Development and Technology, School of Sciences and Engineering, São Paulo
State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: ana.lourenzani@unesp.br.
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), School of Sciences and Engineering, São Paulo
State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: karen.andrade@unesp.br.
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), School of Sciences and Engineering, São Paulo
State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: patricia.melero@unesp.br.
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p263-278
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
264
Food sysTems And Their componenTs
Malnutrition, which encompasses both undernutrition and obesity,
is one of the major global health challenges (WHO, 2017; HLPE, 2017).
e coexistence of these two extremes, hunger and obesity, represents the
phenomenon of the “double burden of malnutrition” (WHO, 2017; Wells
et al., 2020). In light of the various challenges the world faces, including
hunger and obesity, the United Nations (UN) established the 2030 Agenda
in 2015, composed of 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), with
the aim of eradicating poverty and promoting global well-being. Among
the 17 goals, SDG 2 aligns with the challenge of the double burden of
malnutrition, aiming to “End hunger, achieve food security and improved
nutrition, and promote sustainable agriculture” (United Nations, 2015,
p. 19), highlighting the importance of nutrition in the global agenda
(PAHO, 2017).
However, a report by the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO)
(2020) on food security and nutrition emphasizes that achieving the
SDG 2 goals requires not only access to sufficient food but also quality
food. Diet quality is seen as a vital link in the fight against all forms of
malnutrition, including undernutrition and obesity. Furthermore, experts
have identified a “Global Syndemic” composed of three major challenges
for global public health: obesity, undernutrition, and climate change.
ese challenges are intrinsically linked to a dominant global food system
model that promotes unhealthy diets and perpetuates inequalities in food
distribution (Swinburn et al., 2019).
In 2017, the FAO presented a theoretical model on food systems
developed by a High-Level Panel of Experts. e main objective of this
report was to analyze how food systems influence people’s eating habits
and to highlight how effective programs and policies have the potential to
shape food systems, promoting the sustainable production, distribution,
and consumption of food, in addition to ensuring the right to food for all
(HLPE, 2017).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
265
According to the HLPE report (2017, p. 11), the food system
consists of:
[…] the collection of all elements (environment, people, inputs,
processes, infrastructures, institutions, etc.) and activities related
to the production, processing, distribution, preparation, and
consumption of food, and the outcomes of these activities,
including socio-economic and environmental outcomes.
e theoretical model of food systems presented in the FAO High-
Level Expert Panel report (HLPE, 2017) consists of three components:
food supply chains, food environments, and consumer behavior. ese
elements are influenced by drivers (factors driving change in the food
system), such as: biophysical and environmental factors; innovation,
technology, and infrastructure; political and economic factors; socio-
cultural factors; and demographic factors.
Biophysical and environmental drivers encompass the available
natural resources, essential ecosystem services, and climate change.
Meanwhile, political and economic drivers include factors such as
leadership, globalization, foreign investment, international trade, food
policies, land tenure issues, food price fluctuations, price volatility,
conflicts, and humanitarian crises (HLPE, 2017).
In the realm of socio-cultural drivers, elements such as culture,
religion, rituals, social traditions, and women’s empowerment are
highlighted, all exerting significant influence on food systems. Lastly,
demographic drivers refer to aspects such as population growth, changes in
age distribution, urbanization, migration, and forced displacement, which
shape the dynamics of food systems (HLPE, 2017).
Regarding the components that integrate food systems, the
food supply chain encompasses a series of activities ranging from food
production to final consumption and waste management (HLPE, 2017).
e food environment refers to the “physical, economic, political, and
socio-cultural context in which consumers engage with the food system to
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
266
make decisions about acquiring, preparing, and consuming food” (HLPE,
2017, p. 28). erefore, the food environment plays a fundamental role
in influencing individuals’ food choices. It is important to note that while
healthy food environments provide adequate and nutritious food choices,
there is currently a significant prevalence of “unhealthy” food environments
worldwide that promote less healthy food choices (HLPE, 2017).
Finally, the last component is the consumer, characterized by the
choices consumers make regarding the selection, storage, preparation, and
consumption of food, either individually or within families. It is important
to emphasize that food choices are influenced by personal factors,
convenience, cultural aspects, beliefs, and other elements. However, it is
crucial to recognize that eating behavior is substantially shaped by the food
environment. ese three components that comprise food systems (and
are influenced by drivers) play a decisive role in the quality of individuals’
diets, resulting in consequences for nutrition and health, as well as
generating impacts on social, economic, and environmental dimensions
(HLPE, 2017).
In the context of the elements that make up food systems, the food
environment stands out significantly as it exerts substantial influence on
individuals’ consumption behavior and, consequently, their diet. In this
regard, a highly relevant study was conducted by Glanz et al. (2005), who
classified the food environment as: organizational, community, consumer,
and informational environment.
People interact with various food environments, but it is worth
highlighting the school food environment, as many children spend
a significant part of their time at school and have their main meals
in this environment. One way to ensure that children have access to
healthy and adequate food in the school food environment is through
public policies, such as the National School Feeding Program (PNAE),
a Brazilian government program that aims to provide quality school
meals to public elementary school students. e PNAE seeks to
promote educational development and contribute to the formation
of healthy eating habits. In this context, the present chapter aims to
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
267
analyze the challenges and contributions of the PNAE in promoting a
healthy and adequate food environment.
For this chapter, it is worth highlighting the organizational food
environment, which includes places where people spend a significant part
of their time, such as schools, workplaces, and hospitals, for example.
e availability of healthy or unhealthy foods in these institutions can
significantly influence individuals’ food choices. School food policies,
for example, can affect the type of food children consume daily (Glanz
et al., 2005).
Food securiTy And nuTriTion
Food Security and Nutrition (SAN) represents the realization of the
universal right of all to the constant availability of high-quality food in
adequate quantities, without compromising access to other essential needs.
is goal is achieved through dietary practices that promote health, respect
cultural diversity, and are socially, economically, and environmentally
sustainable (CONSEA, 2004).
Food security is often analyzed under four interdependent
dimensions: food availability, food access, food utilization, and food
stability. Food availability refers to the quantity of food available in a
region or community. Access to food encompasses both economic and
physical aspects. Economic accessibility refers to the resources needed for
people to acquire quality and nutritious food year-round (Leão, 2013).
Physical accessibility means that food must be accessible to all
population groups, from infants to the elderly, as well as individuals with
physical disabilities, terminal patients, those facing health challenges,
inmates, and others. Additionally, it is crucial to ensure access to food for
those living in remote areas, facing natural disasters or armed conflicts,
including indigenous peoples and other vulnerable groups (Leão, 2013).
e food and nutrient utilization dimension corresponds to the
biological utilization and includes how people use available food to meet
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
268
their nutritional needs. It includes knowledge about nutrition, food
preparation practices, and eating habits (FAO, 2014). Finally, food stability
refers to the consistency of food access over time (Leão, 2013).
Considering this, as stipulated in Decree No. 7,272 of August 25,
2010, which follows the guidelines of the National Food and Nutrition
Security System (SISAN), everyone is guaranteed not only the right to
food as a mere requirement for survival but also the right to healthy and
adequate food that can promote and ensure the health and well-being
of individuals. However, to ensure this right, it is essential to develop
sustainable food systems to provide everyone with access to healthy, safe,
quality food in adequate quantities (GLOPAN, 2016).
Food systems directly influence the SAN framework as they are
responsible for the nature of food, its production, and final consumption.
Policies, programs, and institutional actions influence food systems to
promote SAN, and among the policies that can influence food system
components, the PNAE stands out (HLPE, 2017).
The pnAe – nATionAl school Feeding progrAm And iTs chAllenges
e PNAE aligns with the guidelines of international organizations
such as the FAO, which has encouraged actions to ensure SAN in countries,
indicating the adoption of public policies that institutionalize the pursuit
of SAN. One of the 17 SDGs proposed by the FAO expresses this concern
and guides the tasks to be implemented by governments, society, and the
production sector so that by 2030 a more sustainable world is achieved,
in an attempt to integrate the SDGs with the actions of the countries
involved (UN BR, 2021). SDG 2, namely, “zero hunger and sustainable
agriculture,” focuses on stimulating sustainable agricultural practices
through family farming with access to land, technologies, and markets.
In this global concern with public policies that ensure adequate food for
children, programs like the PNAE are included.
e PNAE is a public policy adopted in Brazil that plays a fundamental
role in promoting education and combating hunger and malnutrition
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
269
(Abrandh, 2013; Silva; Hespanhol, 2019; Lourenzani; Cardoso, 2020).
e program operates through the transfer of financial resources from the
federal government to states and municipalities, which are responsible for
its implementation. e resources must be used for purchasing food and
preparing meals in schools. ese foods must be fresh, nutritious, and of
high quality, adhering to the principles of healthy eating (FNDE, 2014).
e concern with adequate food has been the subject of public
policies in Brazil since the 1950s. is concern has evolved significantly
over the years, acquiring national relevance as a public food security policy
in Brazil. e construction of the PNAE is in line with constitutional
determination and is supported by the Federal Constitution of 1988,
which ensures the right to food as one of the fundamental rights. Article
208, item VII, establishes the State’s obligation to provide school meals to
students in Basic Education, promoting equal opportunities in access to
education (Brazil, 1988).
e same Constitution mandated compulsory Basic Education,
which led many young people and children to enter the school environment.
A great challenge and an opportunity to offer this population a healthy
diet, thus necessitating a program to manage school feeding policies
and assist states and municipalities, such as the National Education
Development Fund (FNDE) (FNDE, 2014). e enactment of Law No.
11,947/2009 mandates that 30% of the amount transferred by the PNAE
must be invested in the direct purchase of products from family farming,
a measure that stimulates healthy eating for students and economic
development and market access for family farming (Brasil, 2009). It was
noted that indirectly the law guaranteed rural family farmers participation
in the fundamental right to food for elementary school students by
ensuring a minimum percentage presence in school meals. is law was of
fundamental importance as it established guidelines for the organization
and operation of the program, promoting local development and access to
fresh and healthy food from local family farming.
e FNDE (2020) is the body responsible for implementing the
PNAE. It issues various resolutions detailing procedures, criteria, and
standards for the program’s operation in partnership with states and
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
270
municipalities. Additionally, it defines guidelines in its documents ranging
from food procurement to accountability, ensuring transparency and
efficiency in the use of public resources.
Although the right to food has been enshrined as a universal human
right and despite all the technological and scientific advances that enable
abundant food production, FAO data indicates that many people still
suffer from hunger worldwide and in Brazil (UN BR, 2014). To address
this universe of young people facing food and nutrition insecurity, the
PNAE is governed by the principle of universality, meaning it must serve
all students enrolled in the public education system, regardless of their
socioeconomic status, race, or origin, in compliance with the Federal
Constitution, which establishes equal rights for all citizens.
e PNAE also relies on social participation and control, ensuring
that the school community and civil society have an active voice in
monitoring and overseeing the program’s implementation. is is essential
to prevent deviations and ensure the quality of school meals (Silva;
Hespanhol, 2019).
e PNAE plays a crucial role in promoting the right to adequate
food, contributing to the physical and cognitive development of children
and adolescents. Additionally, it helps combat school dropout rates, as the
provision of attractive meals in schools encourages student attendance.
is also contributes to reducing social inequalities, as it primarily serves
the most vulnerable population (FNDE, 2014).
Despite its importance, the PNAE faces several challenges. One
of them is ensuring food quality, as in many cases, product selection is
based on the lowest cost, compromising the provision of healthy meals.
Additionally, the infrastructure of schools, such as adequate kitchens, is
not always available, making meal preparation difficult. Another challenge
is oversight and social control. Society needs to be involved in monitoring
the program, ensuring that resources are properly applied and the quality
of meals is maintained (Leite, 2022).
Given this, the PNAE is an extremely relevant public policy in the
Brazilian context. It plays a vital role in promoting education and ensuring
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
271
the right to adequate food. However, it is necessary to overcome existing
challenges, ensuring that the program fully achieves its objectives and
contributes to building a more just and equal country. Social participation,
improving food quality, and adequate school infrastructure are essential
steps in this direction (Leite, 2022).
In the next section, the implementation of the PNAE in the
municipality of Tupã, located in the interior of the state of São Paulo
(SP), will be presented to identify the agents involved in the program,
the challenges, and the main points that contribute to fostering family
farming and the challenges and contributions of the PNAE related to the
school food environment in the municipality.
implemenTATion oF The pnAe in The municipAliTy oF Tupã
Addressing the challenges of implementing healthy public food
policies requires specific studies that allow an understanding of the
interrelationship between food production, especially family farming, the
PNAE, and local program management activities, which can drive such
policies.
Leite’s (2022) study presents an attempt, through a master’s thesis,
to contribute to this discussion. e research raises the contributions of
an association that supplies family farming food, interfaces with family
farmers, observes challenges and impacts on their practice, as well as the
role of public managers in articulating public policies that ensure SAN,
especially the nutritionists in the municipality’s pilot kitchen. Data
collection was conducted through open-ended questionnaires, with a direct
approach to selected individuals: the Municipal Education Secretary, the
nutritionist responsible for the pilot kitchen, the technician responsible for
the Banana Growers Association, and selected associated farmers.
To conduct the interviews, a script was developed to gather the most
relevant information for the research objective; the first approach was with
the Municipal Manager for his role as Municipal Education Secretary and
his decision-making role in the process. An interview was conducted to
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
272
map the process and its difficulties. Next, the nutritionist responsible for
the pilot kitchen was interviewed to understand her role in the purchasing
process and menu development. Subsequently, the person responsible for
the contracts of the Banana Growers Association of Tupã was interviewed
to understand his role in food procurement in the municipality’s public
calls. e final stage of interviews was with family farmers supplying the
Banana Growers Association.
Ten farmers with active links to the Banana Growers Association were
selected based on their availability for interviews, as only these were willing
to provide information. e Food Guide for the Brazilian Population was
used as an analysis tool to identify whether the items purchased by the
PNAE contribute to a school food environment that promotes adequate
and healthy eating for students. e reference point for this analysis was
the year 2019.
By analyzing all the food purchased in 2019, a significant
participation of unprocessed or minimally processed foods (63%) was
noted, as well as oils, fats, salt, and sugar, in the menu offered by the Pilot
Kitchen, with significant participation of products offered by local family
farming through the Banana Growers Association. A higher percentage
of ultra-processed foods compared to processed foods was also observed,
posing a challenge to improving the school meal menu (Figure 1).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
273
Figure 1 – Proportion of food in 2019 according to the Food Guide, in
terms of expenditure (R$)
Source: Leite (2022).
Regarding SAN, the nutritionist considers the meals served balanced,
striving to vary and adapt the menu to the foods offered by local family
farming. Some foods are difficult to incorporate into school meals since
children are accustomed to ultra-processed foods at home. Despite the
resistance to healthy foods, the nutritionist remains committed to offering
them in meals, for example, by finely chopping carrots and green beans
with meat, and cabbage with ground beef.
e study highlights the challenges faced by the PNAE in Tupã
in promoting healthy eating in the school food environment, due to
the persistence of ultra-processed food consumption. Additionally, it
emphasizes the importance of family farming as a valuable partner in
providing fresh and nutritious food for school meals, benefiting both
sides. It becomes evident that a collaborative approach is necessary in
implementing public food policies in schools.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
274
e Banana Growers Association works to organize small rural
producers, providing support and knowledge transfer so that producers
can meet the demands in the municipality of Tupã. However, not all
municipalities have this association, necessitating the involvement of all
small producers to participate in public calls. Unfortunately, many do
not participate because they lack the required documentation for the
PNAE. e hypothesis of the Association’s strategic role was confirmed
in the data collection. e more efficient information management, the
more opportunities are generated for producers, overcoming bureaucracy
through information transfer by the Association.
Figure 2 – PNAE Transfer Percentage
Source: Leite, 2022.
e study shows that it is possible to meet mandatory percentages
to encourage healthy habits and strengthen family farming, a joint
effort aimed at ensuring SAN, as observed in Figure 2, which shows the
percentage of FNDE resource transfers for the purchase of family farming
food from 2016 to 2021.
FinAl considerATions
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
275
e discussion on food systems and food environments is extremely
relevant in the current global health context, as it is directly related to the
challenges of the double burden of malnutrition, which includes challenges
related to undernutrition (low weight and nutrient deficiencies) as well as
obesity (overweight).
Based on this scenario, it is important to promote healthy and
sustainable food systems. However, it is important to highlight that a
healthy food system is not limited to people having access to sufficient
food but also to the availability of quality food. Diet quality is essential
in the fight against all forms of malnutrition, including undernutrition
and obesity. However, the dominant global food system model promotes
unhealthy diets and creates inequalities in food distribution.
Food systems are complex and composed of various elements,
including the food supply chain, food environments, and consumer
behavior. e food environment significantly influences people’s
consumption behavior and, consequently, their diet. Healthy food
environments promote adequate and nutritious food choices, while
unhealthy food environments can lead to less healthy choices.
One way to promote food systems and environments that allow
people to access healthy and adequate food is through public policies. A
relevant example is the school food environment, where public policies,
such as the PNAE, play a fundamental role in promoting healthy eating
among children. e PNAE acts as an important piece in promoting a
healthy food environment in Brazilian schools. is program, aligned
with national guidelines and international food and nutrition security
orientations, plays a vital role in transforming the school food environment
into a conducive space for adequate and healthy food choices.
Observing the implementation of the PNAE in different
municipalities, such as the case study in Tupã, it becomes clear that this
program is not just an initiative to provide meals, but also an opportunity
to influence food choices and, consequently, the quality of students’
diets. is is particularly relevant, considering that many children spend
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
276
a significant part of their time at school and have crucial meals for their
development in this environment.
e association of the PNAE with local family farming is a valuable
example of how this program can contribute to a healthier food environment
and a more sustainable food system. By encouraging the purchase of fresh
and nutritious locally produced food, the PNAE not only provides quality
meals but also strengthens local communities and promotes sustainable
agricultural practices.
However, the PNAE also faces significant challenges, as observed
in the case study, such as students’ preference for ultra-processed foods
and the need to ensure the quality of purchased foods. Overcoming these
challenges requires collaboration among different actors, including the
public sector, farmers, associations, and civil society. us, it is necessary
to establish governance that allows for articulation and alignment among
the involved actors so they can address the problem of food and nutrition
insecurity and contribute to achieving the goals set in SDG 2.
reFerences
AÇÃO BRASILEIRA PELA NUTRIÇÃO E DIREITOS HUMANOS (ABRANDH).
O direito humano à alimentação adequada e o sistema nacional de segurança alimentar
e nutricional. Brasília, DF: MDS, 2013. Disponível em: http://www.mds.gov.br/
webarquivos/publicacao/seguranca_alimentar/DHAA_SAN.pdf. Acesso em: 4 set. 2023.
BRASIL. Decreto nº 7.272, de 25 de agosto de 2010. Regulamenta a Lei no.11.346, de
15 de setembro de 2006. Cria o Sistema Nacional de Segurança Alimentar e Nutricional
– SISAN com vistas em assegurar o direito humano à alimentação adequada e dá
outras providências. Lex, Brasília, 2006. Disponível em: http://www.planalto.gov.br/
ccivil_03/_Ato2007 2010/2010/Decreto/D7272.htm. Acesso em: 16 set. 2023.
BRASIL. Constituição (1988). Constituição da República Federativa do Brasil. Brasília,
DF: Planalto, 1988. Disponível em: http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/constituicao/
constituicao.htm. Acesso em: 15 jul. 2023.
BRASIL. Ministério da Educação. Lei nº 11.947, de 16 de junho de 2009.
Dispõe sobre o atendimento da alimentação escolar e do Programa Dinheiro Direto na
Escola aos alunos da educação básica; altera as Leis nos 10.880, de 9 de junho de 2004,
11.273, de 6 de fevereiro de 2006, 11.507, de 20 de julho de 2007; revoga dispositivos
da Medida Provisória no 2.178-36, de 24 de agosto de 2001, e a Lei no 8.913, de 12 de
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
277
julho de 1994; e dá outras providências. Brasília, DF: Planalto, [2009]. Disponível em:
http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_ato2007-2010/2009/lei/l11947.htm. Acesso em:
05 set. 2023.
BRASIL. Guia alimentar para a população brasileira. Brasília, DF: MDS, 2014.
Disponível em: https://bvsms.saude.gov.br/bvs/publicacoes/guia_alimentar_populacao_
brasileira_2ed.pdf. Acesso em: 9 dez. 2023.
CONSELHO NACIONAL DE SEGURANÇA ALIMENTAR E NUTRICIONAL
(CONSEA). Princípios e Diretrizes de uma Política de Segurança Alimentar e Nutricional:
Textos de Referência da II Conferência Nacional de Segurança Alimentar e Nutricional.
Brasília, DF: IPEA, 2004. Disponível em: https://www.ipea.gov.br/participacao/images/
pdfs/conferencias/Seguranca_Alimentar_II/textos_referencia_2_conferencia_seguranca_
alimentar.pdf. Acesso em: 12 jul. 2023.
FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNITED NATIONS
(FAO). e State of Food Security and Nutrition in the World 2020: Transforming food
systems for affordable healthy diets. Rome: FAO, 2020. Disponível em: http://www.fao.
org/3/ca9692en/CA9692EN.pdf. Acesso em: 20 out. 2023.
FUNDO NACIONAL DE DESENVOLVIMENTO DA EDUCAÇÃO (FNDE).
Sobre o PNAE: O que é? A quem se destina? Brasília: FNDE, 2020. Disponível em:
http://www.fnde.gov.br/programas/pnae. Acesso em: 5 jun. 2023.
FUNDO NACIONAL DE DESENVOLVIMENTO DA EDUCAÇÃO
(FNDE). Cartilha Nacional da Alimentação Escolar. Brasília, DF: FNDE, 2014.
Disponível em: http://www.fnde.gov.br/arquivos/category/116-alimentacao-
escolar?download=9572:pnae-cartilha-2014. Acesso em: 20 jan. 2023.
GLANZ, K.; SALLIS, J. F.; SAELENS, B. E.; FRANK, L. D. Healthy Nutrition
Environments: Concepts and Measures. American Journal of Health Promotion,
ousand Oaks, v. 19, n. 5, p. 330-333, 2005.
GLOBAL PANEL ON AGRICULTURE AND FOOD SYSTEMS FOR
NUTRITION (GLOPAN). Food systems and diets: facing the challenges of the 21st
century. London: Glopan, 2016. Disponível em: https://www.glopan.org/wp- content/
uploads/2019/06/ForesightReport.pdf. Acesso em: 10 abr. 2023.
HIGH LEVEL PANEL OF EXPERTS (HLPE). Nutrition and food systems: a report
by the high level panel of experts on Food Security and nutrition of the Committee
on World Food Security. Roma: FAO, 2017. Disponível em: www.fao.org/cfs/cfs-hlpe.
Acesso em: 5 set. 2023.
LEÃO, M. (org.). O direito humano à alimentação adequada e o sistema nacional de
segurança alimenta e nutricional. Brasília, DF: ABRANDH, 2013. Disponível em:
https://bit.ly/2KbLoi3. Acesso em: 20 out. 2023.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
278
LEITE, P. C. M. P. O Papel do PNAE para a Agricultura Familiar e Alimentação
Saudável no município de Tupã/SP. 2022. 44 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em
Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia, Universidade
Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2022. Disponível em: https://repositorio.unesp.br/
handle/11449/217735. Acesso em: 6 set. 2023.
LOURENZANI, A. E. B. S.; CARDOSO, V. A. O Programa Nacional de Alimentação
Escolar no município de Tupã e seus efeitos na agricultura familiar. Formação Online,
Presidente Prudente, v. 26, n. 48, p. 200-2019, 2019. Disponível em: https://revista.fct.
unesp.br/index.php/formacao/article/view/5829/5041. Acesso em: 3 jun. 2023.
NAÇÕES UNIDAS NO BRASIL (ONU BR). 17 Objetivos para transformar o mundo.
Nova Yorke: ONU, 2021. Disponível em: https://nacoesunidas.org/pos2021/. Acesso
em: 7 jan. 2024.
NAÇÕES UNIDAS NO BRASIL (ONU BR). O Estado da Segurança Alimentar e
Nutricional no Brasil. Um retrato multidimensional. Relatório 2014. Brasília, DF:
MDS, 2014. Disponível em: https://www.mds.gov.br/webarquivos/publicacao/
seguranca_alimentar/SANnoBRasil.pdf. Acesso em: 2 set. 2023.
ORGANIZAÇÃO PAN-AMERICANA DA SAÚDE (OPAS). Sistemas alimentares e
nutrição: a experiência brasileira para enfrentar todas as formas de má nutrição. Brasília,
DF: CFN, 2017. Disponível em: https://www.cfn.org.br/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/
oms.pdf. Acesso em: 20 out. 2023.
SILVA, E. R. F.; HESPANHOL, R. A. M. Políticas públicas e a criação de programas
governamentais de alimentação: algumas considerações. Formação (Online), Presidente
Prudente, v. 26, n. 49, p. 7-35, 2019. Disponível em: https://revista.fct.unesp.br/index.
php/formacao/article/view/6328/5181. Acesso em: 7 set. 2023.
SWINBURN B et al. e Global Syndemic of Obesity, Undernutrition, and Climate
Change: e Lancet Commission report. e Lancet, London, v. 393, n. 10173, p. 791-
846, 2019.
UNITED NATIONS. Transforming our World: e 2030 Agenda for Sustainable
Development. New York: United Nations, 2015. Disponível em: https://bit.
ly/3oVMm0M. Acesso em: 22 jan. 2024.
WELLS, J. C.; SAWAYA, A. L.; WIBAEK, R., MWANGOME, M., POULLAS, M.
S., YAJNIK, C. S. et al. e double burden of malnutrition: aetiological pathways and
consequences for health. e Lancet, London, v. 395, p. 75-78, 2020.
WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION (WHO). Double burden of malnutrition:
policy brief. Geneva: WHO, 2017. Disponível em: https://www.who.int/publications/i/
item/WHO-NMH-NHD-17.2. Acesso em: 18 ago. 2023.
279
chApTer 13
e theme of traditional peoples
within the Graduate Program in
Agribusiness and Development:
possible convergences and important
products
Nelson Russo de MORAES 1
Angélica Góis MORALES 2
Alexandre de Castro CAMPOS 3
Isaltina Santos da Costa OLIVEIRA 4
and Fernando da Cruz SOUZA 5
Department of Social Communication, Faculty of Architecture, Arts, Communication and Design,
Universidade Estadual Paulista “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Bauru, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail:
nelson.russo@unesp.br.
Department of Management, Development and Technology, Faculty of Sciences and Engineering,
Universidade Estadual Paulista “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail:
ag.morales@unesp.br.
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering,
Universidade Estadual Paulista “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail:
alexandre.c.campos@unesp.br.
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering,
Universidade Estadual Paulista “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail:
isaltina.costa@unesp.br
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering,
Universidade Estadual Paulista “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail:
fernando.cruz@unesp.br.
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p279-300
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
280
inTroducTion
e Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD)
has a recent trajectory, having been created in 2014, but it faces significant
theoretical challenges that shape the debate on socio-environmental
sustainability, public policies, and rights, which have been conducted in
its research and extension actions, generating very important products.
e PGAD, headquartered at the Faculty of Science and Engineering
(FCE) of the São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP),
Tupã Campus/São Paulo – SP, was conceived and gradually structured as
a training space for masters and doctors who, in their training trajectory,
could weave knowledge critically and contextually, beyond agribusiness,
within the broad debate about Brazilian rurality, sustainability, culture in
rural areas, and the various interfaces – including conflicting and violent
ones – present in this scenario.
Emerging from the debates of Line 2 of the PGAD, titled “Development
and Environment,” Rural Sociology began to be considered fundamental to
basic studies, forming an important part of the compulsory annual course
Agribusiness Systemic Approach (ASA) for all students. Similarly, the
biannual elective course Society and Nature was operationalized, which,
despite being optional, took on the responsibility of contributing to the
complex and dialectical promotion of knowledge about the relationship
between humans and their environment. Additionally, elective courses
titled “Ethno development and Public Policies for Indigenous Peoples and
Traditional Communities” in 2020, and “Formation and Transformations
of Rural Space and Traditional Territories in Brazil” in 2021, had high
demand (UNESP, 2023).
In 2015, some faculty members of the graduate program began
working with indigenous peoples and traditional communities, including
academic and scientific aspects related to Brazilian rurality, specifically
with indigenous, quilombola, geraizeiro, riverside, and traditional Latvian
communities. ey did so in a path that replicates in many other programs,
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
281
through research groups and bringing together professors with isolated
work in certain areas.
is chapter aims to describe how the PGAD/UNESP Tupã’s work
with indigenous peoples and traditional communities was structured.
us, being clear about the qualitative approach and descriptive research
type, this research relied on bibliographic and documentary exploration
techniques for evidence collection, also using historiography as a research
strategy and final technique for analysis and organization of collected
evidence (Martins; eóphilo, 2009).
is chapter of the book dedicated to the 10 years of PGAD narrates
descriptively the path that led and continues to lead the graduate program
to converge with the demands of indigenous peoples and traditional
communities, marking this territory of scientific knowledge production
or, in more effusive words from this field, “marking the land,” making it a
territory of knowledge.
Another central aspect of PGAD’s work in general, but presented
as a chapter here, specifically, is the convergence with the Sustainable
Development Goals (SDGs). e studies on traditional people
within PGAD deeply converge with SDG 11 – Sustainable Cities and
Communities, as various master’s and doctoral works encompass themes
that keep sustainability as a backdrop. Other SDGs are referenced in depth,
in the specificity of the works, such as SDGs 1, 2, and 11 when studying
themes about poverty, hunger, and inequality; SDG 6 when the issue of
water access is highlighted, and SDG 4 when basic education is studied,
always converging with the field of indigenous peoples and traditional
communities.
The socio-environmenTAl chAllenges oF TrAdiTionAl peoples
e Amerindians or Indigenous Peoples of America are descendants
of civilizations strongly delineated by the Mayans, Incas, and Aztecs, who,
populating the American lands, have been in the current Brazilian territory
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
282
for over 10,000 years. e most in-depth archaeological studies in Brazil
highlight human presence for many thousands of years in the northeastern
hinterlands, the general plateaus, the upper Xingu, and especially in the
plains of the Amazon River basin (Neves, 2006).
Generations descended from these peoples would have spread
across plateaus and plains, the coast, and the hinterlands of the current
Brazilian territory, forming over centuries and millennia, different
indigenous peoples. Based on Boas (2004), it is understood that these
peoples, given the biological and geographical determinism imposed on
their lives, as well as the historical aspects of each community, generated
immense cultural diversity and ethnic variety, which includes the
linguistic particularities of the more than 300 indigenous ethnic groups
described, in past times, by Curt Nimuendajú, Darcy Ribeiro, Florestan
Fernandes, and even Marshal Rondon.
Based on the documented notes by Curt Nimuendajú in his
important cartographic work titled: “Ethno-Historical Map of Brazil and
Adjacent Regions,” in its third version, dated 1944, approximately 1,400
indigenous peoples were identified in Brazilian territory. e information
refers to 974 bibliographic references (Emmerich; Leite, 1987). From
meticulous research, “the map summarizes the bibliography published
until 1944” (Zarur, 1987, p. 33).
According to the 2010 Demographic Census data, the diversity of
indigenous peoples in Brazil refers to 305 peoples (IBGE, 2012). Currently,
this map comprises 1,693,535 Brazilian indigenous people, according
to the 2022 Demographic Census (IBGE, 2023). is population
data corresponds to 0.83% of the country’s total, and compared to the
previous Census, an 88.82% increase in the indigenous population was
identified (FUNAI, 2023). Science and law converge on the perspective
that all indigenous descendants, living on indigenous lands or in cities, are
indigenous peoples and, therefore, the original peoples of Brazil.
Anthropology, converging with Sociology, through the work of
Carlos Rodrigues Brandão titled “e Traditional Community,” published
as a book chapter, brings the definition of total culture community and
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
283
partial culture community, providing a fundamental notion to the concept
of original peoples and traditional communities (Brandão, 2015). On one
hand, in light of Ferdinand Tönnies’ eory of Sociability (1855-1936)
and Émile Durkheim’s eory of Solidarities (1858-1917), total culture
communities are those self-sufficient in seeking the requirements of well-
being dimensions (as detailed by Amartya Sen in his work “Development
as Freedom”). ese communities were not touched by the capitalist mode
of production and were self-sufficient, living in a perspective of tribal
communism, as described by philosopher Jean-Jacques Rousseau (1712-
1778). is was the modus vivendi (way of life) of the original peoples
before the colonization process that began in 1500 and is still the way of
life of those few isolated indigenous groups (Laraia, 2006).
Still in Brandão (2015), partial culture communities are all those
that, touched by the capitalist mode of production, lose their self-
sufficiency and enter the perspective of interdependence, profoundly
altering their cultures. Numerous interaction processes, filled with friction
and violence between peoples oriented by different worldviews and ways
of understanding the world and social relations, would be useful here to
symbolize this rupture, including the imprisonment of Africans to be
enslaved in America, the catechization of indigenous children in Colonial
Brazil, or even the expropriation of access by babaçu nut breakers to babaçu
zones for collecting fallen fruits.
e social fact here is that total culture communities (self-sufficient
for their well-being) moved to the condition of partial culture communities
(interdependent for their well-being) and, with this “evolutionary
acceleration,” began to coexist in a society oriented by the capitalist mode
of production, which orients life towards consumption perspectives,
individualism, and social fragmentation, usually in urban, condominium,
or extreme poverty environments.
However, even when indigenous people cease to have the
characteristics of total culture communities, they do not cease to be original
peoples. Likewise, when traditional communities are formed through
various violent historical paths, they are already characterized as partial
culture communities, as they already emerge with dependence on the
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
284
capitalist mode of production. us, in Brazil, Traditional Communities,
besides the indigenous ones, include quilombolas, caiçaras, artisanal
fishers, Amazonian riverside dwellers, geraizeiros, pantaneiros, vazanteiros,
terreiro people, fundo de pasto people, faxinalenses, and babaçu nut
breakers, among others (Brasil, 2007; Vieira, 2014).
It is important to note that all indigenous peoples are original
peoples and traditional communities, but traditional communities are
not necessarily original peoples (except indigenous in the Brazilian
case, or African tribals in African countries, or even the Maori in New
Zealand). Finally, the term Traditional Peoples is used to generally
designate original peoples (indigenous, in the Brazilian case) and
traditional communities (quilombolas, caiçaras, geraizeiros, Amazonian
riverside dwellers, among others).
For a better presentation of the quilombola expression in
the country, it is important to highlight that, according to the 2022
Demographic Census data, the quilombola population in the national
territory totals 1,327,802, representing 0.65% of Brazil’s total population,
identifying 494 formally recognized quilombola territories. Additionally,
only 12.6% of the quilombola population inhabits these demarcated
territories (IBGE, 2023).
Besides the international elements enshrined by the United Nations
Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples (UN, 2007) and specific
articles contained in Brazil’s 1988 Federal Constitution (Brasil, 1988),
other important legal markers include, among others, the Indian Statute
(Brasil, 1973) and Decree 6040 (Brasil, 2007), which attempt to regulate
social relations and the rights of traditional peoples.
After the promulgation of the 1988 Federal Constitution, Brazil’s
Traditional Peoples experienced alternating moments of better and worse
compliance with legal principles, depending on the tone of each federal
government but also due to actions taken by local governments (state,
district, and municipal). In this sense, transversal to the temporality of
governments, some third-sector organizations have conducted excellent
monitoring and support work for these peoples, including the Indigenous
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
285
Missionary Council (CIMI), which annually publishes its report on
Violence Against Indigenous Peoples in Brazil, receiving broad academic
support and legitimacy from society, including representative associations
of indigenous peoples (CIMI, 2023).
Data presented during the period from 2019 to 2022 indicate that
indigenous peoples suffered various forms of violence. Regarding conflicts
related to territorial rights, “407 cases were recorded.” Concerning
“possessory invasions, illegal exploitation of natural resources, and various
damages to indigenous heritage, there were 1,133” (CIMI, 2022, p. 13).
Regarding crimes against individuals, “795 deaths due to public authority’s
omission” and “3,552 indigenous children up to four years old died during
this period” (CIMI, 2022, p. 13).
CIMI’s report indicates that 2022 marked the end of a governmental
period characterized by the worsening violence incidence against indigenous
communities and territories. During this government, no indigenous land
was demarcated (CIMI, 2022).
Indigenous peoples have fought for decades to defend their rights
and preserve their cultures and ways of life. “at the new rulers seek to
repair the harm, guaranteeing indigenous peoples their fundamental right
to land and their ways of being and living in differences” (CIMI, 2022,
p. 11). In this context, Bill 490 of 2007, currently being processed as PL
2903 of 2023, addressing the time frame for the demarcation of indigenous
lands, represents a setback and infringes on the rights of indigenous peoples
in terms of justice, as the 1988 Constitution itself guarantees indigenous
peoples the right to land.
Meanwhile, when discussing the socio-environmental challenges
faced by traditional peoples, the role and participation of universities in
the dialogue and production of knowledge on these precious and delicate
topics are questioned. Many challenges are posed, such as affirmative
actions and their developments in offering indigenous education that still
need improvements, as pointed out by Freitas et al. (2022) and Santos and
Cristofoli (2022). ere is a need to foster “a public policy design that
guarantees financial investments in students’ permanence in universities,
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
286
the preparation of didactic material, and personnel training to deal with
great cultural diversity,” as cited by Freitas et al. (2022). In this context,
Santos and Cristofoli (2022) reinforce the need to foster closer relations
with indigenous and traditional peoples, considering the policy’s purposes
and the socio-cultural reality of these communities’ plurality.
In this context, the PGAD, through the research line Development
and Environment, along with research groups, has been developing studies
in the university environment, which will be addressed in the next section.
TrAil oF sTudies And reseArch conducTed
In 2014, at FCE/UNESP Tupã, two research groups supported and
started complementary studies: 1) the Environmental Management and
Education Research Group (PGEA)6, led by Assoc. Prof. Angélica Góis
Morales, where the major themes are society’s relations with nature; and 2)
the Group of Studies in Democracy and Social Management (GEDGS)7,
led by Assoc. Prof. Nelson Russo de Moraes, whose themes include various
interfaces of human social relations. Both groups address important arenas
for producing academic substrate to address traditional peoples’ themes.
In these groups, several undergraduate and high school students
joined as fellows of the Institutional Program of Scientific Initiation
Scholarships (PIBIC) and University Extension, alongside other academic
community members interested in the theme. is information is highly
relevant as no course was taught, no orientation conducted, and no
research or extension action executed without extensive background work
of studies and social and political articulation with environments outside
the university.
Research group that emerges from the interaction of various researchers and aims to reflect the process of
environmental management and education in various contexts, enabling connections, exchanges, planning,
and execution of research and extension projects. In this collaborative process, the Sala Verde Rede de
Educação Ambiental da Alta Paulista – REAP (UNESP, 2023) stands out.
t has an interdisciplinary characteristic, aiming to build contributive knowledge for solving the challenges
faced by contemporary society, especially through the promotion of studies, research, and extension aligned
with specific themes. Among the important activities of GEDGS, the International Network of Researchers
on Indigenous Peoples and Traditional Communities (RedeCT) stands out (UNESP, 2023).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
287
In 2017, the first two master’s research projects were initiated within
PGAD/UNESP Tupã, under the supervision of Assoc. Prof. Nelson Russo
de Moraes, both completed with public dissertation defense in 2019.
One of them, titled “Analysis of the social impacts of the transition of
agricultural production models in traditional communities: a case study
of the geraizeiros community of Matinha (Guaraí/Tocantins - TO),” by
Alexandre de Castro Campos, studied the history, characteristics, modus
vivendi, and social relations of that community, articulating it with the
legitimizing elements of the “geraizeiro world” (Dayrell, 1998; Nogueira,
2009; Ribeiro, 2015). Campos’ dissertation (2019) was based on sociologist
Ferdinand Tönnies’ theory and focused on sociability and the transition
from traditional agricultural models to agroecology, exploring these
theoretical concepts. Campos (2019) discusses the socio-economic and
environmental context of traditional Brazilian communities, emphasizing
agroecology as a sustainable alternative to intensive agriculture.
e other research, titled “Brazilian indigenist public policy: analysis
of transformations based on the case study of the indigenous village
Vanuíre (Arco Íris/SP),” conducted by Ariane Taísa de Lima, revisited
the transformations of indigenist public policies in Brazil from colonial
times to contemporary times, culminating in describing how state services
are provided in the Indigenous Land Vanuíre, where mainly Kaingang,
Krenak, and Terena indigenous people coexist, in the areas of education,
health, social assistance, and land rights (Lima, 2019; Ribeiro, 1979).
Highlighting the present challenges, Lima (2019) concludes that it is
urgent for policies to promote the rights and sustainable development of
indigenous communities, respecting their unique cultures and identities.
Also under the supervision of Assoc. Prof. Nelson Russo de
Moraes, in 2018, Cláudio Antônio Tavares began his master’s research
titled “Cooperativism as an organizational model and income generation
instrument for traditional communities,” defended publicly in 2020.
e work was dedicated to studying the legally available organizational
models in Brazil and their proximity to the political representation
needs of residents and better market competitiveness of the products
from the Traditional Leta Community of Varpa District in Tupã/SP
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
288
(Pinho, 2003; Tavares, 2020). Tavares (2020) investigated associativism
and cooperativism as organizational models already experienced by the
mentioned traditional community, examining the challenges, benefits, and
distinctive characteristics of this organizational model.
From 2018 to 2020, under the same professor’s supervision,
Valdemir Garcia Neto Melo’s master’s research titled “From global to
traditional: the use of water for human consumption in a traditional
Amazonian community” took PGAD once again to the Brazilian Legal
Amazon, specifically to the Traditional Riverside Community of Senhor
do Bonfim, located on the banks of the Piranha River, Araguaia river
basin, in Araguacema/TO. e works started with the international
marker of human rights to potable water – Guidelines for Drinking Water
Quality (GDWQ) – to which Brazil is a signatory and reproduces the
right through its Federal Constitution. In the field, the research conducted
interviews, photographic data collection, and two analyses of the water
distributed and consumed by the community’s residents. e work’s
results scientifically indicated the low quality of the water, especially due
to the abrupt oscillation of chlorine (directly released into collective water
tanks) and the presence of various natural sediments. Finally, as usual in
works of this alignment, the dissertation presented the set of historical and
social characteristics that make Senhor do Bonfim (of Araguacema/TO) a
traditional riverside community (Brasil, 2007; Melo, 2020; WHO, 2017).
Given these conditions, Melo (2020) highlights the need for investment
in water supply and sanitation systems for traditional peoples to improve
public health.
In 2019, four new master’s research projects on traditional peoples
were initiated. Assoc. Prof. Renato Dias Baptista supervised Laís de Carvalho
Pechula’s work titled “Conflicts in indigenous territories: an analysis
based on the transformations of indigenous territorial rights,” defended
publicly in 2021. rough an interdisciplinary lens between Social and
Legal areas, it presented the practical conflictuality and the developments
of legal pacification for the issue of indigenous lands in Brazil (Brasil,
1988; FUNAI, 2013; Pechula, 2022). Pechula (2021) analyzes indigenous
territorial rights in Brazil from their historical transformations, applicability,
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
289
and associated conflicts. To this end, qualitative methods and various data
sources are used to analyze the transformations and conflicts around such
rights, aiming to promote peace, justice, and sustainable development.
Pechula discusses the construction of indigenous ethnic identity and the
importance of constitutional guarantees considering increasing violence,
especially regarding the demarcation and protection of indigenous lands
threatened by Bill No. 490/2007 (current Bill No. 2903) and its impact on
indigenous territorial rights, particularly regarding the “time frame” theory,
contrary to the 1988 Constitution (Pechula, 2021). Pechula concludes by
evoking the role of the National Indian Foundation (FUNAI) and the
Public Prosecutor’s Office for the need for effective measures to preserve
and fully apply constitutional rights to ensure the integrity of indigenous
lands and the well-being of indigenous communities (Pechula, 2021).
Assoc. Prof. Angélica Góis Morales supervised the then master’s
student Valquíria Cristina Martins in her research “Knowledge and socio-
environmental practices in the Indigenous Land Vanuíre: understanding
the ethnoknowledge of the Kaingang and Krenak Groups,” which
deals with a comprehensive analysis of the cultural practices and socio-
environmental knowledge of the Kaingang and Krenak indigenous groups
in the Indigenous Land Vanuíre, focusing on agriculture, cuisine, and
crafts. Martins (2021) explores the history, migration, and coexistence
of these peoples in the same territory, highlighting the importance of
preserving indigenous culture and their rights in the face of challenges
such as colonization, forced displacement, and the Covid-19 pandemic.
To do so, theoretical concepts about multiculturalism, interculturality, and
the role of cultural institutions in promoting cultural and environmental
preservation are used.
e study highlights the crucial role of ethnoknowledge and
sustainable practices in these communities’ relationship with the
environment and biodiversity preservation, discussing the difficulties faced
by communities in preserving their traditions. Martins (2021) considers
that in an increasingly globalized world, intercultural dialogue and the
appreciation of indigenous knowledge are increasingly important for
promoting sustainability and cultural diversity.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
290
e then master’s student Karen Cristina Andrade Pereira, under the
supervision of Assoc. Prof. Andréa Rossi Scalco, conducted the research
“Influence of the food environment on eating habits: analysis contribution
to indigenous peoples in Brazil.” Pereira (2021) highlights that food
decisions are complex, and influenced by social, cultural, economic, and
psychological factors, which are important in promoting healthy eating
habits. e analysis focuses on various aspects of the food environment,
including the availability of healthy options, prices, promotions, nutritional
information, and their relationship with eating behavior. It also includes
the domestic, work, and school contexts and their influence on food
choices. For Pereira (2021), understanding these aspects is important for
addressing the double burden of malnutrition and obesity, centered on life
trajectories and individual experiences in forming dietary patterns.
e study emphasizes the need for public policies that promote
healthy and accessible food environments for indigenous communities,
recognizing the challenges these populations face in seeking a nutritious
and culturally appropriate diet, considering that such policies have
significant implications for promoting public health and addressing food
insecurity (Pereira, 2021).
During this same period, Assoc. Prof. Nelson Russo de Moraes
supervised Cristiane Teixeira Bazílio Marchetti in her research titled
“Public education policies for indigenous peoples in Brazil: conceptual and
legal transformations.” Marchetti (2021) studied indigenous education in
the Brazilian context, examining its historical transformation, challenges,
and advances. To do so, it uses sociological, anthropological, and
philosophical contributions, such as those of Marx, Weber, and Freire,
which inform a critical understanding of the challenges and processes
involved in indigenous education. Marchetti outlines the transition from
assimilationist and exploitative approaches during the colonial period to
a more positive recognition of indigenous peoples’ rights and autonomy
in the 1988 Constitution. e legal frameworks and public policies that
influenced indigenous education include the creation of Ethnoeducational
Territories and the challenges faced by indigenous schools in terms of
recognition, resources, and infrastructure; the need to respect indigenous
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
291
dietary practices in school feeding programs; and the recognition and
respect for indigenous cultures and languages as an integral part of Brazilian
identity. From such a perspective, different cultural views within indigenous
cultures and the fundamental role of indigenous peoples’ participation and
autonomy in educational decisions can indeed be included.
It is important to highlight that these works, initiated in 2019, and
others that concluded by 2023, were severely impacted by the Covid-19
pandemic, including the infeasibility of entering traditional territories,
conducting in-person research, and having dialogues that, under better
circumstances, would have been conducted via telephone or internet.
In this pandemic period, Fernando da Cruz Souza, under the
supervision of Assoc. Prof. Nelson Russo de Moraes, conducted research
titled “Babaçu nut breakers: human well-being in the Bico do Papagaio
region, Tocantins.” Souza (2023) identified various dimensions of human
well-being in rural and traditional scenarios in traditional babaçu nut
breaker communities in the Bico do Papagaio region, TO. Based on
Amartya Sen’s capabilities approach (2010) and the intersectionality of
social relations, the author emphasizes the interconnection of social,
economic, and environmental factors and their impact on the lives of
vulnerable populations. e historical context of the formation of rural
and traditional communities, often rooted in resource exploitation, as well
as contemporary challenges posed by climate change and deforestation, are
discussed (Souza, 2023).
Among the deprivations faced by the researched communities are
limited access to education, land ownership, and basic services, while
highlighting the collective resistance produced by women who, through
social capital, support each other in their quest for well-being. Moreover,
traditional knowledge and collective representation in these communities
are critical factors in maintaining cultural identities and advocating for
social and environmental justice for nut breakers. Given such a reality, this
research emphasizes the need for targeted policies and interventions that
recognize the unique dimensions of well-being in rural and traditional
contexts (Souza, 2023).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
292
Finally, within the pandemic’s historical context, the then master’s
student Isaltina Santos da Costa Oliveira, also under the supervision of
Prof. Nelson Moraes, conducted research titled: “Studies on the Origin
and Current Social and Geographic Landscape of Indigenous Peoples of
Amazon Tocantins.” Oliveira (2023) addresses the complex issues faced by
indigenous communities in the region, including a violent historical process.
e author points out the growth and devastating impact of conflicts in rural
areas due to agribusiness, mining, and latifundia formation, which occur
at the expense of the essentiality of the territory for indigenous cultures,
which do not see it merely as a basis for their cultural, environmental,
social, and economic continuity but also as a fundamental element of their
identities. e study also highlights deforestation, colonization, and tragic
extermination tactics employed against indigenous communities and the
profound historical repercussions of such acts as persistent barriers for
indigenous peoples in securing their land rights, including the complex
demarcation processes. It indicates the need for more precise research and
more accurate narratives for a better understanding of the history of the
formation of current indigenous peoples and cultures in central Brazil
(Oliveira, 2023).
In 2021, the first two doctoral research projects on indigenous
peoples and traditional communities were initiated, one within a geraizeiro
community and another within a quilombola community, both from the
Brazilian Legal Amazon. e first is Alexandre de Castro Campos’ doctoral
research (still ongoing, under the supervision of Assoc. Prof. Angélica Góis
Morales, with defense expected in 2025), titled “Analysis of the modus
vivendi and sociability of traditional communities in the face of the
impacts of global climate change: a case study of the traditional geraizeiro
community of Matinha (Guaraí/TO).” e second is Ana Maria Barbosa
Quiqueto’s research (ongoing, under the supervision of Assoc. Prof. Nelson
Russo de Moraes, with defense expected in 2025), titled “Quilombola school
education in the face of public educational policies: challenges and impasses
in the rural environment,” based on a study in the Lajeado/TO community.
e study of violent colonization processes in the United States
and Brazil from two classic works is Luis Guilherme Costa Berti’s master’s
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
293
research (initiated in 2022, under the supervision of Assoc. Prof. Nelson
Russo de Moraes), titled: “e communication of the struggle for
Pachamama among the original peoples and the colonizers of America:
analysis of the works ‘e Indians and Civilization’ (Darcy Ribeiro, 1979)
and ‘Bury My Heart at Wounded Knee’ (Dee Brown, 2003).”
In 2023, two new doctoral students began their research, contributing
to consolidating the field of studies within PGAD/UNESP Tupã. Isaltina
Santos da Costa Oliveira conducts, under the supervision of Assoc.
Prof. Nelson Russo de Moraes, the research “Museums and indigenous
people: e importance of the Índia Vanuíre Museum in the historical
and cultural communication of indigenous peoples of Western Paulista”
and Valquíria Cristina Martins, under the supervision of Prof. Angélica
Morales, conducts the research “Understanding the ethnoknowledge of
the Kaingang and Terena groups: Icatu Indigenous Land - Braúna/SP.”
It is important to highlight that the robustness of the field being
built within PGAD/UNESP Tupã had repercussions on other collateral
orientations in other programs, by their faculty’s participation in other
graduate programs. us, under the supervision, co-supervision,
or collaboration of Assoc. Prof. Nelson Russo de Moraes, Bruno
Ricardo Carvalho Pires produced the dissertation “Digital media and
the communicational perspective of orality for the production and
reproduction of traditional knowledge in a quilombola community: a
study of the traditional quilombola community of Lajeado – Dianópolis
– TO”; Marciley Alves Dias the dissertation “e influence of radio
journalism in quilombola communities” and Laurenita Gualberto Pereira
Alves produced “Brincadequê: toys and games in the Lajeado Quilombo,”
all from the Federal University of Tocantins (UFT).
imporTAnT producTs produced
e first product is, in truth, composed of various scientific
communications. All research developed within PGAD is officially linked
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
294
to its students’ formative path, whether master’s or doctoral. us, each
master’s research (there have not yet been doctoral conclusions with this
theme by the end of 2023) generated a dissertation that, besides achieving
its objectives and answering the central problem, presents a chapter entirely
dedicated to the characteristics of the studied community, serving as an
instrument legitimizing that the community is traditional.
is chapter or dissertation section generally provides a good
presentation of the geographical location, a detailed historical description
of the community’s formation, with dates and accounts. It also includes
characteristics of the culture and modus vivendi and checks these items
against requirements usually set out in legislation and the theoretical state
of the art as legitimators of traditional peoples.
An important product of this PGAD work segment was partnerships
with institutions and communities. In this sense, there was a concrete
rapprochement between FCE/Tupã and traditional peoples in general,
and particularly with the indigenous communities of Vanuíre, Icatu, and
Araribá, as well as the traditional quilombola community of Lajeado, the
geraizeiro community of Matinha, the riverside community of Senhor do
Bonfim, the leta community of Varpa, among others. is rapprochement
was made possible largely by the essential partnership of researchers with
the Índia Vanuíre Historical and Pedagogical Museum (Tupã/SP), which
has always maintained a strong interest in the success of the works.
In the field of scientific communications, articles and book chapters
with partial research cuts are produced, resulting in more objective
scientific documents with more practical answers to the guiding questions
of the research or the challenges posed by the communities.
With the increase in the number of works and the theoretical
deepening of this movement, some partnerships were structured for
committee composition and examination boards, dialogue about methods,
and a better understanding of specific flows with the Human Research
Ethics Committee (CEPP) and FUNAI, among other demands. In this
context, works conducted by the GEDGS and PGEA research groups,
among others, by PGAD/UNESP Tupã faculty were structured in the
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
295
understanding that many researchers, faculty, students, and isolated groups
in their faculties were dedicated to this theme.
From this need, the GEDGS research group planned and created
the International Network of Researchers on Original Peoples and
Traditional Communities - RedeCT, officially presented to the public
on 05/22/2018, at the Federal University of Cariri, in Juazeiro do Norte
– Ceará (CE), during the X National Meeting of Researchers in Social
Management – ENAPEGS.
RedeCT, currently with over 150 associates from Brazil and other
countries, aims to promote cooperation among researchers, professors,
students, and academic groups on research, teaching, and extension about
traditional peoples. Concrete results include the creation and maintenance
of a series of books by the Federal University of Roraima (UFRR) and Fi
Publisher, with 11 volumes published and 125 chapters for free access
(Fi Publisher, 2023). It created and maintained the Permanent Webinar
of RedeCT, where researchers, extensionists, and authors are invited to
dialogue and disseminate their works.
In 2020, RedeCT created the annual Scientific International
Congress – CCI, which has already counted over 3,000 participants,
besides publishing the documents Proceedings of each congress. It is
noteworthy that the 2020 CCI was held from UNESP Tupã; in 2021
from Palmas/TO (UFT and Federal University of Northern Tocantins –
UFNT); in 2022 from the Intercultural Indigenous Faculty of the State
University of Mato Grosso (UNEMAT) in Barra do Bugres/Mato Grosso
– MT. In November 2023, it will be held at the University of the Amazon
(UNAMA) (Belém/Pará – PA) and in 2024 at the Faculty of Architecture,
Arts, Communication and Design – FAAC/UNESP Bauru.
FinAl considerATions
e production of a field of studies, research, and extension within
a specific line of a graduate program is not something accomplished
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
296
without the continued effort of the involved individuals. e good
theoretical debate, reflecting practical societal phenomena, encourages the
epistemological and causal deepening of the theme and strengthens the
collaborative work of the more critical research groups.
e developments of the interdisciplinary research described above
generated direct interlocution with the complex circumscribed theme with
UNESP, opening a new field within the program. e courageous students
(and their supervisors) who believed in this research area, especially linked
to PGAD’s Line 2, producing knowledge in the service of traditional
peoples, are remembered here historiographically.
e challenges posed by the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
find, in this repertoire of research presented in this chapter, valuable subsidies
for thematic deepening, with the complete versions of dissertations available
in the university repository, with free and open access.
In response to so many societal demands in general and specifically
traditional peoples, PGAD (UNESP/Tupã) has consolidated the
demarcation of the territory for producing specific knowledge about the
history, culture, worldview, rights, and public policies of indigenous,
quilombola, geraizeiro, babaçu nut breaker, terreiro people, Amazonian
riverside people, among others.
reFerences
BOAS, Franz. Antropologia cultural. Trad. Celso Castro. Rio de Janeiro: Jorge Zahar, 2004.
BRANDÃO, Carlos Rodrigues. A comunidade tradicional. In: UDRY, Consolacion;
EIDT, Jane. Simoni. Conhecimento tradicional: conceitos e marco legal. Brasília, DF:
Embrapa, 2015. p. 21-102.
BRASIL. Decreto n. 6040, 7 de fevereiro de 2007. Institui a Política Nacional de
Desenvolvimento Sustentável dos Povos e Comunidades Tradicionais. Brasília, DF,
2007. Disponível em: https://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/_ato2007-2010/2007/
Decreto/D6040.htm. Acesso em: 14 set. 2023.
BRASIL. Constituição Federal de 1988. 1988. Disponível em: https://www.planalto.gov.
br/ccivil_03/constituicao/constituicao.htm. Acesso em: 14 set. 2023.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
297
BRASIL. Lei nº6001, 19 de dezembro de 1973. Dispõe sobre o Estatuto do Índio.
Brasília, DF, 1973. Disponível em: http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/leis/l6001.
htm. Acesso em: 14 set. 2023.
BROWN, Dee. Enterrem meu coração na curva do rio: dramática história dos índios
norte-americanos. Porto Alegre: L&PM, 2003.
CAMPOS, Alexandre Castro. Análise dos impactos sociais da transição de modelos
produtivos agrícolas em comunidades tradicionais: estudo de caso da comunidade
de geraizeiros da Matinha (Guaraí/TO). 2019. 90 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em
Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia, Universidade
Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2019. Disponível em: https://repositorio.unesp.br/bitstream/
handle/11449/181084/campos_ac_me_tupa.pdf?sequence=3&isAllowed=y. Acesso em:
14 set. 2023.
CONSELHO INDIGENISTA MISSIONÁRIO (CIMI). Relatório de Violência contra
os Povos Indígenas no Brasil (2019-2022). CIMI, 2022. Disponível em: https://cimi.org.
br/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/relatorio-violencia-povos-indigenas-2022-cimi.pdf.
Acesso em: 15 set. 2023.
CONSELHO INDIGENISTA MISSIONÁRIO. CIMI. Rio Branco: CIMI, 2023.
Disponível em: https://cimi.org.br/. Acesso em: 12 ago. 2024.
DAYRELL, Carlos Alberto. Geraizeiros y biodiversidad en el Norte de Minas Gerais:
la contribuición de la agroecologia y de la etnoecologia en los estudios de los
agroecossistemas. 1998. 214 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em Sociologia) - Universidad
Internacional de Andalucía, Espanha, 1998.
EMMERICH, Charlotte; LEITE, Yonne. A ortografia dos nomes tribais no mapa
etno-histórico de Curt Nimuendajú. In: FUNDAÇÃO INSTITUTO BRASILEIRO
DE GEOGRAFIA E ESTATÍSTICA. Mapa etno-histórico de Curt Nimuendajú. Rio de
Janeiro: Fundação Instituto Brasileiro de Geografia e Estatística; Fundação Nacional
Pró-Memória, [1987]. Disponível em: https://biblioteca.ibge.gov.br/visualizacao/livros/
liv14278_1987.pdf. Acesso em: 16 set. 2023.
FERNANDES, Florestan. Comunidade e sociedade no Brasil: leituras básicas de
introdução ao estudo macro-sociológico do Brasil. São Paulo: Editora Nacional; Editora
da USP, 1972.
FREITAS, Jefferson Belarmino de.; PORTELA, Poema; FERES JÚNIOR, João; FLOR,
Juliana. Ações afirmativas para indígenas nas universidades públicas brasileiras. Nexo
Políticas Públicas, (GEMAA), Managua, v. 28, n. 3, p. e2830407, abr. 2022.
FUNDAÇÃO NACIONAL DOS POVOS INDÍGENAS (FUNAI). Dados do
Censo 2022 revelam que o Brasil tem 1,7 milhão de indígenas. Brasília: FUNAI, 2023.
Disponível em: https://www.gov.br/funai/pt-br/assuntos/noticias/2023/dados-do-censo-
2022-revelam-que-o-brasil-tem-1-7-milhao-de-indigenas. Acesso em: 13 set. 2023.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
298
FUNDAÇÃO NACIONAL DOS POVOS INDÍGENAS (FUNAI). Coordenação
geral de gestão ambiental (org.). Plano de Gestão Territorial e Ambiental de Terras
Indígenas: orientações para elaboração. Brasília, DF: FUNAI, 2013.
INSTITUTO BRASILEIRO DE GEOGRAFIA E ESTATÍSTICA (IBGE). Censo
2010: população indígena é de 896,9 mil, tem 305 etnias e fala 274 idiomas. Rio de
Janeiro: Agência de Notícias IBGE, [2012]. Disponível em: https://agenciadenoticias.
ibge.gov.br/agencia-sala-de-imprensa/2013-agencia-de-noticias/releases/14262-asi-
censo-2010-populacao-indigena-e-de-8969-mil-tem-305-etnias-e-fala-274-idiomas.
Acesso em: 15 set. 2023.
INSTITUTO BRASILEIRO DE GEOGRAFIA E ESTATÍSTICA (IBGE). Censo
2022. Panorama. 2023. Disponível em: https://censo2022.ibge.gov.br/panorama/
indicadores.html?localidade=BR. Acesso em: 13 set. 2023.
LARAIA, Roque de Barros. Cultura: um conceito antropológico. Rio de Janeiro:
Zahar, 2001.
LIMA, Ariane Taísa de. Política pública indigenista brasileira: análise das transformações
a partir do estudo de caso da aldeia Vanuíre (Arco-Íris/SP). 2019. 176 f. Dissertação
(Mestrado Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia,
Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2021. Disponível em: https://repositorio.unesp.
br/bitstream/handle/11449/181462/lima_at_me_tupa.pdf?sequence=3&isAllowed=y.
Acesso em: 14 set. 2023.
MARTINS, Gilberto de Andrade; THEÓPHILO, Carlos Renato. Metodologia da
investigação científica para ciências sociais aplicadas. São Paulo: Atlas, 2009.
MARCHETTI, Cristiane Teixeira Bazílio. Políticas públicas de educação para povos
indígenas no Brasil: transformações conceituações e legais. 2021. 109 f. Dissertação
(Mestrado em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia,
Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2021. Disponível em: https://repositorio.
unesp.br/bitstream/handle/11449/216119/marchetti_ctb_me_tup%c3%a3.
pdf?sequence=3&isAllowed=y. Acesso em: 14 set. 2023.
MARTINS, Valquiria Cristina. Saberes e práticas socioambientais na Terra Indígena
Vanuíre: compreensão do etnoconhecimento dos Grupos Kaingang e Krenak. 2021.
141 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de
Ciências e Engenharia, Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2021. Disponível em:
https://repositorio.unesp.br/bitstream/handle/11449/204467/martins_vc_me_tupa.
pdf?sequence=3&isAllowed=y. Acesso em: 14 set. 2023.
MELO, Valdemir Garcia Neto. Do global ao tradicional: o uso da água para o consumo
humano em uma comunidade tradicional amazônica. 2020. 134 f. Dissertação
(Mestrado em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia,
Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2020. Disponível em: https://repositorio.unesp.
br/bitstream/handle/11449/191778/melo_vgn_me_tupa.pdf?sequence=5&isAllowed=y.
Acesso em: 14 set. 2023.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
299
NEVES, Eduardo Góes Neves. Arqueologia da Amazônia. Rio de Janeiro: Jorge
Zahar, 2006.
NOGUEIRA, Mônica Celeida Rabelo. Geraizeiros adentro e afora: identidade
e territorialidade entre geraizeiros do norte de Minas Gerais. 2009. 233 f. Tese
(Doutorado em Antropologia) - Universidade de Brasília, Brasília, DF, 2009.
OLIVEIRA, Isaltina Santos da Costa. Estudos sobre a origem e a atual paisagem social
e geográfica dos Povos Indígenas da Amazônia Tocantinense. 2023. 128 f. Dissertação
(Mestrado em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia,
Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2023.
ORGANIZAÇÃO DAS NAÇÕES UNIDAS (ONU). Declaração das Nações Unidas
sobre os direitos dos povos indígenas. ONU, 2007. Disponível em: https://www.acnur.org/
fileadmin/Documentos/portugues/BDL/Declaracao_das_Nacoes_Unidas_sobre_os_
Direitos_dos_Povos_Indigenas.pdf. Acesso em: 14 set. 2023.
PECHULA, Laís Carvalho. Conflitos em territórios indígenas: uma análise a partir
das transformações dos direitos territoriais dos povos indígenas. 2022. 134 f.
Dissertação (Mestrado em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências
e Engenharia, Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2022. Disponível em: https://
repositorio.unesp.br/bitstream/handle/11449/244170/pechula_lc_me_tupa.
pdf?sequence=5&isAllowed=y. Acesso em: 14 set. 2023.
PEREIRA, Karen Cristina Andrade. A influência do ambiente alimentar nos hábitos
alimentares: contribuição de análise aos povos indígenas no Brasil. 2021. 129 f.
Dissertação (Mestrado em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências
e Engenharia, Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2021. Disponível em: https://
repositorio.unesp.br/bitstream/handle/11449/204511/pereira_kca_me_tupa_int.
pdf?sequence=4&isAllowed=y. Acesso em: 14 set. 2023.
PINHO, Diva Benevides. O cooperativismo no Brasil: da vertente pioneira à vertente
solidária. São Paulo: Saraiva, 2003.
REDECT. Povos originários e comunidades tradicionais: trabalhos de pesquisa e extensão
universitária. Boa Vista: EdUFRR; Porto Alegre: Editora Fi, 2018. Disponível em: www.
editorafi.org/povos. Acesso em: 10 set. 2023.
RIBEIRO, Darcy. O povo brasileiro: a formação e o sentido do Brasil. São Paulo: Global,
2015.
RIBEIRO, Darcy. Os índios e a civilização: a integração das populações indígenas no
Brasil moderno. Petrópolis/RJ: Vozes, 1979.
SANTOS, Claudecir dos; CRISTOFOLI, Maria Silvia. Da Aldeia à Academia,
da Academia à Aldeia: os desafios da Universidade frente às demandas dos Povos
Originários. Odeere, Vitoria da Conquista, v. 7, n. 3, p. 25-44, 2022.
SEM, Amartya. Desenvolvimento como liberdade. São Paulo: Companhia das Letras, 2010.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
300
SOUZA, Fernando da Cruz. Quebradeiras de coco babaçu: bem-estar humano na região
do Bico do Papagaio, Tocantins. 2023. 162 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em Agronegócio
e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia, Universidade Estadual
Paulista, Tupã, 2023. Disponível em: https://www.google.com/url?q=https://reposi-
torio.unesp.br/bitstream/handle/11449/244373/souza_fc_me_tupa.pdf?sequence%-
3D5%26isAllowed%3Dy&sa=D&source=docs&ust=1694668171868536&usg=AOv-
Vaw0iQkIMJAUfdnMe7mhKWnvL. Acesso em: 14 set. 2023.
TAVARES, Cláudio Antônio. Cooperativismo como modelo organizacional e instrumento
de geração de renda para as comunidades tradicionais. 2020. 134 f. Dissertação
(Mestrado em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia,
Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2020. Disponível em: https://repositorio.unesp.
br/bitstream/handle/11449/202162/tavares_ca_me_tupa.pdf?sequence=3&isAllowed=y.
Acesso em: 14 set. 2023.
UNESP. Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia. Programa de Pós-Graduação em
Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento – PGAD. Disponível em: https://www.tupa.unesp.br/#!/
pgad. Acesso em: 15 set. 2023.
UNESP. Faculdade de Arquitetura, Artes, Comunicação e Design. Bauru, FAAC. Grupo
de Estudos em Democracia e Gestão Social. Disponível em: https://www.faac.unesp.br/#!/
departamentos/comunicacao-social/grupos-de-pesquisa/gedgs/apresentacao/. Acesso em:
15 set. 2023.
UNESP. Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia. Grupo de Pesquisa em Gestão e Educação
Ambiental. Tupã, FCE. Disponível em: https://www.tupa.unesp.br/#!/pesquisa/gestao-e-
educacao-ambiental/. Acesso em: 10 set. 2023.
VIEIRA, Marcelo Garcia. Os direitos fundamentais das comunidades tradicionais: crítica
ao etnocentrismo ambiental brasileiro. Rio de Janeiro: Lumen Juris, 2014.
WORD HEALTH ORGANIZATION (WHO). Guidelines for drinking-water quality:
fourth edition incorporating the first addendum. 4. ed. Switzerland: WHO, 2017.
Disponível em: https://bit.ly/2mPqYdB. Acesso em: 14 set. 2023.
ZARUR, George de Cerqueira Leite. Significado e efeitos da publicação do mapa etno-
histórico de Curt Nimuendajú para a antropologia brasileira. In: IPHAN. Mapa etno-
histórico de Curt Nimuendajú. Rio de Janeiro: Fundação Instituto Brasileiro de Geografia
e Estatística/ Fundação Nacional Pró-Memória, 1987. Disponível em: https://biblioteca.
ibge.gov.br/visualizacao/livros/liv14278_1987.pdf. Acesso em: 16 set. 2023.
301
chApTer 14
Extension Practices Associated with
Research and Teaching: Experience
Report of the Kamby Group
Eduardo Guilherme SATOLO 1
Priscilla Ayleen Bustos MAC-LEAN 2
Isabela Garcia Mendes de Araujo SANTOS 3
and Liliane Úbeda Morandi ROTOLI 4
Department of Management, Development and Technology/Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: eduardo.
satolo@unesp.br.
Department of Biosystems Engineering/Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São Paulo State University
“Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: priscilla.mac-lean@unesp.br.
3 Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering,
São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: isabela.
garcia@unesp.br
Kamby Research Group (GPKamby), Faculty of Sciences and Engineering, São Paulo State University
“Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: liliane.um.rotoli@unesp.br.
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p301-326
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
302
conTexTuAlizATion
According to the National University Extension Plan (Brazil, 2018
p.1), university extension is understood as “an educational, cultural,
and scientific process that inseparably articulates Teaching and Research
and enables the transformative relationship between the university and
society.” Its execution occurs through extension activities developed in the
modalities of programs, projects, courses, events, and service provision,
inserted in thematic areas and conducted with society (UNESP, 2022).
Higher Education Extension in Brazil is integrated into the curriculum
matrix and the research organization, constituting an interdisciplinary,
political-educational, cultural, scientific, and technological process (Brasil,
2018). us, university extension can promote mutual benefits for the
local society and the universities, in such a way that extension is socially
important by acting directly in assisting groups that need knowledge
(Deslandes; Arantes, 2017).
At the postgraduate level, according to Moita and de Andrade
(2009), extension “ends up being relegated to a secondary place, (...)
contributing to research and teaching practices dissociated from reality.”
Perpetuating this dissociated model of teaching, research, and extension
results in the loss of a strategic space for generating knowledge, which favors
multidisciplinarity, the development of citizen and human awareness, as
well as the formation of people capable of being proactive agents of change
in society with an active and critical posture (Castro, 2004).
e Postgraduate Program in Agribusiness and Development
(PGAD), since 2014, within its dynamic interdisciplinary performance,
linked to its central research object, agribusiness, has been a conducive
and encouraging means for researchers to act in extension in an associated
manner to teaching and research.
In this scenario, this chapter aims to bring an experience report
of extension activities associated with research and teaching developed
by the Kamby Research and Extension Program (Kamby Group). e
Kamby Group has been acting since 2015 alongside the dairy production
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
303
chain, developing the teaching-research-extension triad in the search for
improving the quality and quantity of milk produced in the Alta Paulista
region, driving innovation and social transformation.
exTension AcTiviTies And Their ApproAches
University extension presents itself as an indispensable tool for
bringing the general population closer to universities, as it facilitates
transformative interaction between the university and sectors of society
through the inseparability between teaching, research, and extension
(Forproex, 2012). It is considered the main way to mitigate the vision that
access to a university or college is something distant and restricted to the
economic elite (Pinheiro; Narciso, 2022).
Its historical construction, in terms of applying the concept
of university extension, has traversed four paths over time. At first, an
extension was the process of transmitting knowledge from the university
to society, making the university the sole holder of knowledge. In the
second phase, scientific knowledge generated in association with local
culture was presented beyond the university walls, serving as a means
of transforming society. Regressing, in the third phase, the university
resumes a conservative and anti-dialogical vision, turning extension into
an assistentialist role. Finally, in its current phase, the university, supported
by guidelines, recognizes the inseparability between teaching, research,
and extension, and its execution is based on the exchange of knowledge,
enveloped in dialogue between academics and society, enabling the praxis
of knowledge (Bolzan, 2023).
In its current vision, extension activities at the university are
characterized by their educational nature, making people capable of using
knowledge in their own life situations (Unesp, 2022). Furthermore, it
has an interdisciplinary, political, and academic purpose by promoting
interaction between the university and social sectors (Forproex, 2012).
us, university extension plays an important role in the learning
process of students and society. is cyclical learning process (Figure 1)
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
304
occurs through the transmission of theoretical knowledge (praxis) from
the university, through its students and faculty, to the community it is
inserted in (beneficiary community). e transmission of theoretical
knowledge explains everyday situations and phenomena to the population,
disseminating academic knowledge. e combination of theoretical
knowledge with the practical (empirical) knowledge of society results in
the complete qualification of citizens (Pinheiro; Narciso, 2022).
Figure 1 – Cyclical Learning Process through University Extension
Source: Adapted from Pinheiro and Narciso (2022).
e process of transmitting this theoretical knowledge from the
university to society, whether public or private sectors, occurs through
extension activities (Box 1) developed in the forms of programs, projects,
courses, events, and service provision (Brasil, 2018).
Box 1 – Types of Extension Activities and eir Definitions Extension
Extension
Activity Definition
Program
Characterized by integrated scientific-academic actions, carried out within
a determined time frame, inseparable from teaching and research, aiming
at the production and dialogical sharing of knowledge and wisdom that
involve problems and/or demands of society.
Projects
Offered to the external community, aimed at the socialization of academic
knowledge, enhancing the interaction process between the University and
other sectors of society, through the execution of its own schedule and
program content.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
305
Extension
Activity Definition
Courses
Characterized by the primary articulation with other sectors of Society
and can be carried out in the form of exhibitions, meetings, symposiums,
workshops, congresses, conferences, or cycles of conferences, seminars,
forums, debates or cycles of debates, technical meetings, concerts,
festivals, artistic and cultural manifestations, ateliers, exhibitions, and
similar activities, directed at specific audiences.
Events
Activity of delivering innovative solutions and exchanging experiences
with society from the intangible heritage of the university - understood
as an inseparable set of practices, expressions, knowledge, and techniques
that contemplate the dialogical dimension of University Teaching,
Research, and Extension.
Service Provision
Characterized by integrated scientific-academic actions, carried out within
a determined time frame, inseparable from teaching and research, aiming
at the production and dialogical sharing of knowledge and wisdom that
involve problems and/or demands of society.
Source: Adapted from Unesp (2022).
The kAmby exTension progrAm And iTs reseArch And TeAching
AcTions: The origin
e Kamby extension program was created in 2015 at the Faculty
of Sciences and Engineering of the São Paulo State University “Júlio de
Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã Campus. In that year, the extension
project Kamby “Keeping an Eye on Milk” began its activities with the aim
of integrating university students, technicians, and dairy producers in the
Tupã region through the exchange of technical and practical knowledge,
seeking to improve the dairy production in the region in terms of both
quality and quantity of milk produced.
e motivating factor for its creation was the negative impact caused
by the closure of the local cooperative, which caused instability among
dairy producers in the region, characterized mainly by family production
profiles, who found themselves unsupported regarding the future of their
livestock activities.
Located in the Alta Paulista, a region of strong indigenous influence
in the state of São Paulo, the term Kamby was chosen to honor the local
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
306
native peoples, considering that the term kamby originates from the Tupi-
Guarani dialect, translated as milk from the breast.
In its first year, the focus of the activities was on extension activities,
mapping and characterizing the dairy producers in the region and
subsequently bringing technical information about dairy farming.
In 2016, the extension project gained new activities with the
inclusion of research activities at the undergraduate level (through
scientific initiation) and linking with teaching activities in the Biosystems
Engineering bachelor’s course.
e complexity of the problems identified in extension activities
promoted in 2017 the inclusion of postgraduate research, linking
the Kamby extension project to the Agribusiness and Development
Postgraduate Program (PGAD) of the same institution.
In 2020, supported by the maturation of the extension project, which
then conducted teaching and research activities at the undergraduate,
master’s, and doctoral levels, culminated in the formalization before the
National Council for Scientific and Technological Development (CNPq)
of the Kamby Research Group – GPKamby – Good Practices in Dairy
Farming (CNPQ, 2023).
e GPKamby is formed by three Research Lines (LP), which are:
• LP 1 – Good manufacturing practices and milk quality: aims to
study the means of milk and its derivatives manufacturing so that
they can be improved through good sanitary and management
practices techniques. Additionally, it aims to evaluate the
quality of milk from small, medium, and large producers in
Tupã and the region and associate the improvements of good
manufacturing practices with quality improvement according
to the production and quality standards of the Ministry of
Agriculture and Livestock.
• LP 2 – Ambience and dairy farming 4.0: aims to study the effect
of the environment on dairy herds in Tupã and the region and
develop new technologies for improving the environment for
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
307
animals and workers in the dairy sector. Maintaining thermal
comfort and studying animal behavior, physiological, and
immunological variables are tools that will assist in decision-
making on the property and in designing technological
innovations for the sector
• LP 3 – Management of the dairy production chain: aims to study
the management of the dairy supply chain. It includes aspects
of planning and managing activities involved in supply and
delivery. It works on studies of coordination and collaboration
with channel partners (suppliers, intermediaries, third-party
service providers, and customers), manufacturing operations,
process coordination, and activities through marketing, sales,
product design, finance, and information technology.
e conception of GPKamby’s research lines aims to align with
the activities conducted by the extension project, allowing the analysis of
advances in the production chain, milk quality requirements, dairy chain
management, regional, national, and global production chain growth,
the organization of producers and other chain links, as well as the needs
of animals, producers, and the market regarding sanitary aspects, good
practices, and the application of new technologies for improving this
agricultural sector.
Consolidated by the extension activities carried out, and which are
articulated inseparably with teaching and research, in 2022 the extension
project coordinators submitted a proposal to change the status, formalizing
in 2023 the Kamby Extension Program “Good Practices in Dairy Farming”
(Figure 2).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
308
Figura 2 – Timeline of the Kamby Extension Program “Good Practices
in Dairy Farming”
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
us, in 2023, reaffirming its purpose, the Kamby extension program
reestablished its objective, which is “to improve dairy production in the
Tupã region, both quantitatively and qualitatively of the milk produced,
through the dissemination of knowledge and exchange of experiences
among its target audience.”
rough its knowledge dissemination extension activities, the
program contributes to the policy proposed by the United Nations
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). is policy was constituted
by 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), which together form a
framework to guide the actions of governments, international bodies, civil
society, and other institutions over the next 15 years to promote sustainable
agriculture, eradicate extreme poverty and hunger (FAO, 2015).
e Kamby extension program in its extension activities promotes
advances towards sustainable development, as it directly assists in meeting
the SDGs. With emphasis on SDG 2, which addresses combating hunger
and planning sustainable agriculture, SDG 8, which talks about decent
work conditions and regional and national economic growth, and SDG
12, which discusses responsible consumption and production to ensure
sustainable production and consumption standards of food (FAO, 2015).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
309
The kAmby exTension progrAm And iTs goAls
e actions promoted by the Kamby program are planned for the
quadrennium 2023-2026 and have eight achievement goals:
1. Partner with associations, city halls, agricultural houses, schools,
other extension projects and programs, and other entities related
to dairy production.
2. Map dairy producers and dairy industries located in the Alta
Paulista region.
3. Disseminate knowledge to rural producers, extension workers,
and dairy industries through workshops, field days, and technical
meetings, through face-to-face and online events, aligned with
previously raised technical, management, basic knowledge
difficulties, and milk consumption.
4. Increase knowledge dissemination through social media
reaching the target audience directly and indirectly involved in
the program’s actions (@kamby.unesp).
5. Promote integration among the various agents in the dairy
production chain.
6. Promote integration with the external community not directly
linked to the dairy production chain, such as high school
students, the elderly, and children, and schools in the region.
7. Participate and support fairs, agricultural exhibitions, dairy tournaments
involving the different links of the dairy production chain.
8. Reconcile the extension program with research projects of the
unit (GPKamby and others).
Meeting the goals set for the quadrennium in question includes
the continuity of mapping dairy producers in the Alta Paulista region,
establishing partnerships with associations, city halls, agricultural houses,
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
310
schools, extension projects and programs, and other entities related to
dairy production, disseminating knowledge to rural producers, extension
workers, and dairy industries through workshops, field days, and technical
meetings, both face-to-face and online, and preparing support materials.
All these goals are aligned with the technical, management, and
basic knowledge of handling, and sanitary difficulties, as well as milk
consumption, which were previously raised and aligned with the extension
program by the research projects carried out at the Unit by researchers
from the Kamby Research Group.
The kAmby exTension progrAm depicTed in numbers And imAges
In its 8 years of operation, the Kamby program has helped more
than 180 dairy producers distributed in 19 municipalities around the Alta
Paulista region (Figure 3).
Figure 3 – Municipalities of Dairy Producers Served by the Kamby Program
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
311
To foster the various extension activities proposed by the Kamby
program, the participation of various agents is necessary, acting as partners.
For this, the Kamby program constantly relies on partnerships with public
and private entities that add technical support and knowledge (Figure 4).
e extension and research activities are conducted by students
regularly enrolled in undergraduate and postgraduate courses, supported
by the Kamby program coordinators, who play an advisory role. Over
these 9 years, 65 students have been guided, sometimes with research and
extension scholarships from funding agencies and the University (Figure
5). e PGAD stands out in this scenario as a propellant of teaching-
research-extension actions, acting in a two-way street at times, by generating
research themes that are solved with the support of extension and teaching,
and by being the scientific means for solving problems identified through
extension activities.
Figure 4 – Agents Participating in the Kamby Program
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
312
Figure 5 – Number of Undergraduate and Postgraduate Students Guided
in the Kamby Group
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024)
exTension AcTiviTies conducTed by The kAmby group
e Kamby Group is formed by members active in the research
group (GPKamby) and/or in the Kamby extension program. is group
includes undergraduate students from the Biosystems Engineering and
Administration courses and postgraduate researchers linked to PGAD,
who together conduct extension activities with specific objectives, reaching
various target audiences, as depicted in Box 2.
Box 2 – Extension Activities Conducted by the Kamby Group, eir
Objectives, and Target Audience
Extension Activity Objective Target Audience
Field Protagonists
Focused on the female target
audience, it brings the dissemination
of knowledge and exchange of
experiences with women who stand
out in their activities in the field.
University students,
professors, technicians,
extension workers,
milk producers, dairy
industry, and the general
population.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
313
Extension Activity Objective Target Audience
Tupã Dairy Tournament
Milk tournament, focused on dairy
producers in the program’s area
of operation, and aims to reward
producers who stand out through the
analysis of milk quality.
Milk producers
Good Practices Meeting
in Dairy Farming
Annual meeting promoted by GPE
Kamby since 2016, which aims
to bring knowledge to the dairy
production chain in the program’s area
of operation through lectures.
University students,
professors, technicians,
extension workers,
milk producers, and
the general female
population.
Activities with
Elementary Education
Schools
Dissemination of knowledge to
elementary school children about
the origin of milk, as well as its main
derivatives, and presenting a dairy
farm in loco.
Children in elementary
education
Activities with the
Elderly
Dissemination of knowledge to the
elderly about the origin of milk, as well
as its main derivatives, and presenting
a dairy farm in loco.
Extension programs that
serve the elderly, milk
and cheese producers
Activities with Rural
Producers to Improve
Properties
Dissemination of knowledge on
good practices in dairy farming,
which can have different approaches,
such as sanitary, feeding, milking
management, to meet specific
demands.
University students,
technicians, extension
workers, milk producers,
and the general
population.
Dissemination of
Material in Apps and
Social Media
Dissemination of content related to
dairy farming in apps and social media
to provide knowledge updates.
University students,
technicians, extension
workers, milk producers,
and the general
population.
Conducting “Lives”
to Meet Producers’
Demands
Conducting live sessions on social
media with agents from the dairy
chain addressing dairy farming content
to provide knowledge updates.
University students,
technicians, extension
workers, milk producers,
and the general
population.
Distribution of the Good
Practices Handbook in
Dairy Farming
Distribution to dairy producers of a
handbook with the main guidelines on
the process of good milking practices
in dairy farming.
Milk producers
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
314
Extension Activity Objective Target Audience
Kamby Extension
Program
Improve dairy production in the
Tupã region, both in quantitative and
qualitative aspects of the produced
milk, through the dissemination
of knowledge and exchange of
experiences with the target audience
Rural producers,
municipalities,
companies, unions,
Higher Education
Institutions, Elementary
Schools, dairy industry,
associations, cooperatives,
extension institutions
Management of
Reproductive Indicators
– Kamby: Disseminating
Data and Knowledge
Carry out data management and
knowledge dissemination actions
with dairy producers in the Tupã
region, served by the +Pecuária
Brasil Program, aiming to improve
reproductive indices on the property
and assist in decision making
Milk producers
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
e extension activities conducted by the Kamby Group, directly and
indirectly, impact the various agents operating in the dairy production chain.
is aspect is favored by the diversity of the proposed extension activities’
profiles. Box 3 presents the relationships for each extension activity, along
with the classification by type and the involved participating agents.
Box 3 – Extension Activities and eir Classification by Type and
Participating Agents
Extension Activity
Type of
Extension
Activity
Involved Agent Participants
Event
Course
Program
Project
Rural Producer (PR)
City Hall (P)
Company (E)
Union (S)
Higher Education Inst. (IES)
Elem. Ed. Inst. (EEI)
Dairy Industry (L)
Associations (A)
Cooperatives (C)
Extension Inst. (IE)
Kamby Extension Program x x x x x x x x x x x
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
315
Management of
reproductive indicators –
Kamby: disseminating data
and knowledge
x x x x x
Field Protagonists x x x x x x x x
Tupã Dairy Tournament x x x x x x x x x
Meeting of Best Practices
in Dairy Farming x x x x x x x x x
Activities with Elementary
Education Schools x x x x x
Activities with Rural
Producers for property
improvements x x x x x x x x x x
Dissemination of material
in apps and social media x x x x x x
Conducting “lives” to meet
producer demand x x x x x x
Distribution of the Best
Practices in Dairy Farming
Handbook x x x x x x x x
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
To illustrate the relationships between extension activities, the
type of extension activity, and the participating agents, the theory of
networks, derived from Social Network Analysis (ARS), was employed.
ARS is a research method in the field of applied social sciences that aims
to understand the relationships between various interconnected or intra-
connected actors (Mollo Neto, 2015). e construction of networks was
conducted using Gephi® software version 0.10.0.
us, Figure 6 presents the relationships between extension
activities (in blue), the type of extension activity (in yellow), and the
participating agents (in green). e size of the node (circle) represents the
level of interaction, with larger nodes indicating greater representativeness
(Maciel, 2018).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
316
Figure 6 – Relationship of Extension Activities Conducted by the
Kamby Group, Type, and Participating Agents
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
In observation of Figure 6, it is noted that extension activities
present themselves in four types: program, event, course, and project. e
nature of Kamby’s history made it evolve into a program, advocating long-
term actions in the dairy production chain. Although not visible due to
the theoretical classification of extension activities, the extension activities
conducted derive from the Kamby Group, which serves as the guiding line
of extension activities. us, extension activities of event (70%), course
(10%), and project (10%) profiles are conducted.
All these activities impact all agents involved in the dairy production
chain, with rural milk producers (the main subject of the activities)
and university students being 100% involved in extension activities.
It is noteworthy that students are active agents of transformation,
planning, organizing, and executing extension activities, allowing the
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
317
Kamby Group to contribute to the curricularization of extension, which
became mandatory for undergraduate courses starting in 2023 (Brasil,
2018). Other significant agents in the conducted extension activities are
cooperatives (90%), associations (80%), and dairy industries (60%), which
present themselves as the main beneficiaries of the product generated
by producers. e relationship between these links is important, as the
legislation IN 76 and 77 (Mapa, 2018a, 2018b), which came into force in
May 2019, introduced changes regarding the minimum quality standards
required and the establishment of penalties in case of non-compliance. At
this point, fostering relationships between these agents is essential for the
competitiveness of the chain.
Agents such as city halls and extension institutions enhance the
conducted extension activities, mainly by sometimes playing the role of a
motivational link between the rural producer and the proposed activities.
Partnerships between the government and extension projects are an
option in seeking sustainable solutions for local and regional problems
and reducing socio-economic inequalities (Lopes et al., 2013). Finally,
elementary schools are an important means to demonstrate the importance
of the chain and demystify false concepts attributed to milk.
Science has in its essence the search for solving a problem, often carried
out through the systematization of knowledge, which is observed, identified,
categorized, explained, and then theories are formulated for explanation
and solution. In this scenario, sometimes dairy producers, associations,
cooperatives, city halls, and extension institutions contacted the Kamby
Group to present problems and request support in finding a solution.
e problems brought by these dairy chain agents are real problems
arising from society that motivate research in seeking a solution. It is
interesting to note that sometimes the solution to the problem does not only
go through the theoretical solution but through conducting a set of actions,
which sometimes involve various extension activities. Box 4 presents the
relationship between extension activities, research lines, the level of research
developed, and whether there is also a relationship with teaching.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
318
Box 4 – Extension Activities and eir Relationships with Research
Lines, Level of Research Developed, and Teaching
Extension Activity
Research
Link Teaching
Link
Research Line
G M D LP 1 LP 2 LP 3
Kamby Extension Program x x x x x x x
Management of reproductive indicators -
Kamby: disseminating data and knowledge x x x x x x x
Protagonists in the Field x x
Dairy Tournament of Tupã x x
Meeting of Good Practices in Dairy
Farming x x x x
Activities with Elementary Schools x x x x x
Activities with Rural Producers for
improvements on farms x x x x
Dissemination of material on apps and
social networks x x x x x x
Holding “live” sessions to meet producers’
demands x x x x x x
Distribution of the Good Practices in
Dairy Farming Handbook x x x x x
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024). Legend: G – undergraduate, M – master’s, D – doctorate, LP –
Research Line
In this context, Figure 7 depicts the network of extension activities
conducted by the Kamby Group, relating to research lines (in yellow),
research level developed (in red), and teaching (in pink). e size of the
node (circle) represents the level of interaction, with larger nodes indicating
greater representativeness (Maciel, 2018).
It is observed in Figure 7 that the research actions conducted
by the Kamby Group involve its three research lines. Research Line 1,
good manufacturing practices and milk quality, stands out for having
repercussions in all extension activities, while Research Line 3, dairy
production chain management, and Research Line 2, ambience, and dairy
farming 4.0, have repercussions in 90% and 80% respectively. is fact
demonstrates an appropriate alignment of extension activities to face and
solve problems identified in society.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
319
e research development occurs at various levels proposed by the
University, with research at the undergraduate level (scientific initiation),
master’s, and doctorate levels.
Sometimes, the problems for their solution do not only require
research and the action of the researcher but teaching how to act and
creating a culture towards the problem so that it does not happen again.
erefore, teaching has significant importance among the extension
activities conducted by the Kamby Group, linked to 80% of activities and
resulting in the inseparable teaching-research-extension triad.
Figure 7 – Relationship Between Extension Activities of the Kamby
Group with Research Lines, Research Level, and Teaching
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
us, every extension activity conducted generates an impact on
society, whether in isolation or when linked to the research or teaching
tripod. Box 5 presents how extension activities relate to the impacts
generated for society.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
320
Box 5 – Extension Activities and the Type of Impact Generated for Society
Extension Activity
Type of Impact
Social
Environmental
Economic
Political
Educational
Kamby Extension Program x x x x
Reproductive Indicators Management – Kamby:
Disseminating Data and Knowledge x x x x x
Protagonists in the Field x x x
Tupã Dairy Tournament x x
Good Practices in Dairy Farming Meeting x x x x x
Activities with Elementary Schools x x x x x
Activities with Rural Producers for Property Improvements x x x x
Dissemination of Material in Apps and Social Media x x x x
Conducting “Lives” to Meet Producer Demand x x x x
Delivery of the Good Practices in Dairy Farming Handbook x x x x
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
Figure 8 illustrates through the network how extension activities
(in blue) act on various types of impact (in purple). e size of the node
(circle) represents the level of interaction, with larger nodes indicating
greater representativeness (Maciel, 2018).
It is noted that the economic impact has the greatest representativeness,
followed by the social and educational impact. e representativeness of
these impacts is explained by the nature of the Kamby Group, which
seeks to improve the quality and quantity of milk produced. Quality
improvement is directly associated with the social and educational aspect,
while quantity concerns the economic aspect. Along with this, there is
an awareness of the environmental impacts of activities and the political
actions that are developed.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
321
Figure 8 – Extension Activities of the Kamby Group and Types of Impact
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
Finally, as previously described, the Kamby Group acts towards
SDGs 2, 8, and 12. e extension activities promoted by the Kamby
Group relate to these SDGs, generating a positive impact on society. Box
6 depicts how extension activities relate to the SDGs.
Box 6 – Relationship of Extension Activities to the SDGs of Kamby
Group’s Operation
Extension Activity SDG 2 SDG 8 SDG 12
Kamby Extension Program x x x
Reproductive Indicators Management – Kamby:
Disseminating Data and Knowledge x x
Protagonists in the Field x
Tupã Dairy Tournament x x
Good Practices in Dairy Farming Meeting x x x
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
322
Activities with Elementary Schools x
Activities with Rural Producers for Property Improvements x x x
Dissemination of Material in Apps and Social Media x x x
Conducting “Lives” to Meet Producer Demand x x x
Delivery of the Good Practices in Dairy Farming Handbook x x x
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
Figure 9 illustrates through the network the extension activities of
the Kamby Group (in blue) and the SDGs (in green). e size of the node
(circle) represents the level of interaction, with larger nodes indicating
greater representativeness (Maciel, 2018).
It is observed through Figure 9 that the achievement of the SDGs
is carried out in various ways through extension activities, with a slight
superiority in the representativeness of SDG 8 (responsible consumption
and production) over SDG 2 (zero hunger and sustainable agriculture)
and SDG 12 (decent work and economic growth).
When confronted with the SDGs developed by PGAD, there is
synergy with those conducted by the Kamby group. PGAD has a high
performance in SDGs 2 and 12, with SDG 2 also having synergy with
SDG 8 (PGAD, 2023). is aspect demonstrates the strategic alignment
of the proposed actions between the Kamby group and PGAD.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
323
Figure 9 – Extension Activities of the Kamby Group and eir
Relationship with the SDGs
Source: Prepared by the authors (2024).
FinAl considerATions
e Kamby Group, in its years of operation, is relevant in generating
and disseminating knowledge to rural producers, technicians, researchers,
undergraduate and postgraduate students, technical courses, elementary
education, and the elderly.
e extension activities conducted allow the target audience to
enhance their knowledge of the dairy production chain, aiming to instigate
knowledge so that they are also actors in disseminating what they have
learned.
Conducting extension at the university is advocated by the
inseparability of research and teaching, as demonstrated in this chapter,
sometimes the interaction with society is the catalyst for identifying
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
324
research problems, and teaching is one of the pillars for disseminating
knowledge.
At the postgraduate level, the Kamby Research and Extension
Program stands out for inseparably conducting its activities concerning
teaching-research-extension. is collective construction is complex and
involves the employment of various areas of knowledge and wisdom, in an
interdisciplinary process that promotes results directly impacting society,
specifically the agents operating in the dairy production chain.
us, conducting extensions related to the Kamby Group helps
overcome problems arising from society and positively impacts economic,
social, educational, environmental, and political aspects.
Finally, the contribution to society reflected by the Kamby Group
with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals is highlighted,
promoting extension activities aligned with research and teaching for
responsible consumption and production (SDG 8), achieving zero hunger
and sustainable agriculture (SDG 2), and decent work and economic
growth (SDG 12).
reFerences
BRASIL. Parecer CNE/CES nº 608/2018, aprovado em 3 de outubro de 2018 -
Diretrizes para as Políticas de Extensão da Educação Superior Brasileira. 2018.
Disponível em: http://portal.mec.gov.br/index.php?option=com_docman&view=down
load&alias=102551-pces608-18&category_slug=novembro-2018-pdf&Itemid=30192.
Acesso em: 13 ago. 2024.
BOLZAN, L. M. Ação extensionista: uma oportunidade da universidade comilitar ao
lado de pessoas em vulnerabilidade de gênero. Expressa Extensão, Pelotas, v. 28, n. 2, p.
107-120, 2023.
CASTRO, L. M. C. A universidade, a extensão universitária e a produção de
conhecimentos emancipadores. In: REUNIÃO ANUAL DA ANPED, 27., Caxambu,
2004. Anais […]. Caxambu: ANPEd, 2004. Disponível em: https://www.anped.org.br/
sites/default/files/t1111.pdf. Acesso em: 31 out. 2023.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
325
CONSELHO NACIONAL DE DESENVOLVIMENTO CIENTÍFICO E
TECNOLÓGICO (CNPQ). Grupo de Pesquisa. Grupo de Pesquisa Kamby (GPKamby)
- Boas Práticas na Pecuária Leiteira. Tupã: UNESP/FCE, 2023. Disponível em: https://
dgp.cnpq.br/dgp/espelhogrupo/7724540789443275. Acesso em: 12 set. 2023.
DESLANDES, M. S.; ARANTES, Á. R A extensão universitária como meio de
transformação social e profissional. Sinapse Múltipla, Betim, v. 6, n. 2, p. 179-183, 2017.
FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION OF UNITED NATIONS
(FAO). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. Roma:
FAO, 2015. Disponível em: https://www.un.org/ga/egisl/view_doc.asp?symbol=A/70/
L.1&Lang=E. Acesso em: 12 set. 2023.
FÓRUM DE PRÓ-REITORES DAS INSTITUIÇÕES PÚBLICAS DE EDUCAÇÃO
SUPERIOR BRASILEIRAS (FORPROEX). Política nacional de extensão universitária.
Manaus: Ufam/Forproex, 2012. Disponível em: https://proex.ufsc.br/files/2016/04/
Pol%C3%Adtica-Nacional-de-Extens%C3%A3o-Universit%C3%A1ria-e-book.pdf.
Acesso em: 27 set. 2023.
LOPES, L. V. C. F.; SOUZA, A. G., MACEDO, A. T., ARAÚJO JÚNIOR, E.A.,
LOPES, L. F.; HERNANDEZ, M. V. CARDOSO, S. Fomento e colaboração:
uma nova proposta de parceria entre estado e organizações da sociedade civil. In:
CONGRESSO CONSAD DE GESTÃO PÚBLICA, 4., 2013, Brasília. Anais [...].
Brasília: CONSAD, 2013. Disponível em: https://sinapse.gife.org.br/download/
fomento-e-colaboracao-uma-nova-proposta-de-parceria-entre-estado-e-organizacoes-da-
sociedade-civil. Acesso em: 27 set. 2023.
MACIEL, C. O. Social network analysis and dyadic identification in the classroom.
RAM: Rev. Adm. Mackenzie, São Paulo, v. 19, n. 1, eRAMG180051, 2018.
MINISTÉRIO DA AGRICULTURA, PECUÁRIA E ABASTECIMENTO (MAPA).
Instrução Normativa N° 76, de 26 de Novembro de 2018. Brasília, DF: Mapa, 2018a.
MINISTÉRIO DA AGRICULTURA, PECUÁRIA E ABASTECIMENTO (MAPA).
Instrução Normativa N° 77, de 26 de Novembro de 2018. Brasília, DF: Mapa, 2018 b.
MINISTÉRIO DA EDUCAÇÃO (MEC). Resolução MEC nº 7, de 18 de dezembro de
2018. Brasília: Mec. Disponível em: https://normativasconselhos.mec.gov.br/normativa/
pdf/CNE_RES_CNECESN72018.pdf. Acesso em: 15 set. 2023.
MOITA, F. M. G. S. C.; ANDRADE, F. C. B. Ensino-pesquisa-extensão: um exercício
de indissociabilidade na pós-graduação. Revista brasileira de educação, Rio de Janeiro, v.
14, n. 41, p. 269-280, 2009.
MOLLO NETO, M. Análise de Redes. In: REIS, J. G. M; MOLLO NETO, M.;
VENDRAMETTO, O.; COSTA NETO, P. L. O. Qualidade em redes de suprimentos:
a qualidade aplicada ao Supply Chain Management. São Paulo: Atlas, 2015. Cap 3. p.
59-139.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
326
PINHEIRO, J. V.; NARCISO, C. S. A importância da inserção de atividades de
extensão universitária para o desenvolvimento profissional. Revista Extensão & Sociedade,
Natal, v. 14, n. 2, 2022.
UNIVERSIDADE ESTADUAL PAULISTA (UNESP). Resolução Unesp n° 69, de
01 de dezembro de 2022. São Paulo: Unesp, 2022. Disponível em: https:// https://
sistemas.unesp.br/legislacao-web/?base=R&numero=69&ano=2022&dataDocumen
to=01/12/2022. Acesso em: 15 set. 2023.
327
chApTer 15
Contributions of the Research
Group in Management and
Environmental Education to
Interdisciplinary Dialogue and
Socio-environmental Training
in the Postgraduate Program in
Agribusiness and Development
Angélica Góis MORALES 1
Cristiane Hengler Corrêa BERNARDO 2
Jéssica Dayane Nunes PESSÔA 3
Karina Abreu FINATI 4
Monique Matsuda dos SANTOS 5
and Valquiria Cristina MARTINS 6
Department of Management, Development, and Technology/Faculty of Science and Engineering, São Paulo
State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: ag.morales@unesp.br.
2 Department of Management, Development, and Technology/Faculty of Science and Engineering, São
Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: cristiane.
bernardo@unesp.br.
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Science and Engineering, São Paulo
State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: jessica.pessoa@unesp.br.
4 Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Science and Engineering, São Paulo
State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: karina.abreu@unesp.br.
5 Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Science and Engineering, São Paulo
State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: mmatsud1@uwyo.edu.
6 Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development (PGAD), Faculty of Science and Engineering, São Paulo
State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP), Tupã, São Paulo, Brazil, e-mail: vc.martins@unesp.br.
https://doi.org/10.36311/2025.978-65-5954-620-6.p327-348
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
328
inTroducTion
e relationship between society and nature, characterized by socio-
environmental complexity, has been conflictual since the beginning of
humanity, resulting in various sociocultural relationships and forms of
knowledge that each society assumes as a stance towards nature (Morales,
2012). However, it was during the Industrial Revolution and its effects
that the environmental crisis was established, marking the 20th century
with socio-environmental emergency (Souza, 2022; Morales, 2012).
In this context, between the boundaries of modernity and post-
modernity, through modern science, attention is directed to new forms
of re-signification of the world, from the perspective of the construction,
reconstruction, and integration of sciences that redefine interpretations
of the relationship between society and nature, through the field of
knowledge production, educational practices, management, and politics
itself (Morales, 2012).
us, under the aspects of discussion of management and
environmental education in the context of complexity, the Research
Group in Management and Environmental Education (PGEA) was born
in mid-2011 at the São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho”
(UNESP)7, Tupã campus, with undergraduate students in Administration.
And, in 2012, research was initiated aimed at the inclusion of environmental
education in the processes of the Environmental Management System in
agro-industries of the far west of São Paulo and the dialogues established
with relevant public bodies. is research, funded by the National Council
for Scientific and Technological Development (CNPq) - Universal Call -
involved thematic areas of management, environmental education, and
communication, from an interdisciplinary perspective. Since then, the
PGEA has initiated its interdisciplinary movement through this scientific
investigation from 2012 to 2014, which began to add different areas,
enhancing interdisciplinarity. Also, as a result of an interdisciplinary
dialogue, with an even broader group of teachers from various fields of
7 From the period of May/2011 to Dec/2022, the PGEA group was led by Prof. Angélica Gois Morales and
Prof. Cristiane Hengler Corrêa Bernardo.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
329
education and research interests, in 2014, the Postgraduate Program in
Agribusiness and Development (PGAD) began at the same campus.
Based on Japiassú’s (1976) perspective that three aspects: complex
problems; urgency for a reorganization of research and concern with the
economy, justify interdisciplinary work, the PGAD finds in the PGEA a
great ally, in the sense of undertaking interdisciplinary dialogue, seeking
solutions to socio-environmental problems that could not be resolved
disciplinarily. is dialogue is carried out, mainly, from the interfaces
between education, environmental management, and communication,
and from these to various other areas that will be presented in this chapter
from the master’s theses defended at PGAD and which are the result of this
dialogical relationship with the research group.
e PGAD is inserted in the interdisciplinary knowledge area of
the Coordination for the Improvement of Higher Education Personnel
(CAPES), which understands interdisciplinarity as a way of producing
knowledge that encompasses theoretical and methodological exchanges,
new methodological and conceptual discussions, seeking to meet the
complexity and multiplicity of phenomena (CAPES, 2008).
It is precisely based on the characteristics of interdisciplinary
research and teaching that the PGAD supports its objectives, which aim at
the development of interdisciplinary research that addresses the demands
of agribusiness, contributing to socio-economic and environmental
development, providing analyses and solutions that promote local,
regional, and national development (PGAD, 2023).
Divided into two research lines, one focused on the Competitiveness
of Agro-industrial Systems and the other on Development and Environment
(in which the PGEA group has more scientific research contributions),
the PGAD has, specifically, over these ten years of existence, contributed
to the advancement of interdisciplinary knowledge through research that
reflects on: - the agro-industrial systems from the perspective of sustainable
competitiveness; the heterogeneity of demands on resource use and
management; - the formation of networks that can be important channels
for the various social agents that act and/or are impacted by the sector,
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
330
and, finally, - the formation of professionals who work in interdisciplinary
teams capable of solving complex problems in the area.
Given the contribution of the PGAD and the support of the PGEA
in collaborative production and postgraduate training, this chapter aimed
to present the contributions of the PGEA group to interdisciplinary
dialogue in scientific knowledge production constituted in the master’s
and doctoral courses and the products derived from the PGAD and guided
by the leading professors of the PGEA, from the interfaces of management,
environmental education, and communication.
For the analyses undertaken in this chapter, the concept of
interdisciplinarity conceived by Fazenda (2002) is adopted, which
complements Japiassú’s (1976) vision and sees interdisciplinarity much more
as a personal attitude towards knowledge8. is conception understands
this concept from a phenomenological perspective, as stated by Fazenda et
al. (2010), since it is a vision focused on the subjectivity of the subjects,
directed towards their experiences and practices; for dialogical action, in
short, for an attitude that reaches the dimension of knowing-being.
It is also worth highlighting that this study was supported by
a qualitative approach and exploratory and descriptive methods. For
this purpose, a documentary survey was carried out in the Institutional
Repository of Unesp9 to verify the theses and dissertations defended at
PGAD and guided by the teachers and leaders of the PGEA, which implies
demonstrating how the research group under study has contributed to the
formation of systemic dialogue between different areas of knowledge in the
Postgraduate Program.
e following section addresses the results, covering the trajectory of
the PGEA group and its interdisciplinary dialogue with the PGAD, as well
as presenting the selected publications and the correlation of the analyzed
According to Satolo et al. (2019, p.22), “the interdisciplinary attitude can be summarized as being willing
to engage in dialogue; accepting opinions that diverge from the certainties of your field of knowledge; being
open to constant learning; understanding your role in the process and that, when faced with a specific
problem, you will be more or less demanded, therefore, there is no place for academic vanities.”
9 e scientific productions can be consulted on the website https://repositorio.unesp.br/.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
331
dissertations with the study interfaces and the Sustainable Development
Goals (SDGs).
relATions beTween pgAd And pgeA
e PGEA is linked to the Faculty of Sciences and Engineering
(FCE), UNESP, Tupã campus, and interfaces directly with the PGAD
through the Development and Environment Research Line, which is part
of the interdisciplinary knowledge area of CAPES, offering master’s and
doctoral courses.
Created in mid-2011, the PGEA is a research group in constant
dynamics and evolution, emerging from the interaction between various
members of academia and civil society. Formed by people from various
fields, it develops studies and research in socio-environmental management
and education in both formal and non-formal contexts.
Since the group’s formation and with the approval and start of
the PGAD in 2014, the PGEA’s work aims to expand the training of
new researchers, as well as reflect on the process of socio-environmental
management and education in various contexts, enabling connections,
exchanges, planning, and execution of research and extension projects,
which implies the (re)construction of knowledge and increases scientific
production in the area. e PGEA group acts in three areas: - training
and improvement, with study meetings, offering courses and participating
in scientific events, - scientific production, which is more focused on
developing research and publishing results, and – extension actions and
projects, with scientific dissemination activities and others through the
extension project Sala Verde Rede de Educação Ambiental da Alta Paulista
(REAP), linked to FCE. Within its dynamics, the group holds biweekly
meetings, where scientific articles and seminars are read, in addition to
promoting a comprehensive analysis of the educational process aimed at
environmental management and education, through an interdisciplinary
approach divided into two research lines.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
332
Research Line 1 involves the theoretical-methodological foundations
and training in environmental education and is divided into the themes
of Training in Environmental Education and Interdisciplinarity as a field
of knowledge. Research Line 2 involves environmental management and
education and is divided into the themes of social management analysis
and socio-environmental education in organizations, environmental
public policies, environmental communication, the relationship between
agroecology and environmental education, and waste management, among
other topics (FCE, 2023).
erefore, this research group explores educational challenges in
various spheres, and this perspective allows for the creation of numerous
connections, encouraging the sharing of ideas and the development of
research and extension projects, resulting in the continuous construction
of knowledge, which, in turn, drives collaborative scientific production in
various fields of knowledge (FCE, 2023). According to Lopez and Barbosa
(2019), interdisciplinarity in higher education requires dialogue about the
transformations of educational paradigms, which involve political and,
mainly, methodological issues, making the PGEA and PGAD partners in
this interdisciplinary endeavor.
Considering the necessary character of interdisciplinary work and
the fact that knowledge cannot be produced alone, the research group
has established different partnerships along its journey, strengthening ties
with private and public institutions and projects, including the Rede de
Educação Ambiental da Alta Paulista (REAP).
rough joint actions, the PGEA and REAP seek to promote,
strengthen, and tighten relationships with civil society, Non-Governmental
Organizations (NGOs), and public and private institutions in the Alta
Paulista region, with the collaboration of undergraduate, master’s, and
doctoral students from FCE. e students involved in these actions
represent different backgrounds and play a fundamental role in building
interdisciplinary dialogues and reflections in the proposed approaches.
is collaborative partnership is a commitment by the research group to
translate scientific knowledge into concrete actions, strengthening the link
between public universities and society.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
333
During the journey of the PGEA group, other actions were included
in the activities developed, such as Environment Week, Environmental
Lecture Series, Research Integration, Career Fair, and Monthly Lives that
disseminate socio-environmental research, tightening relationships with
REAP and PGAD itself, based on the developed research. All these actions
contribute to environmental education and scientific dissemination,
taking the knowledge produced outside the university walls, collaborating
with the formation of a scientific culture and decision-making based on
evidence. It is worth noting that the highlighted actions are open to the
public, both inside and outside academia.
AnAlysis oF disserTATions guided by pgeA TeAchers And leAders:
selecTion oF deFended disserTATions And Their relATion To The sdgs
e selected publications for analysis were defended between
2016 and 2023, as with the program starting in 2014, the first defenses
occurred from 2016 onwards. During this period, the PGEA’s leading
teachers guided 21 (twenty-one) researchers, with 10 (ten) guided by Prof.
Dr. Angélica Góis Morales and 11 (eleven) guided by Prof. Dr. Cristiane
Hengler Corrêa Bernardo. It is important to note that the PGAD, which
began its activities in 2014, with its first master’s course, started its doctoral
course in August 2019 (FCE, 2023). erefore, being a recent course with
a duration of four years, few theses have been defended until 2023, and
none have been guided by the teachers until now.
e analysis of the documents was carried out through an initial
reading of the abstracts, keywords, introduction, and final considerations
of each dissertation. It sought to verify how this research relates to the
interfaces of management, environmental education, and communication.
Box 1 presents a summary of the analyzed documents and for which
SDGs10 the dissertations contribute directly or indirectly.
10 ODS1 Eradication of poverty; ODS2 Zero hunger and sustainable agriculture; ODS3 Health and well-
being; ODS4 Quality education; ODS5 Gender equality; ODS6 Drinking water and sanitation; ODS7
Clean and accessible energy; ODS8 Decent work and economic growth; ODS9 Industry, innovation,
and infrastructure; ODS10 Reduction of inequalities; ODS11 Sustainable cities and communities;
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
334
Box 1 – Dissertations and eses Covering the Interfaces of
Management, Environmental Education, and Communication
Year Author Advisory Committee Title SDGs
2016 Caroline P.
Manoel
Cristiane H. C. Bernardo;
Ana Elisa B. S. Lourenzani
and Angélica G. Morales
Technical course in
agribusiness at Centro
Paula Souza: an analysis of
the curriculum structure.
04
2016 Silvia Cristina
Vieira
Cristiane H. C. Bernardo;
Ana Elisa B. S. Lourenzani
and Eduardo G. Satolo
e role of the extension
agent in the bilateral flow
of information between
agribusiness researchers
and rural producers.
04; 12
and 17
2016 Vanessa P. X.
Satolo
Cristiane H. C. Bernardo;
Ana Elisa B. S. Lourenzani
and Angélica G. Morales
Interdisciplinarity in two
postgraduate programs in
agribusiness 04
2016 Carla N. B.
Flozi
Angélica G. Morales;
Cristiane H. C. Bernardo
and Sérgio S. Braga Júnior
Analysis of environmental
education in an agro-
industry: a case study
in the municipality of
Guararapes/SP.
04; 09;
12 and
13
2017 Fábio F. dos
Santos
Angélica G. Morales;
Cristiane H. C. Bernardo
and Nelson R. de. Moraes
Communication and
environmental education:
a content analysis of the
magazine XXI Ciência
para a Vida da Embrapa.
04; 09
and 17
2018 Juliana C.
Bernardes
Cristiane H. C. Bernardo;
Ana Elisa B. S. Lourenzani
and Lorena C. Fleury
From city to countryside:
analysis of the
characteristics of the
ruralized urban youth
11
2018 Luana F.
Pires
Angélica G. Morales;
Fernando F. Putti and
Sandra Cristina. de
Oliveira
Water Footprint as a
management tool for
water resources: analysis in
cassava processing plants
of the Rural Development
Office of Assis.
12
2019
Cristina V.
dos R.
Fernandes
Angélica G. Morales; Ana
Elisa B. S. Lourenzani and
Manoel B. B da Costa
Narratives of family
farmers: under an
agroecological perspective.
02; 03 12
and 15
ODS12 Responsible consumption and production; ODS13 Action against global climate change; ODS14
Life below water; ODS15 Life on land; ODS16 Peace, justice, and effective institutions; and ODS17
Partnerships and means of implementation (UN, 2023).
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
335
Year Author Advisory Committee Title SDGs
2019
Omar
Fernando
de Carvalho
Júnior
Cristiane H. C. Bernardo;
Kássia Watanabe and
Eduardo Kawasaki
e correlation
between the principle
of human dignity and
the environment with a
focus on sugarcane straw
burning.
12
2020 Luiza R.
Trisoglio
Cristiane H. C. Bernardo;
Andrea R. Scalco and
Timóteo R. Queiroz
Social networks as a
marketing strategy in the
Short Food Supply Chain
(SFSC): a case study.
02 and
09
2020 Mara Sílvia
R. Ramos
Cristiane H. C. Bernardo;
João Guilherme de C. F.
Machado and Timóteo R.
Queiroz.
e potential of organized
groups on social networks
for the adoption of
innovation in Brazilian
livestock: the case of the
Brazilian Livestock Group,
GPB.
09 and
17
2020
Flávia Eliana
de
Melo Colucci
Angélica G. Morales;
Sandra Cristina. de
Oliveira and Pedro
Fernando Cataneo
e environmental theme
in the undergraduate
law course: a focus
on curricular
environmentalization.
04
2020 Josiane Tamires
S. Silva
Angélica G. Morales;
Dra. Sandra Cristina de
Oliveira and Wanda D.
Miotto
Bibliographic and
documentary analysis of
environmental education
in early childhood
education in the
municipalities of Parapuã
and Rinópolis-SP.
04
2021 José H.
Ndambuca
Cristiane H. C. Bernardo;
Ana Elisa B. S. Lourenzani
and Roberto Bernardo
Crossed stories: rural
extension in Brazil (from
Oiapoque to Chuí) and in
Angola (from Cabinda to
Cunene).
17
2021 Júlio Martins
J. Muhongo
Angélica G. Morales and
Ana Elisa B. S. Lourenzani
Application of the IDEA
Method for evaluating the
sustainability of family
farming establishments
in the municipalities of
Tupã/São Paulo and Ebo/
Cuanza Sul.
02 and
12
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
336
Year Author Advisory Committee Title SDGs
2021
Valquiria
Cristina
Martins
Angélica G. Morales;
Marilia X. Cury and
Nelson R. de Moraes
Knowledge and socio-
environmental practices
in the Vanuíre Indigenous
Land: understanding the
ethnoknowledge of the
Kaingang and Krenak
groups.
11 and
15
2022 Jéssica Dayane
N. Pessôa
Cristiane H. C. Bernardo;
João Guilherme de C. F.
Machado and Ricardo C.
G. Sant’Ana.
e scientific
dissemination strategies of
the Agricultural Research
Institutes of the state of
São Paulo aimed at the
rural public.
09; 12
and 17
2022 Monique M.
dos Santos Angélica G. Morales and
Roberto Bernardo
NBR ISO 14001:2015
Environmental
Management System -
analysis of the difficulties
for maintenance in a food
sector company.
04; 09;
12 and
13
2022 Karina A.
Finati Angélica G. Morales and
Rodrigo L. Manzione
Environmental Education
in the context of the
Aguapeí and Peixe River
Basin Committees.
04 and
06
2023 Evelin
Aparecida F. P.
Miyahara
Cristiane H. C. Bernardo;
Roberto Bernardo and
Angélica G. Morales
Analysis of the
updates to ISO
14001:2015 compared
to ISO 14001:2004
in environmental
communication in a food
and beverage industry.
04; 09,
12 and
13
2023 Luís Fernando
P. Pereira
Cristiane H. C. Bernardo;
Angélica G. Morales and
Luciana F. Leal
e Discourse in “Torto
Arado” and SDG 5:
female voices enunciate
the conflict between
society and nature.
05
Source: Prepared by the authors (2023).
It is worth noting that the interdisciplinary research produced in
PGAD demonstrates the importance of advisory committees with distinct
areas and the relevance of dialogue and systemic reasoning in developing
potential solutions for environmental issues (Satolo, 2016). Additionally,
they express how organizations can benefit from the conscious management
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
337
of natural resources, using communication tools to disseminate their
socio-environmental responsibility actions (Flozi, 2016; Santos, 2022).
erefore, developing research within the analyzed interfaces directly
contributes to achieving the SDGs broadly.
AnAlysis oF disserTATions guided by pgeA TeAchers And leAders:
proFile oF guided sTudenTs And Their producTion
Over the ten-year history of the PGAD, numerous interdisciplinary
studies and research have been developed. In this regard, this section
highlights how the research guided by teachers Angélica Góis Morales
and Cristiane Hengler Corrêa Bernardo is related to the interfaces of
management, environmental education, and communication. Additionally,
it demonstrates how the PGEA, directly or indirectly, has contributed to
the interdisciplinary dialogue in the dissertations guided by both teachers,
considering that most of the postgraduates mentioned here were or are
active members of the PGEA.
e mission of the PGAD is to develop interdisciplinary research
and train human resources for high-quality scientific research and teaching,
capable of acting in public and private institutions, anticipating the
demands and problems of agribusiness, contributing to socio-economic
and environmental development, and providing analyses and solutions
to enhance its competitiveness and regional and national development
(PGAD, 2023). us, concerning studies on agribusiness, it is worth noting
that it is an interdisciplinary and fruitful field of investigation in the areas of
education and environmental management, with communication as a tool
for disseminating scientific knowledge and as a fundamental theoretical
contribution to understanding how relationships between society and
nature are established. It is also worth noting that in the PGAD, there
is a mandatory course “Construction of Interdisciplinary Knowledge” in
which the two teachers jointly teach, and two optional courses, “Society
and Nature Relationship” and “Scientific Dissemination,” under the
responsibility of Prof. Angélica and Cristiane, respectively, which permeate
their areas of academic training and work in the PGEA and PGAD groups.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
338
To identify the areas of knowledge that encompass the training
of the graduates and students guided by the teachers and leaders of the
PGEA, Figure 1 portrays the profile of postgraduate students.
Of the 21 researched, 76% were conducted by women and 24% by
men. Of this amount, 47% of postgraduate students received scholarships to
develop their research. According to the United Nations Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization (Unesco), in the fields of science and culture, there
is a gender disparity; data show that women represent only 30% of scientists
worldwide (Unesco, 2019). In this sense, it is possible to highlight that the
PGEA has contributed to the inclusion of more women in research.
Another highlighted point is related to the areas of knowledge (figure
1), as there is heterogeneity in the students’ training. Among the professional
areas are training in veterinary medicine; environmental management;
social communication/journalism; biology; environmental engineering;
pedagogy; administration; law; philosophy; geography; architecture and
urbanism, and literature. is heterogeneity occurs because the PGAD is
an interdisciplinary program and, therefore, receives postgraduate students
whose training is in the most varied areas of knowledge.
In this research, the active members of the PGEA were also verified.
Of the 21 students and graduates guided by teachers Angélica Góis Morales
and Cristiane Hengler Corrêa Bernardo, 66% were or are part of the PGEA.
It is important to clarify that only members who are officially registered
with the National Council for Scientific and Technological Development
(CNPq) and had active participation in PGEA activities were considered.
From the analysis of the keywords of the analyzed dissertations, the wide
variety of themes studied in PGAD is perceived (Figure 2).
e mapping carried out refers to the themes used for the development
of the 21 analyzed dissertations. As evidenced in Figure 2, the words
environmental, education, rural, communication, and sustainability stand
out. It is observed that the occurrences presented in the dissertations are
very close. is fact corroborates the idea that the research is aligned with
the interfaces of the PGEA. us, the following presents the categories of
analysis of the productions, the dialogues established between them, and
their interfaces with the SDGs.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
339
Figure 1 – Profile of PGAD Students and Graduates Guided by PGEA
Teachers and Leaders
Source: Prepared by the authors (2023).
Figure 2 – Word Cloud of Analyzed Dissertations
Source: Prepared by the authors (2023).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
340
environmenTAl mAnAgemenT (iso 14001)
Environmental management comprises the guidelines and
administrative activities carried out by an organization to achieve positive
effects on the environment, to reduce, eliminate, or compensate for the
environmental problems arising from its operations, and to prevent others
from occurring in the future (Barbieri, 2016). us, among the works
carried out, Flozi’s (2016) research aimed to analyze how environmental
education is embedded in the organizational structure of an agro-
industry in the municipality of Guararapes/SP. e author highlights the
development of actions such as training and lectures on environmental
education developed by the management of the studied agro-industry and
demonstrates a direct relationship between management and environmental
education in the business context.
Furthermore, Flozi’s (2016) work relates to the studies conducted
by Santos (2022) and Miyahara (2023). With the objective of “analyzing
the difficulties encountered by a food sector company in maintaining
an Environmental Management System (EMS), according to the
requirements of the ABNT NBR ISO 14001:2015 standard,” Santos’
(2022) research highlighted the challenges faced since the certification
ABNT NBR ISO 14001:2015 implementation. e author highlighted
various environmental management and education activities carried out
by the studied company. Additionally, according to the research results,
the challenges of maintaining EMS involve the three studied interfaces.
Moreover, Miyahara (2023, p. 15) investigated “how a food and
beverage industry faced the update of the ABNT NBR ISO 14001:2015
certification compared to ISO 14001:2004, concerning environmental
communication”. e author highlighted the importance of organizational
communication flow during the implementation of certification updates,
involving management and environmental education strategies. us, the
research contributes to the three interfaces under analysis.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
341
environmenTAl educATion: scienTiFic disseminATion, TeAching And
curriculum, wATer resources, And eThnoconknowledge
Environmental education, conceived as a process of continuous and
interdisciplinary training at all levels of education, is essential for building
values, knowledge, and skills aimed at environmental conservation and
promoting sustainability. e National Environmental Education Policy
(PNEA), established by Law 9.795/99, and the National Environmental
Education Program (ProNEA) emphasize the universality of this right,
guaranteeing democratic access to environmental information (Brasil, 1999).
In the formal education context, various researchers highlight the
importance of integrating Environmental Education interdisciplinarily
in curricular subjects. e interconnection between communication
and environmental education is explored by Santos (2017) in scientific
dissemination, promoting awareness and social transformation. Silva
(2020) focuses on early childhood education, Manoel (2016) on technical
Agribusiness education, and Colucci (2020) on the undergraduate law
course, emphasizing the need for interdisciplinary practices to develop
critical thinking regarding environmental issues.
In the academic context, Satolo’s (2016) research investigates
postgraduate programs in Agribusiness, highlighting the importance
of an interdisciplinary approach to understand the complexity of this
field. Environmental education is addressed by Finati (2022) in river
basin committees, emphasizing the relevance of a critical approach
to participatory water resources management. Flozi’s (2016) research
analyzes the incorporation of Environmental Education in an agro-
industry, evidencing practical application and internal training activities
for awareness.
Finally, Martins’ (2021) study portrays the ethnoknowledge of the
indigenous Kaingang and Krenak groups, highlighting the importance
of respecting traditional knowledge and preserving valuable socio-
environmental practices.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
342
In summary, the interdisciplinary approach to environmental
education, supported by the PNEA and ProNEA, permeates various
educational contexts and research practices. is approach is crucial for
developing critical thinking, reflection, awareness, and sustainable actions
concerning the environment, strengthening participatory management
and promoting the appreciation of traditional knowledge.
communicATion And iTs inTerFAces: scienTiFic disseminATion, rurAl
exTension, culTure, lAw, And mArkeTing
According to Vilalba (2006, p.05), communication is “a word derived
from the Latin term communicare” and means “to make common”, or
“to associate”. us, at first, we can say that communicating is the social
action of making common”.
Due to its relevance, communication is the subject of many research
studies, as it plays a determining role in the development of scientific
research, directly influencing the object of study and problematization
(Bernardo, 2014). us, among the analyzed researches in the field of
communication, there are the studies of Vieira (2016), Santos (2017), Ramos
(2020), Trisoglio (2020), and Pessôa (2022). Besides communication, the
researchers share the development of the rural context as a backdrop.
However, the field of communication was also observed in the
researches of Satolo (2016), Flozi (2016), Bernardes (2018), Martins
(2021), Santos (2022), and Finati (2022). Communication occurs in
interfaces with other areas of knowledge, providing specific knowledge, as
highlighted by Braga (2004). An example is Finati’s (2022) research, which
had environmental education as a field of study, but also interfaced with
the field of communication by addressing the importance of activity in
the participatory governance of river basin committees. is articulation
between areas occurs mainly in interdisciplinary research, providing new
reflections and expanding scientific knowledge.
As presented in the previous topics, among the productions originating
from PGAD, it is noteworthy that six (06) are related to the interface of
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
343
environmental management, twelve (12) to environmental education, and
eleven (11) to communication. It is important to highlight that the studies
interface with more than one of the investigated areas. Additionally, the
studied themes demonstrate PGEA’s connection with the development of
interdisciplinary research in PGAD and contribute to the SDGs.
In recent years, the United Nations (UN), through the 2030
Agenda, proposed a global pact for sustainable development, aiming to
ensure human development by meeting society’s basic needs through a
political, economic, and social process that respects the environment and
sustainability (UN, 2015). Additionally, the 2030 Agenda encompasses
17 SDGs. Figure 3 demonstrates the established dialogues between
dissertations and the SDGs.
According to the Times Higher Education (THE) International
Research Institute, UNESP is part of the ranking that points to universities
most aligned with the SDGs, and PGAD, together with PGEA, has greatly
contributed to the development of research that collaborates to achieve the
goals proposed by the 2030 Agenda (THE, 2020).
Figure 3 – Established Dialogues between Dissertations and SDGs
Source: Prepared by the authors (2023).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
344
FinAl considerATions
is chapter, aimed at presenting the contributions of PGEA to
interdisciplinary dialogue in scientific knowledge production, constituted
in the master’s and doctoral courses and products derived from PGAD
and guided by PGEA’s leading professors, provided an overview of the
establishment of dialogical relationships, both in PGAD and within the
PGEA group itself. Additionally, it sought to verify how these researches
relate to the interfaces of management, environmental education, and
communication.
is scenario allowed observing that the three interfaces were
contemplated, sometimes between two perspectives and in some cases
in all three. However, research was also observed that indirectly passes
through one of the three interfaces and relates to other themes, including
health, worker dignity, marketing, culture, rural appreciation, technical
education, and postgraduate teaching and research.
It is worth highlighting that the research that interfaces between
environmental management, education, and communication stems from
an open space for interdisciplinary dialogue. A space where, besides the
willingness for dialogue, there is also, inherently, the program itself located
in CAPES’ Interdisciplinary Chamber, and therefore, from the selection,
it not only allows but encourages the admission of professionals from the
most varied fields of knowledge. Additionally, the requirement for advisory
committees also stimulates these interfaces to be possible.
Finally, it is concluded that the interaction between PGAD and
PGEA offers the necessary resources and support for advanced research,
allowing postgraduate students to deepen their understanding in
various fields and contribute to the expansion of knowledge in a truly
interdisciplinary manner. rough collaboration, students from different
academic backgrounds create a fertile environment for exchanging ideas,
perspectives, and approaches. ey challenge traditional boundaries of
disciplines, fostering innovation and solving complex problems that often
transcend conventional knowledge barriers.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
345
reFerences
BARBIERI, J. C. Gestão Ambiental Empresarial: conceitos, modelos e instrumentos. 4.
ed. São Paulo: Saraiva, 2016.
BERNARDES, J. C. Da cidade ao campo: análise das características do Jovem Urbano
Ruralizado. 2017. 129 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) –
Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia, Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2017.
BERNARDO, C. H. C. Comunicação científica: um diálogo possível entre pesquisadores
do agronegócio e produtores rurais. 2014. Projeto de Pesquisa da UNESP, Tupã.
BRAGA, J. L. Os estudos de interface como espaço de construção do Campo da
Comunicação. Contraponto 10/11, Rio de Janeiro, n.10/11, p. 219-236, 2004.
BRASIL. Presidência da República Casa Civil Subchefia para Assuntos Jurídicos.
Lei nº 9.795, de 27 de abril de 1999. Dispõe sobre a Educação Ambiental, institui a
Política Nacional de Educação Ambiental e dá outras providências. Brasília, DF, 1999.
Disponível em: http://www.planalto.gov.br/ccivil_03/leis/l9795.htm. Acesso em: 10
mar. 2023.
COORDENAÇÃO DE APERFEIÇOAMENTO DE PESSOAL DE NÍVEL
SUPERIOR (CAPES). Interdisciplinaridade como desafio para o avanço da ciência
e tecnologia. In: PHILIPPI JUNIOR, A. (org.). Coordenação de área interdisciplinar:
catálogo de programas de pós-graduação – mestrado e doutorado. Brasília, DF:
CAInter/CAPES, 2008.
CARVALHO JUNIOR, O. F. A correlação entre o princípio da dignidade da pessoa
humana e o meio ambiente com foco na queima da palha da cana-de-açúcar. 2019. 190 f.
Dissertação (Mestrado em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências e
Engenharia, Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2019.
COLUCCI, F. E. M. A temática ambiental no curso de graduação em Direito: um enfoque
sobre a ambientalização curricular. 2020. 176 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em Agronegócio
e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia, Universidade Estadual
Paulista, Tupã, 2020.
FAZENDA, I. (org.). Dicionário em construção: interdisciplinaridade. 2. ed. São Paulo:
Cortez, 2002.
FAZENDA, I. C. A.; KIECKHOEFEL, L.; LUIZA, L. P. P.; SOARES, A. Z. Avaliação
e interdisciplinaridade. Interdisciplinaridade, São Paulo, v.1, n. 0, p.01-83, out. 2010.
FACULDADE DE CIÊNCIAS E ENGENHARIA (FCE). Pós-Graduação em
Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento. Linhas de Pesquisa. Tupã: FCE, 2023. Disponivel
em: https://www.tupa.unesp.br/#!/pesquisa/gestao-e-educacao-ambiental/linhas-de-
pesquisa/. Acesso em: 2 set. 2023.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
346
FACULDADE DE CIÊNCIAS E ENGENHARIA (FCE). Pós-Graduação em
Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento. Grupos. Disponível em: https://www.tupa.unesp.br/#!/
pesquisa/gestao-e-educacao-ambiental/. Acesso em: 2 set. 2023.
FACULDADE DE CIÊNCIAS E ENGENHARIA (FCE). Pós-Graduação em
Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento. Histórico. Disponível em: https://www.tupa.unesp.
br/#!/ensino/pos-graduacao/programas/agronegocio-e-desenvolvimento/apresentacao/
historico/. Acesso em: 2 set. 2023.
FERNANDES, C. V. R. Narrativas de agricultores familiares: sob um olhar
agroecológico. 2019. Tese (Doutorado em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) - UNESP,
Tupã, 2019.
FINATI, K. A. A educação ambiental no contexto do Comitê das Bacias Hidrográficas
dos Rios Aguapeí e Peixe. 2022. 99 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em Agronegócio e
Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia, Universidade Estadual
Paulista, Tupã, 2022.
FLOZI, C. N. B. Análise da educação ambiental em uma agroindústria: um estudo
de caso no município de Guararapes-SP. 2016. 162 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em
Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia, Universidade
Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2016.
JAPIASSÚ, H. Interdisciplinaridade e patologia do saber. Rio de Janeiro: Imago, 1976.
LOPEZ, C. A.; BARBOSA, C. O. L. S. A interdisciplinaridade alternativa para o
desenvolvimento do processo ensino-aprendizagem nas universidades. SAPIENTIAE:
Ciências sociais, humanas e engenharias Universidade Óscar Ribas, João Pessoa, v. 5.
p. 204-223. jul./dez. 2019. Disponível em: https://publicacoes.uor.ed.ao/index.php/
sapientiae/article/view/197/189. Acesso em: 1 set. 2023.
MANOEL, C. P. Curso Técnico em Agronegócio do Centro Paula Souza: uma análise
da estrutura curricular. 2016. 96 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em Agronegócio e
Desenvolvimento) – Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia, Universidade Estadual
Paulista, Tupã, 2016.
MARTINS, V. C. Saberes e Práticas Socioambientais na Terra Indígena Vanuíre:
compreensão do Etnoconhecimento dos Grupos Kaingang e Krenak. 2021. Dissertação
(Mestrado em Ciências – Área de Agronegócio de Desenvolvimento) – Universidade
Estadual Paulista Campus Tupã, Tupã, 2021. Disponível em: https://repositorio.unesp.
br/handle/11449/204467. Acesso em: 1 set. 2023.
MIYAHARA, E. A. F. P. Análise das atualizações da ISO 14001: 2015 em relação a
ISO 14001:2004 na comunicação ambiental em uma indústria de alimentos e bebidas.
2022. 101 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em Ciências) – Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia,
Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2022.
MORALES, A. G. A formação do profissional educador ambiental: reflexões,
possibilidades e constatações. 2. ed. Ponta Grossa: UEPG, 2012.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
347
MUHONGO, J. M. J. Aplicação do Método IDEA para avaliação da sustentabilidade
de estabelecimentos de agricultores familiares nos municípios de Tupã/São Paulo e de Ebo/
Cuanza Sul. 2021. 125 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) –
Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia, Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2021.
NAÇÕES UNIDAS BRASIL. Sobre o nosso trabalho para alcançar os Objetivos de
Desenvolvimento Sustentável no Brasil. ONU, 2023. Disponível em: https://brasil.
un.org/pt-br/sdgs. Acesso em: 12 out. 2023.
NDAMBUCA, J. H. Histórias cruzadas: extensão rural no Brasil (do Oiapoque ao Chuí)
e em Angola (de Cabinda ao Cunene). 2021. 88 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em Ciências)
– Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia, Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2021.
ORGANIZAÇÃO DAS NAÇÕES UNIDAS - ONU. Organização das Nações Unidas
para a Educação, a Ciência e a Cultura. Women in Science. Paris: Unesco; Institute for
Statistics; 2019. Disponível em: http://uis.unesco.org/sites/default/files/documents/
fs55-women-in-science-2019-en.pdf. Acesso em: 13 set. 2023.
ORGANIZAÇÃO DAS NAÇÕES UNIDAS - ONU. Transformando o nosso mundo:
a agenda 2030 para o desenvolvimento sustentável. Resolução A/RES/70/1 [internet].
Nova Iorque: UN, 2015. Disponível em: https://nacoesunidas.org/wp-content/
uploads/2015/10/agenda2030-pt-br.pdf. Acesso em: 31 ago. 2023.
PESSÔA, J. D. N. As estratégias de divulgação científica dos Institutos Agropecuários
de Pesquisa do estado de São Paulo voltadas ao público rural. 2022. 137 f. Dissertação
(Mestrado em em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências e
Engenharia, Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2022.
PROGRAMA DE PÓS-GRADUAÇÃO EM AGRONEGÓCIO E
DESENVOLVIMENTO - PGAD. Institucional. Tupã: UNESP, 2023. Disponível
em: https://www.tupa.unesp.br/#!/ensino/pos-graduacao/programas/agronegocio-e-
desenvolvimento/. Acesso em: 12 ago. 2024.
PIRES, L. F. Pegada Hídrica como instrumento de gestão dos recursos hídricos: análise em
fecularias do Escritório de Desenvolvimento Rural de Assis. 2018. 107 f. Dissertação
(Mestrado em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia,
Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2018.
RAMOS, M. S. R. Potencial dos grupos organizados em redes sociais para adoção
de inovação na pecuária brasileira: o caso do Grupo Pecuária Brasil, GPB. Mara
Sílvia Rodrigues Ramos. 2020. 100 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em Agronegócio e
Desenvolvimento) – Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia, Universidade Estadual
Paulista – UNESP, 2020.
REIS-FERNANDES, C. Narrativas de agricultores familiares: sob um olhar
agroecológico. 2019. 168 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em Ciências) – Faculdade de
Ciências e Engenharia, Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2019.
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
348
SANTOS, F. F. Comunicação e educação ambiental: uma análise de conteúdo da
Revista XXI Ciência Para A Vida, da Embrapa. 2017. 234 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em
Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) – Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia, Universidade
Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2017.
SANTOS, M. M. Sistema de Gestão Ambiental ABNT NBR ISO 14001:2015: análise
das dificuldades para manutenção em uma empresa do setor alimentício. 2022.
113 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em Ciências) – Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia,
Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2022.
SATOLO, V. P. X. A interdisciplinaridade em dois programas de pós-graduação em
agronegócio. 2016. 205 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) –
Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia, Universidade Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2016.
SATOLO, V. P. X. et al. Um panorama histórico-conceitual da pesquisa interdisciplinar:
uma análise a partir da Pós-Graduação da área interdisciplinar. Educação em Revista,
Belo Horizonte, v. 35, p. 1-25, 2019. Disponível em: http://dx.doi.org/10.1590/0102-
4698185294. Acesso em: 8 abr. 2023.
SILVA, J. T. S. Análise bibliográfica e documental da Educação Ambiental na Educação
Infantil nos municípios de Parapuã e Rinópolis-SP. 2020. 117 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em
Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) – Faculdade de Ciências e Engenharia, Universidade
Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2020.
TAVARES, L. F. P. P. O discurso em Torto Arado e o ODS 5: vozes femininas enunciam
o conflito entre sociedade e natureza. 2023. Tese (Doutorado em Agronegócio e
Desenvolvimento) - UNESP, Tupã, 2023.
TIMES HIGHER EDUCATION (THE). Impact Rankings 2020. THE, 2023.
Disponível em: https://www.timeshighereducation.com/rankings/impact/2020/overall.
Acesso em: 10 set. 2023.
TRISOGLIO, L. R. As redes sociais como estratégia de comercialização na Short Food
Supply Chain (SFSC): um estudo de caso. 2020. Dissertação (Mestrado em Agronegócio
e Desenvolvimento) - Faculdade de Ciências e Tecnologia, Universidade Estadual
Paulista, Tupã, 2020.
VIEIRA, S. C. O papel do extensionista no fluxo bilateral de informações entre
pesquisadores do agronegócio e produtores rurais. 2016. 152 f. Dissertação (Mestrado em
Agronegócio e Desenvolvimento) – Faculdade de Ciências e Tecnologia, Universidade
Estadual Paulista, Tupã, 2016.
VILALBA, R. Teoria da comunicação: conceitos básicos. São Paulo: Ática, 2006.
(Princípios, 261).
Construindo ciência em cooperação internacional acadêmico-científica
remissive index
351
Aflatoxin, 165
add value, 7, 133, 135, 145, 146, 148,
151
Family farming, 21, 22, 23, 26, 33, 36,
37, 42, 43, 92, 129, 143, 145, 152,
155, 169, 176, 197, 204, 205, 210,
211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 218,
283
Agroindustry, 54, 143, 147, 148, 203,
266, 271, 273, 277
Wastewater, 7, 13, 54, 55, 57, 58, 59,
Food, 9, 10, 19, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,
100, 101, 103, 105, 106, 112, 119,
149, 150, 195, 196, 199, 201, 203,
206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212,
213, 214, 216, 217, 218, 219, 230,
249
Food environments, 207, 208, 216, 229
Extension activity, 242, 249, 250, 251,
253, 255
Human well-being, 230, 238
Distribution channel, 131, 132, 134, 154
Marketing, 7, 13, 18, 19, 42, 48, 72, 73,
78, 86, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 141,
144, 145, 146, 147, 151, 152, 155,
182, 201, 204, 267, 273, 275, 279
Communication, 8, 9, 10, 45, 156, 162,
173, 177, 178, 179, 183, 185, 186,
189, 190, 220, 231, 232, 234, 238,
262, 263, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269,
270, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277,
278, 279
Contracts, 71, 77, 78, 80, 180, 181, 187,
213
Quality convention, 139, 149
Coordination, 5, 9, 16, 70, 75, 78, 79, 80,
93, 123, 169, 236, 244, 262, 276, 284
Covid-19, 13, 101, 103, 173, 174, 179,
183, 187, 189, 191, 194, 197, 201,
202, 204, 205, 229, 230
Organizational culture, 51, 52
Demand, 9, 29, 55, 60, 70, 71, 73, 74,
75, 77, 78, 119, 121, 137, 151, 180,
186, 249, 251, 253, 255, 256
Sustainable development, 13, 16, 17, 44,
49, 51, 52, 88, 89, 93, 98, 117, 118,
125, 174, 194, 197, 227, 228, 242,
245, 274, 278
Differentiation, 133, 139, 143, 145, 146,
151, 166, 177
Agricultural diversification, 13, 117, 119,
121, 122, 123, 124, 125
Drip Tea, 147
Double burden of malnutrition, 206, 215
Economies of scope, 145
Food and Nutritional Education, 9, 85,
97, 100, 101
Environmental education, 8, 87, 94, 226,
261, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268,
271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 277, 278
Teaching, 8, 14, 16, 23, 27, 86, 89, 91,
93, 95, 96, 142, 169, 211, 212, 226,
233, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245,
246, 247, 249, 250, 253, 254, 255,
257, 258, 259, 262, 265, 272, 275,
277, 279
Box deliveries, 141
School, 10, 13, 14, 19, 23, 85, 86, 87, 90,
91, 92, 93, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100,
101, 195, 196, 198, 203, 206, 208,
210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 216, 217,
218, 229, 230, 231
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
352
Stress in farmers, 23
Financial stress, 13, 21, 22, 25, 31, 33, 36
Financial stressors, 7, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28,
29, 30, 36
Extension, 8, 9, 16, 19, 143, 175, 177,
180, 220, 226, 233, 234, 237, 240,
241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247,
249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 258,
259, 260, 264, 265, 267, 273, 278
Agricultural fairs, 13, 173, 174, 175, 186,
187, 191
Agricultural fairs, 191
Conventional forms of agriculture, 136
Fruits, vegetables and greens, 9, 142
Environmental management, 94, 236,
262, 267, 268, 270, 271, 274, 275
People management, 7, 13, 18, 44, 45, 47,
52, 53
People management, 9, 44, 52
Governance, 7, 18, 49, 51, 69, 70, 71, 73,
74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 217,
273
Governance, 13, 50, 69, 73, 81
Impact, 8, 17, 22, 29, 30, 31, 33, 42, 49,
56, 63, 81, 85, 89, 106, 123, 196,
228, 230, 231, 243, 255, 256
Impact, 121
Geographical indication, 76
Geographical indication, 137, 138
Interdisciplinarity, 16, 195, 262, 263, 265,
276, 277, 278
Interdisciplinarity, 264, 266, 276, 277
Intermediaries, 49, 133, 134, 135, 137,
138, 244
Macrobials, 159, 163, 164, 168
Market, 19, 21, 29, 36, 48, 49, 69, 70, 72,
73, 74, 75, 77, 78, 79, 110, 131, 133,
134, 138, 139, 146, 156, 157, 160,
173, 175, 179, 181, 183, 185, 187,
210, 211, 227, 245
Market, 110
Producers’ market, 138
Nutrition, 85, 86, 88, 89, 90, 91, 93, 95,
97, 104, 195, 198, 206, 208, 209,
216, 219
Nutrition, 99, 103, 204
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
(ODS), 17, 22, 44, 87, 133, 206, 245,
264
Supply, 29, 70, 73, 74, 75, 78, 88, 137,
140, 145, 148, 149, 150, 177, 178,
180, 212, 220, 225
Pandemic, 8, 13, 41, 101, 103, 173, 174,
175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 181, 183,
187, 189, 190, 191, 194, 196, 197,
198, 200, 201, 202, 203, 228, 230,
231
Pandemic, 190, 192
Dairy farming, 243, 244, 249, 250, 254
Tourist route, 142
Food losses and waste, 102, 104, 106,
107, 112, 113, 115
Food losses and waste, 10, 108
Research, 5, 8, 14, 16, 17, 19, 26, 29, 32,
33, 46, 51, 56, 69, 98, 99, 109, 141,
142, 143, 144, 146, 158, 159, 160,
162, 164, 165, 167, 168, 169, 175,
178, 180, 182, 183, 187, 188, 189,
190, 197, 199, 202, 213, 221, 222,
225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231,
232, 233, 234, 237, 238, 240, 241,
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
353
242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 249,
250, 253, 254, 255, 258, 259, 262,
263, 264, 265, 268, 270, 271, 272,
273, 275, 276, 277
Research, 9, 10, 14, 56, 103, 170, 180,
189, 190, 226, 233, 238, 240, 241,
243, 244, 247, 253, 258, 261, 262,
264, 265, 267, 274, 276, 278, 283
Pick-Your-Own, 138, 139, 140, 141, 146,
150
Water pollution, 61, 66
Indigenous peoples, 222, 236, 237
Traditional peoples, 14, 220, 221, 222,
224, 225, 226, 228, 233, 234
Agricultural production, 7, 78, 80, 119,
120, 121, 135, 157, 166
Peanut production, 156, 158, 159, 161,
163, 165, 168
Peanut production, 170
National School Feeding Program
(PNAE), 13, 14, 88, 92, 99, 100, 145,
194, 196, 204, 205, 206, 208
QR Code, 144
Network, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 56,
81, 88, 93, 109, 110, 111, 112, 196,
211, 250, 253, 255, 257
Network, 7, 10, 47, 142, 226, 233, 264,
265
Social networks, 45, 46, 50, 51, 52, 147,
179, 233, 246, 249, 251, 253, 255,
256, 267, 278, 279
Social networks, 9, 250
Resilience, 13, 117, 119, 122, 124, 125
Green revolution, 135
Job satisfaction, 13, 18, 21, 34, 45
Health, 22, 23, 24, 36, 62, 85, 86, 87, 88,
89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 95, 97, 99, 105,
106, 113, 121, 143, 145, 147, 194,
195, 197, 199, 201, 202, 203, 204,
206, 208, 209, 210, 215, 227, 228,
229, 275
Health, 9, 10, 39, 40, 87, 88, 89, 94, 97,
99, 100, 101, 103, 105, 189, 194,
199, 201, 202, 203, 204, 266
Food and Nutritional Security (SAN), 92,
194, 205, 209
Short Food Supply Chain, 10, 132, 133,
151, 152, 153, 155, 267, 279
Global Positioning System (GPS), 9, 159
Food systems, 86, 87, 88, 98, 99, 100,
132, 136, 207, 208, 210, 215, 216
Food systems, 206, 219
Sustainability, 7, 13, 16, 18, 69, 71, 76,
79, 80, 88, 89, 94, 96, 97, 98, 106,
108, 113, 117, 118, 120, 125, 158,
167, 196, 220, 221, 229, 267, 270,
272, 274, 277
Sustainability, 69
Transaction, 7, 69, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 78,
81, 131
Transaction, 69, 73, 78
Treatment, 31, 36, 54, 56, 59, 60, 61, 62,
64, 65, 67, 68, 89, 94, 195, 204
Treatment, 67
Competitive advantage, 45, 135
Qualitative variables, 69, 159
Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (Drones), 159
Direct sales, 135, 136, 196
Sales on the property, 138
354
Construindo ciência em cooperação internacional acadêmico-científica
book orgAnizers
357
AnA elisA bressAn smiTh lourenzAni
She has a degree in Agronomy from the Federal University of Viçosa (1998), a master’s
degree in Production Engineering from the Federal University of São Carlos (2003), a
doctorate in Production Engineering from the Federal University of São Carlos (2006),
and a Post-doctorate at Kansas State University. She is an Associate Professor at the São
Paulo State University, Campus Tupã. She has experience in the field of Agribusiness
Systems Management, working mainly on the following topics: family farming, market
access, institutional purchases, certification, and geographical indications.
AngélicA gois morAles
She has a degree in Biological Sciences from the São Paulo State University Júlio de Mesquita
Filho (1998), a master’s degree in Environmental Education from the Federal University
of Rio Grande (2001), a doctorate in Environment and Development from the Federal
University of Paraná (2007), a post-doctorate at the National University of Córdoba/
Argentina (2016), and is a Professor of Environmental Management and Education at
UNESP (2019). She is an Associate Professor at São Paulo State University, Campus Tupã,
SP in the Administration course and in the Postgraduate Program in Agribusiness and
Development. She has experience in the environmental field, focusing on environmental
education, working mainly on the following topics: training in socio-environmental
education, environmental management, environment, sensitization through alternative
methodologies, curricular environmentalization, and training of environmental education
professionals. She is also active in the field of scientific methodology and as an advisor and
co-advisor of scientific works. She is the coordinator of the Green Room REAP, approved
by the Ministry of the Environment in mid-2018. She participates in the Local Center
of the Institute of Education and Research in Pedagogical Practices (IEP3) of UNESP.
She is the leader of the Research Group in Management and Environmental Education
(PGEA). She is a member of the Research Group on Democracy and Social Management
(GEDGS/UNESP) and a member of the Interdisciplinary Group of Socio-Environmental
358
Studies (GIESA/UNC - Argentina). She is also a partner with the Center for Research
and Linkage in Environmental Studies of the Faculty of Economic, Legal, and Social
Sciences of the National University of San Luis (UNSL, Argentina). She is a moderator
of the Environmental Education Network of Alta Paulista (REAP). She is a member
of the Brazilian Environmental Education Network (REBEA/since 2007), the Southern
Brazilian Environmental Education Network (REASul), the International Network of
Researchers on Traditional Communities (REDECT since 2019), and the São Paulo
Environmental Education Network (REPEA, since 2020). She is also a member of the
Environmental Education Observatory (OBSERVARE since 2019), a founding member
of the International Network of Environmental Education (Nerea-investiga), and a Full
Member of the Academy of Letters, Sciences, and Arts of Tupã-SP (since 2013).
eduArdo guilherme sATolo
Associate Professor at São Paulo State University “Júlio de Mesquita Filho” (UNESP),
Faculty of Sciences and Engineering (FCE), Tupã Campus, in the Administration
program (since 09/2013). Permanent Professor in the Graduate Program in Agribusiness
and Development (Master’s and Academic Doctorate) at FCE/Tupã. Leader and
researcher of the Kamby Research Group (GPKamby) “Best Practices in Dairy Farming.”
Researcher in the CEPEAGRO research group (Research Center in Administration
and Agribusiness/UNESP), the DGE Laboratory (Design inking, Management, and
Industrial Engineering - UFF/UNESP), and the Development and Optimization Center
for Production Processes and Systems (UNIMEP). He is a Full Professor in Production
Management at UNESP (2019). Completed Postdoctoral studies in the Graduate
Program in Production Engineering and Computational Systems (MESC-ICT) at
Fluminense Federal University - UFF (2018). Holds a degree in Administration from
Fluminense Federal University - UFF (2019). Bachelor’s, Master’s, and Doctorate degrees
in Production Engineering from the Methodist University of Piracicaba (UNIMEP). Also
holds a Postgraduate degree (MBA) in Alcohol and Sugar Production Management from
IAT/Fatep. Coordinated and taught Production Engineering courses at private higher
education institutions (2008–2013). His research focuses on the areas of Production
Management, Quality Management, Supply Chain Management, Production Planning
and Control, and Organizational Sustainability.
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda: interdisciplinary contributions
359
gessuir pigATTo
Graduated in Economics from UFPr (1997), master’s in Production Engineering from
UFSCar (2001), doctorate in Production Engineering from UFSCar (2005), Associate
Professor in Analysis of Agribusiness Systems by São Paulo State University (2019),
and Post-doctorate from the Università degli Studi di Firenze (2019). He is currently
an Associate Professor at the Faculty of Sciences and Engineering (FCE) of UNESP,
Campus Tupã. He is a Permanent Professor of the Postgraduate Program in Agribusiness
and Development (PGAD). He has experience in the field of Administration, with an
emphasis on Distribution Channels, Short Food Supply Chain, Agribusiness Production
Chains, Competitiveness, Food Waste, and Food Loss, publishing mainly on the following
topics: SFSC, distribution channels, food service. He is a researcher of the CEPEAGRO
Research Group and All4Food.
Fábio mosso moreirA
Postdoctoral Researcher at the Postgraduate Program in Agribusiness and Development -
PGAD (UNESP/Tupã). He holds a Doctorate and Master’s degree from the Postgraduate
Program in Information Science (UNESP/Marília). He has a Bachelor’s degree in
Business Administration (UNESP/Tupã). He is a member of the Data Access Technology
Research Group (GPTAD) and the Digital Competencies for Family Agriculture Project
(CoDAF). He is the Content Editor of the Electronic Journal Digital Competencies for
Family Agriculture (RECoDAF).
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani, Angélica Gois Morales, Eduardo Guilherme Satolo,
Gessuir Pigatto, Fabio Mosso Moreira, and Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
360
luAnA FernAndes melo
She holds a Bachelor’s degree in Nutrition from the Maurício de Nassau College (Campus
of Campina Grande - Paraíba). She holds a Bachelor’s degree in Agroecology from
the Federal University of Paraíba (UFPB). She holds a Master’s degree in Agricultural
Sciences (Agroecology) from UFPB. She holds a Doctorate in Rural Extension from
the Federal University of Santa Maria (UFSM-CCR). She undertook a doctoral
internship at the Autonomous University of the State of Mexico (UAEMex) - Institute
of Agricultural and Rural Sciences (ICAR) on Agro-Food Studies, through the Doctoral
Program in Agricultural Sciences and Natural Resources (PCARN). She is a collaborating
professor and postdoctoral researcher at the Postgraduate Program in Agribusiness and
Development (PGAD), São Paulo State University Júlio de Mesquita Filho (UNESP),
at the Faculty of Sciences and Engineering (FCE), through the Interdisciplinary area,
with an emphasis on Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 2 (Zero Hunger and
Sustainable Agriculture) and 12 (Responsible Consumption and Production), with an
internship at the University of Oviedo (UNIOVI), in Spain. She is a researcher in the
‘Study Group on Family Agriculture and Sustainability’ (GEAFS) at UNESP. She is a
participant in the Research Group and the Extension Core ‘Sustentarea’ at the Faculty of
Public Health (FSP) - University of São Paulo (USP), in the group of Sustainable Food
Indices and Human Resources. She has experience in Agroecology, Nutrition, Healthy
and Sustainable Food, Human Health and Environmental Health, Food and Nutritional
Sovereignty and Security, Agro-Food Systems, Family Agriculture, Sustainability/
Sustainable Development, and Rural Youth.
orgAnizATionAl supporT
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and Development – PGAD/UNESP
Coordination for the Improvement of Higher Education Personnel – CAPES
insTiTuTionAl
Faculty of Science and Engineering - FCE, UNESP, Tupã
Faculty of Philosophy and Sciences - FFC, UNESP-Marília
cATAloguing in publicATion (cip)
Telma Jaqueline Dias Silveira
CRB 8/7867
normAlizATion
Maria Elisa Valentim Pickler Nicolino
CRB - 8/8292
cover And lAyouT
Gláucio Rogério de Morais
grAphic producTion
Giancarlo Malheiro Silva
Gláucio Rogério de Morais
TechnicAl consulTAncy
Renato Geraldi
universiTy workshop
Editorial Laboratory
labeditorial.marilia@unesp.br
FormAT
16 x 23cm
Typology
Adobe Garamond Pro
2025
AbouT The book
The work that I have the pleasure
of writing the preface for represents the
consolidation of the efforts of the group
of Professors and Researchers of the
Graduate Program in Agribusiness and
Development (PGAD) of the São Paulo
State University in the Tupã Campus.
The reader should not be mistaken if
they think that this is a hermetic work
aimed at an audience restricted to the
academic environment. Upon reading
the material, I understood its usefulness
for defining public policies aimed at
agriculture, agroindustry and regional
development, as well as for formulating
private strategies, whether for rural
producers and agroindustries or for
collective entities such as cooperatives
and associations of producers. In addition,
I believe that the chapters that make up
the work can attract the attention of the
general public interested in contemporary
issues involving the environment, social
organization and the governance of
complex organizations.
ANA ELISA BRESSAN SMITH LOURENZANIANA ELISA BRESSAN SMITH LOURENZANI
ANGÉLICA GOIS MORALESANGÉLICA GOIS MORALES
EDUARDO GUILHERME SATOLOEDUARDO GUILHERME SATOLO
GESSUIR PIGATTOGESSUIR PIGATTO
FABIO MOSSO MOREIRAFABIO MOSSO MOREIRA
LUANA FERNANDES MELOLUANA FERNANDES MELO
(ORGANIZERS)(ORGANIZERS)
Agribusiness, development and the 2030 agenda
interdisciplinary contributions
Ana Elisa Bressan Smith Lourenzani; Angélica Gois Morales;
Eduardo Guilherme Satolo; Gessuir Pigatto;
Fabio Mosso Moreira e Luana Fernandes Melo (Org.)
AGRIBUSINESS,
DEVELOPMENT AND
THE 2030 AGENDA
Process CAPES: nº 88887.691405/2022-00
INTERDISCIPLINARY CONTRIBUTIONS
